Skip to main content
Home
Knowledge Base
for the National TB Elimination Program - NTEP
x

Main navigation

  • Home +
    • About Us
  • Curriculum +
    • Content view
    • List View
  • Knowledge Map +
    • Knowledge Map Summary
  • Documents
  • Page Library +
    • Content Page Summary
x

[Draft] Course for Lab Technicians (NAAT Lab) in NTEP

  1. Home ›
  2. ›
  3. [Draft] Course for Lab Technicians (NAAT Lab) in NTEP
Fullscreen
  • M 01: Basics of TB and NTEP

    Fullscreen
    • Ch 01: Epidemiology and Burden of TB

      Fullscreen
      • Tuberculosis

        Content

        Figure: Causative agent for Tuberculosis is Bacillus: Mycobacterium tuberculosis (M.tb)

         

        • Tuberculosis (TB) is a communicable disease that is a major cause of ill health.

        • TB is caused by the bacillus Mycobacterium tuberculosis (M.tb)

        • TB disease typically affects the lungs (pulmonary TB) (80%) but can also affect other parts of the body (extra pulmonary TB) (20%)

        • It spreads when people who are sick with TB expel bacteria into the air (for example by coughing, sneezing, shouting or singing)

        • It is one of the top 10 causes of death worldwide and the leading cause of death from a single infectious agent

         

        ​

        Resources

        • Global Tuberculosis Report, 2020; Geneva: World Health Organization, 2020
        • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers India: Central TB Division, MoHFW, Government of India,July 2020

         

      • TB Causative organism

        Content

        Figure Mycobacterium tuberculosis

         

        TB is caused due to the infection by a bacterium called Mycobacterium tuberculosis.

         

        Figure: Extra-Pulmonary Tuberculosis

         

        It often affects the lungs, and in such cases it is called Pulmonary Tuberculosis. But, it can affect almost any part of the body (except the hair and the nails), in which it is known as Extra-Pulmonary Tuberculosis.

         

         

        Resources:

        • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016
      • Mode of TB Transmission

        Content

        Tuberculosis is transmitted mainly through the air via droplet nuclei generated when a TB patient coughs or sneezes. 

        It is estimated that every sputum smear-positive patient spreads the infection to 10 – 15 persons annually, if untreated..

        Figure: Transmission of TB bacteria through air via droplet

         

        Resources:

        • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016
        • WHO - Fact sheet details on Tuberculosis

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • Risk Factors for TB Disease

        Content

        Following are the risk factors that increase the chances of developing TB disease in an individual:

        Image removed.

         

        Figure: Risk factors for developing active TB

         

        Resources:

        • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • TB Infection

        Content
        • TB Infection (or previously known as Latent TB infection) is a stage in between uninfected and having active TB. In this stage the person has no symptoms and can only be identified using laboratory tests.

        • The vast majority of infected people may never develop TB disease. However, to achieve TB elimination, it is important to treat TB infection in people at risk of developing active TB disease.

        • It is a state of persistent immune response to stimulation by Mycobacterium tuberculosis antigens with no evidence of clinically manifested active TB.

        • There is no single acceptable/reliable test for direct identification of Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection in humans. Tuberculin Skin Test (TST) and Interferon-gamma release assay (IGRA) are commonly used tests for identifying TB infection.

        Resources:

        • Latent Tuberculosis Infection Guideline

        • Guideline for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment in India

         

      • Global Burden of TB

        Content

         

        • Globally, an estimated 11 million people fell ill with TB (incidence) in 2021.
        • Historically, it has been the top infectious disease killer. In 2021, there were an estimated 1.4 million TB deaths and an additional 187 000 deaths among HIV-positive people.
        • Three countries accounted for 42% of global cases in 2021: India (26%), the Russian Federation (8.5%) and Pakistan (7.9%).

         

        Image
        Estimated Global TB incidence 2021

        Figure: Estimated TB incidence in 2021, for countries with at least 100 000 incident cases; Source: Global TB Report, 2022.

        Resources​

        • Global tuberculosis report 2022.
      • Burden of TB in India

        Content

        TB is one of the top burdensome infectious diseases in India. It is estimated that, around 1/4th (26%) of the world's TB cases are in India, translating to about 30 Lakhs new TB cases emerging each year (TB incidence). Against this estimated incidence the National TB Elimination program reported around 19 lakh new and relapse cases in the year 2021.

        An estimated 5 Lakhs deaths occur due to TB each year in the country, translating to about 1 case of TB death every one-two minutes. Compared to this, there are only about 60 thousand deaths due to HIV and about 77 deaths due to Malaria each year.

        TB diagnosis and treatment services although provided free of cost in the public sector, the cost of accessing these services and related loss of wages drive the affected people with poverty (catastrophic costs). TB also has a huge impact on the world's and the country's economy because of loss of workdays (100 million workdays per year).

         

        Assessment

        Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
        What is the estimated number of incident TB cases that emerge each year in India? 35 Lakh cases 26 Lakh Cases 26% of the Global Burden 19 Lakh Cases 2 The estimated number of new and relapse (incident) cases in India that emerge each year is about 26 Lakh ​ Yes Yes
        How many cases of deaths are estimated to be caused by TB in India Approximately One death every 2-3 minutes Approximately 5 Lakh deaths 60 Thousand deaths each year 1 and 2 4 In India it is estimated that there is around one death caused due to TB every one to two minutes, translating to about 5Lakh deaths each year in India   Yes Yes

        Resources:

        • *WHO Global TB Report 2021
        • ^Status of National AIDS Response
        • $PIB MOHFW

         

      • Stages in TB Patient's Lifecycle

        Content

        Those who are suspected of having TB disease are first screened for symptoms like cough and fever for more than 2 weeks, blood stained sputum and weight-loss. If found positive on screening, then TB patients are referred for testing to the nearest health facility. If diagnosed with TB, then they are subsequently initiated on treatment. The TB patients initiated on treatment are regularly monitored with the help of field staff or digital interventions like 99DOTS and MERM (Medication Event Reminder Monitor) technology. NTEP staff also ensures that the TB patients are regularly followed up on monthly basis till their treatment completion.

         

        Figure: Patient Flow

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

    • Ch 02: Introduction to NTEP

      Fullscreen
      • India's commitment to End TB

        Content

        The Government of India has committed to achieving the Sustainable Development Goals(SDG) targets related to ending TB by 2025 (5 years ahead of the global target).  This would mean that in 2025, the 2030 target of achieving 80% reduction in incidence, 90% reduction in deaths due to TB compared to that of 2015, is to be achieved.

        Parameter 2015 Value SDG 2030 Target Commitment for 2025
        Estimated annual Incidence 217 cases/Lakh 80% reduction  44 cases/lakh
        Estimated annual Mortality 4.5 lakh 90% reduction 45,000

        Table: India's commitment to End TB by 2025.

        Resources:

        • National Strategic Plan (NSP) - 2017 - 2025
        • Global TB report 2021
        • END TB Strategy
      • National Strategic Plan [NSP] for TB Elimination 2017-25

        Content

        The National Strategic Plan (NSP) for TB elimination 2017–25 is a bold strategic framework to drive the  acceleration of progress toward TB Elimination, and achieving the Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) and End TB targets for India. It expects to guide the activities of all stakeholders including the national and state governments, development partners, civil society organizations, international agencies, research institutions, private sector, and many others whose work is relevant to TB elimination in India. It is adopts strategies under four groups DETECT, TREAT, PREVENT, BUILD.

        VISION: TB-Free India with zero deaths, disease and poverty due to tuberculosis
        GOAL: To achieve a rapid decline in burden of TB, morbidity and mortality while working towards elimination of TB in India by 2025.

        The results framework of the NSP outlines the various targets (impact and outcomes) to be achieved.

        IMPACT INDICATORS 2015
        (Baseline)
        2020 2023 2025
        1. To reduce estimated TB Incidence rate (per 100,000) 217
        (112-355)
        142
        (76-255)
        77
        (49-185)
        44
        (36-158)
        2. To reduce estimated TB prevalence rate (per 100,000)
         
        320
        (280-380)
        170
        (159-217)
        90
        (81-125)
        65
        (56-93)
        3. To reduce estimated mortality due to TB (per 100,000)
         
        32 (29-35) 15 (13-16) 6 (5-7) 3 (3-4)
        4. To achieve zero catastrophic cost for affected families due to TB 35% 0% 0% 0%

         

        Resources

        • Revised National Tuberculosis Control Program National Strategic Plan For Tuberculosis Elimination 2017–2025, Central TB Division, MoHFW, 2017

         

        Assessment Questions

        Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct Answer Explanation Part of pre-test Part of post-test
        Which are the groups under which strategies for National Strategic Plan (NSP) for TB elimination 2017–25 were developed? DETECT, TREAT, PREVENT DETECT, TREAT, PREVENT, BUILD DETECT, TREAT, PREVENT, REHABILITATE DETECT, TREAT, REHABILITATE DETECT, TREAT, PREVENT, BUILD The National Strategic Plan (NSP) for TB elimination 2017–25 adopts strategies under four groups: DETECT, TREAT, PREVENT, BUILD. Yes Yes
        Which of the following does the National Strategic Plan (NSP) for TB elimination 2017–25 aim to bring down to 0% by 2025? Incidence rate Prevalence rate Mortality rate Catastrophic cost for affected families Catastrophic cost for affected families The target of the National Strategic Plan (NSP) for TB elimination 2017–25 is to achieve zero catastrophic cost for affected families due to TB  Yes Yes
      • Evolution of TB Elimination Programme in India

        Content

        The National Tuberculosis Control Program (NTP) of India was launched in 1962. It relied on BCG, X-ray based diagnosis and Streptomycin and INH based treatment centralized at district level.  

        Based on a review of the NTP, and WHO recommendations of the DOTS Strategy, Government of India then revised the NTP and launched new program with the title Revised National Tuberculosis Control Program (RNTCP) in 1997. It used Sputum microscopy at DMC(Designated Microscopy Centres) for diagnosis, and multi-drug Short Course Anti-TB Therapy,  decentralized to the TU (TB Unit) level. 

        In recognition of the rising drug resistance problem the DOTS Plus/ PMDT (Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant TB) was launched in 2006 and scaled up to the entire country by 2012. 

        Further to strengthen the monitoring and supervision system - a case based notification system - Nikshay was introduced in 2012. The same year Tuberculosis was added as a notifiable disease at the point of diagnosis by all health care providers.

        Other key milestones from 2012 to 2020 were the availability of the Standards of TB Care in India (STCI) in 2014, introduction of the Daily weight band wise Fixed Dose combination (FDC) in 2016 and new drugs like Bedaquilline  and Delaminid were started in 2017 and 2018 respectively. 

        To emphasise the commitment of the Government of India and to accelerate the efforts towards TB elimination, RNTCP was renamed as "National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP)" in 2020.

         

        Image removed.

        Figure: Key milestones under NTEP

        Resources:

        • TBC India Website
        • National Stratergic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2017 - 2025
      • Organizational Structure of NTEP

        Content

        National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) is a centrally sponsored programme being implemented under the aegis of National Health Mission.

        National Level: Managed by Central TB Division (CTD), the technical arm of the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MOHFW)

        State Level: State TB Cell coordinates the overall TB elimination programme in state under the guidance of State Health Society. The training ,supervision, monitoring and evaluation NTEP at state level are looked after by STDC (State TB Training and Demonstration Centre).

        District TB Centre (DTC) is the nodal point for all TB elimination activities in the district under the guidance of the District Health Society.

        Tuberculosis Unit (TU) Level: NTEP activities at block/sub-district level are implemented through TU which comprises Designated Medical Officer (MO) supported by two full-time NTEP staff - STS (Senior Treatment Supervisor) & STLS (Senior TB Lab Supervisor).

        PHI (Peripheral Health Institute): PHI is a health facility manned by a Medical Officer (MO). Some of the PHIs are also the Tuberculosis Diagnostic Centres, which are the most peripheral level laboratories in the NTEP structure. All the Private Health Facilities like Private Practitioners / Private Hospitals / Clinics / Nursing Homes are also PHI.

        Figure: Organisational structure of NTEP

        Resources:

        • TB India Report 2021
        • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016
    • Ch 03: General Concepts in TB Care in India

      Fullscreen
      • Mandatory Notification of TB Diagnosis

        Content

        TB is a notifiable disease in India, and TB notification has been made mandatory at the point of diagnosis since May 2012. This means that when a case of TB is diagnosed and/or put on treatment it is to be reported to the  NTEP.

        • Every healthcare provider, i.e., clinical establishments run or managed by the Government (including local authorities), private or NGO sectors and/or individual practitioners, need to notify diagnosed or treated TB patient’s. 
        • Reporting is to be done on the online reporting system called Nikshay and should include details of patient identification, and TB diagnosis.
        • This, apart from enabling essential public health actions such as Treatment initiation, and Contact Tracing, chemoprophylaxis, but also enables provisions of Direct beneficiary transfer for Nikshay Poshan Yojana

        Points to Note:

        As per MCI code of ethics a registered medical practitioner giving incorrect information on his name and authority about notification amounts to misconduct and such a medical practitioner is liable for deregistration. It is the duty of the registered medical to divulge this information to the authorized notification official as regards communicable and notifiable diseases. 

        Resources

        • TB Notification Letter from GoI, 7 May 2012.
        • TB Notification Amendment, 21 July 2015, MoHFW.

         

      • Nikshay

        Content

        Nikshay is an Integrated ICT system for TB patient management and care in India. Nikshay was launched in 2012 and since then, various improvements have been made in the system.

        Nikshay provides-

        • A Unified interface for public and private sector health care providers
        • Different types of Logins such as State, District, TU, PHI, Staff logins, Private providers, Chemist, Labs and PPSA/JEET Logins
        • Integration of all adherence technologies such as 99DOTS and MERM
        • Unified DSTB and DRTB data entry forms
        • Mobile friendly website with mobile app

        Nikshay is accessible either via web browser(https://Nikshay.in ) or mobile App called ‘Nikshay’ that can be downloaded from Google Play Store(Android).

        Figure: Nikshay Login Pages

      • TB Case classification in NTEP

        Content

        TB cases are generally classified on the basis of previous history of TB treatment into New and previously treated cases.

        New case - A TB patient who has never had treatment for TB or has taken anti-TB drugs for less than one month is considered as a new case. 

        Previously treated patients have received 1 month or more of anti-TB drugs in the past. They could be further classified as:

        • Recurrent TB case - A TB patient previously declared as successfully treated (cured/treatment completed) and is subsequently found to be microbiologically confirmed TB case is a recurrent TB case. 
        • Treatment After failure patients are those who have previously been treated for TB and whose treatment failed at the end of their most recent course of treatment.  
        • Treatment after loss to follow-up - A TB patient previously treated for TB for 1 month or more and was declared lost to follow-up in their most recent course of treatment and subsequently found microbiologically confirmed TB case 
        • Other previously treated patients are those who have previously been treated for TB but whose outcome after their most recent course of treatment is unknown or undocumented. 

         

        Resources:

         

        • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016

         

        Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

         

         

      • Continuum of TB Care

        Content

        What is the "continuum of TB Care"?

        Tuberculosis in contrast to other infectious diseases affects humans over a long period of time. Stages such as uninfected, infected, and disease, do not have clearly demarcated time points and stages blend with each other when a person is converting or transitioning from one to the other. In addition, a person cured from TB may get re-infected and diseased, or still harbor a few dormant TB bacteria which may get reactivated at some future time; this too needs to be cared for. Hence, TB care is visualized as a continuous spectrum of care, with parts that requires varying type and intensity of services throughout a person's lifecycle, called the continuum of care.      

        Continuum of TB care is a concept that emphasizes that care provision/ TB related health care services exists is in a continuum for an individual's lifetime. It includes services before and after the current episode of TB including vulnerable population, TB infection, post treatment follow-up and recurrence of TB. 

        NOTE:

        1. When interacting with a person it is important to locate the person in this continuum of care. This is done by a combination of screening for TB disease, testing for TB infection, asking for the previous history of TB/ checking for existing records in Nikshay using patient identifiers.
        2. In alignment with the continuum of care concept, Nikshay follows a lifecycle approach. It is able to document and track a patient throughout the continuum using any of the Patient ID or Episode ID or any of the service identifiers(Test ID, Transfer ID etc). 

        Resources

        1. Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment in India.
        2. Standards for TB Care in India.

         

        Assessment

        Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
        Continuum of care involves a life cycle based approach toward delivering healthcare services for TB. True False     1 Continuum of care means that delivery of services under NTEP is in a continuum for an individual's lifetime and extends beyond the current episode of TB.      

         

         

      • Symptoms of TB Disease

        Content

        Active TB disease has 4 major symptoms (the 4 Symptom complex). Presence of any one of these symptoms without any other reason warrants evaluation for TB. These are:

        Figure: Signs and Symptoms of TB

        People affected with TB may experience other symptoms as well. These may be based on the site that is affected with TB or other more non-specific symptoms of an infection. The physician or doctor would evaluate these symptoms in view of diagnosis of TB.

        Resources:

        • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016

         

      • Screening For Tuberculosis Disease

        Content

        Screening for active tuberculosis (TB) a process to filter out people who are less likely to have TB, from a group. Screened positive people are likely to have TB and are confirmed subsequently using a TB diagnostic test. This will allow finite diagnostic testing resources to be used on the remaining.

        Screening in TB may be performed ​using simple field tools (4 Symptom complex) and tests such as Chest X-ray, or a combination of both. ​Combination of both is the most effective, but is often not applied due to the practical difficulties in making a chest X-ray conveniently available.

        Screening is an integral part of any general case finding effort. It is also applied systematically in specific situations.

        1. At health care facilities (intensified case finding): Here those visiting are screened using the 4 symptom complex, often at the point of entry to the facility. Those screened positive may be fast-tracked to TB Diagnostic testing.
        2. In vulnerable populations in active case finding efforts: Here the entire population identified for active case finding are screened using the pre-decided protocols by going door to door. 

        Resources

        • Systematic Screening for Active Tuberculosis; Principles and Recommendations, WHO 2013.
        • National Strategic Plan for Tuberculosis Elimination 2020–2025.
      • Testing for TB diagnosis

        Content

        National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) strives for all presumptive TB patients to be microbiologically confirmed. Under NTEP, the acceptable methods for microbiological diagnosis of TB are: 

        Sputum Smear Microscopy (for Acid Fast Bacilli - AFB): Sputum Smear microscopy is the primary tool which is reliable, inexpensive, easily accessible and rapid method of diagnosing PTB, where in the bacilli are demonstrated in the sputum. Two types:

        • Ziehl-Neelsen Staining

        • Fluorescence staining

        Rapid diagnostic molecular test: Rapid molecular tests that use techniques like NAAT are very specific. They amplify the genomic material in the patient sample and hence enhances detection

        • Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) e.g., GeneXpert, TrueNat

          GeneXpert

          Figure: Genxpert Machine for CBNAAT

          Truenat

          Figure:  Truenat Machine

        • Line Probe Assay

         

        Culture and DST: A culture test involves studying bacteria by growing the bacteria on different substances. This is to find out if particular bacteria are present. In the case of the TB culture test, the test is to see if the TB bacteria Mycobacterium tuberculosis, are present. 

        Two types:

        • Solid (Lowenstein Jensen) media

        • Liquid media (Middlebrook) e.g., Bactec MGIT etc.

    • Ch 04: Nikshay - The NTEP Information System

      Fullscreen
      • User roles managing patient data in Nikshay

        Content

        Nikshay being the final updated repository of information of TB patient services, different roles perform various actions on the patient and TB service information in Nikshay and keep it updated. These roles range from health volunteers and treatment supporters on the field to health providers and doctors at health facilities. Each role acts on or inputs information based on the services he/she provides. The information is required to updated when it is generated by the person generating it (eg by the CBNAAT LT once the results of a CBNAAT test is available). 

        • Laboratory Technician (LT): This role encompasses LTs at all labs performing all types of TB related tests including those at District Microscopy Centre (DMCs), Cartridge Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) and Culture and Drug Sensitivity Test (CDST) laboratories. The LT is responsible for  adding and updating test records (Test request and test result) in Nikshay that he/she performs. Nikshay in-turn provides the LT with the electronic register of tests performed at the PHI and also shares the updated information with other relevant stakeholders.
        • Treatment Supporters and Health Volunteers: These field level volunteers (such as ASHAs) may enroll presumptive TB cases and refer them to the nearest PHI. Once a TB case is identified and linked to them for treatment support they can record and monitor TB patient adherence. Nikshay in-turn provides them with updated information of the patient and automatically calculates Treatment Supporters honorarium and enables its processing by the relevant authorities.
        • Patients: Patients may view their updated TB health records including adherence information and status of DBT benefits processing in Nikshay through the TB Arogya Saathi Application. 
        • Pharmacist/ Storekeeper: These ensure drug dispensation records of patients are updated along with related supply chain information in Nikshay and Nikshay Aushadhi.
        • Health Staff: This is a group of roles posted to various PHIs(Peripheral Health Institutions) and their catchment geographies, ranging from CHOs and MPHWs to Medical officers of the PHI. They are responsible for ensuring that all records related to all patients in their catchment area, encompassing all functions from enrollment to post treatment follow-up. The Medical Officer/ Doctor in-charge apart from being the final accountable authority for ensuring updated and correct information is present in Nikshay, he/she needs to review and record treatment initiation (along with treatment regimen) and clinical decision in Nikshay with support from his/he health staff.
        • Senior Treatment Supervisor (STS)/ Senior TB Lab Supervisor (STLS)/ TB Health Visitor: These roles train and support the above staff in ensuring that the information in Nikshay is up-to-date. They also review reports and coordinate feedback to the other staff to ensure optimum patient services.

        The overall responsibility of ensuring completion of real-time updating of information/ data in Nikshay lies with the District TB Officer (DTO). The DTO is responsible for ensuring that the relevant staff are trained in the use of Nikshay.

        Resources

        • Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers.
        • Direct Benefit Transfer Manual.

        Assessment

        Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
        When and by whom are the results of a laboratory test updated? By the LT at the end of the month By the LT at the end of the day By the LT once the test result is available By the STLS when he/she visits the lab 3 The information is required to be updated when it is generated by the person generating it.   Yes Yes
      • Patient and Process identifiers in Nikshay

        Content

        Patient Identifiers are key for identifying a patient in the Nikshay. Ideally, there should be only one identifier for each patient which identifies patient as well as processes for lifetime. However, during the continuum of care, one identifier may not be appropriate to represent the episodes and other processes. Hence there are various ids which are tagged to one patient in Nikshay. Knowing each ID and its purpose is therefore important. The various IDs that are present in Nikshay and their purpose are described below:

        1. Patient ID:  In Nikshay, a TB patient can be identified by their Name, Patient ID and Nikshay ID. Since, patients might get enrolled at one primary health institute (PHI), diagnosed at another and initiated on treatment at a different PHI, the ID has been simplified to a unique number. 
        2. Episode ID: In a life cycle approach, a person needs to be tracked across episodes of TB known as the Episode ID. In the first episode, the Patient ID = Episode ID (will be numerically equal), the patient is notified and completes one treatment cycle (Diagnosis to outcome). However, the patient may continue to have TB or have TB again at a later point in time. This is recorded as a second notification and becomes the second Episode of TB. A patient may be identified in Nikshay using a global search by both Episode ID and Patient ID.
        3. Test ID: When request for a laboratory test and test result for a patient is added under Nikshay, it generates a unique Test ID. For multiple tests added a new Test ID is generated for a patient.
        4. Transfer ID: In Nikshay, a transfer request of patients between health facilities across the country feature is enabled. Users make requests of two types - “Transfer In” and “Transfer Out”. This process generates a unique Transfer ID for the patient. The details of Transfer In and Transfer Out with Transfer ID are available in Nikshay’s Transfer Management feature.
        5. Sample ID: It is essential that patient samples are registered in Nikshay. While “Adding Test(s)” when sample details are added, Sample IDs are auto-generated. Sample IDs help to track samples in Nikshay using this unique ID.
        6. Benefit ID: A “Benefit” defined in the Nikshay-PFMS (Public Finance Management System) is a payment due to a beneficiary under a particular scheme. For example, in Nikshay Poshan Yojana (TB Patient Nutritional Support Scheme), the beneficiary is a case of Tuberculosis, notified to Nikshay. This beneficiary under the scheme is eligible for Rs 500 for each treatment month. Thus Nikshay generates a Benefit ID that identifies the patient eligible for benefits @ Rs. 500 for each treatment month.
        7. Beneficiary ID: A beneficiary is a person/ citizen who is eligible to get benefits (financial or in kind) under any government scheme. Whenever Nikshay identifies a potential beneficiary, it issues a unique beneficiary ID to it. All the benefits processed or paid to a beneficiary are tracked using the Nikshay Beneficiary ID. For example, if a patient has multiple episodes, all the benefits of the patient across episodes are managed using the Beneficiary ID. This information is available in the Beneficiary register exported from Nikshay.
        8. Ayushman Bharat Health Account (ABHA) ID: The Ayushman Bharat Digital Mission (ABDM) aims to develop the backbone necessary to support the integrated digital health infrastructure of the country. Ayushman Bharat Health Account (ABHA) ID is a 14-digit number which can uniquely identify persons and authenticate them (previously known as Health ID). It can be used to access and digitally share one's health records, with consent. ABHA is integrated into Nikshay and addresses ABHA creation, capture and verification for seamless patient registration in Nikshay. Nikshay uses the Aadhaar verification services provided by NDHM (National Digital Health Mission) to generate ABHA.

        Resources

        • Nikshay-search for a patient, how to identify Nikshay ID/Patient ID, how to register a patient, Adding a new Episode, how to generate Test ID, Transfer Management, Sample ID generation_Diagnostics, Direct Benefit Transfer Manual, Training Video on Direct Benefit Transfer,  ABHA Workflow

         

        Assessment:

        Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
        Which of the following is NOT a patient or process identifier on Nikshay? Ayushman Bharat Health Account (ABHA) ID Patient ID Mother’s ID Benefit ID 3 Mother’s ID is not a patient or process identifier on Nikshay. ​ Yes Yes
      • Nikshay interfaces- Web and Mobile application

        Content

        Figure: Nikshay Home Page

        After login in Nikshay, using the login credential shared by NTEP Health Staff, Treatment Supporter will be able to access the following button:

        • New Enrolment: Allows to enrol new cases in Nikshay
        • Search Patient: Allows to search for patients that are mapped to him /her, using Patient Name, Nikshay ID and Old Nikshay ID
        • Add Patient Test: Allows to add tests for all the patients.
        • Diagnosis Pending: View the list of the patients that are pending for diagnosis
        • Not on Treatment: View the list of the patients that are diagnosed but pending to be initiated on treatment
        • On Treatment Patients: Gives the list of on treatment patients
        • Outcome assigned: Gives the list of the patients that have completed their treatment
        • Training Material; Access the training content available on Nikshay
        • Patient Summary: Gives a brief overview on the Presumptive cases registered, Diagnosed and patients that are initiated on treatment
        • Task List: Allows to view the list of pending activities pertaining to adherence, Treatment Outcome and Bank details missing for mapped patient
        • Latest Updates: New updates of features that are released on Nikshay
      • TB Arogya Saathi Application

        Content

        TB Aarogya Sathi empowers Citizens (including TB Patients under NTEP) and to serve as a Direct interface with the national TB program.

        Citizen: The App is aimed at  increasing awareness among the citizens. It is available for all Citizens using the App (no login required to access this content)

        • Information on TB (Symptoms, Side Effects)
        • Health Facility Search
        • BMI Assessment
        • Nikshay Sampark Helpline
        • Nutritional Advice

        Patient: Patients registered with Nikshay will have access to the Adherence, Treatment Progress and DBT Details.

        • Patients registered under Nikshay get access to their TB health record additional information (after login)
          • Adherence Details
          • Treatment Progress Details
          • DBT Details

        TB Aarogya Sathi App is available in Google play store and can be download using this QR Code

         


        Figure: TB Aarogya Sathi Application snapshot

        Resources:

        • Nikshay Training Material
      • Enrolling a patient in Nikshay

        Content
        Video file
  • M 02: TB Diagnosis and Case finding in NTEP

    Fullscreen
    • Ch 05: Diagnostic Technologies in NTEP

      Fullscreen
      • Microscopy

        Content

        Microscopy is a TB diagnostic technology that utilizes the acid-fastness property of Mycobacterium tuberculosis to visualize it under a microscope. Results of sputum smear microscopy can either be smear-negative, or smear-positive (with various grades). 

        Advantages:

        • It is currently the most accessible and cheapest TB diagnostic test available under National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) in India.
        • It has the shortest turnaround time for diagnosis.
        • It has high specificity. 

        Limitations:

        • Low sensitivity. It becomes positive only when more than 5000 bacilli/ml of sample are present. Hence, cases would be missed in early disease, or when an inappropriate biological specimen is provided, where bacterial load in sputum is less.
        • It is unable to differentiate between M. tuberculosis and Non-tuberculous Mycobacteria (NTM). This is predominantly an issue in geographies with lower burden.

        There are two types of microscopies used in NTEP: Ziehl-Neelsen (ZN) Microscopy and Fluorescence Microscopy (FM). These vary in the type of stain and microscope used. FM is newer of the two types and is currently recommended for use over ZN.

         

        Resources

        • WHO Policy Statement - Fluoresence Light-emitted Microscope for the Diagnosis of TB, 2010.
      • Ziehl–Neelsen Microscopy

        Content

        In Ziehl-Neelsen microscopy, the carbol fuchsin fuchsin stain is heated to enable the dye to penetrate and bind the waxy mycobacterial cell wall. Following acid-decolourisation, the sputum smear is counterstained with methylene blue which stains the background material, providing a contrast blue colour against which the red AFB can be seen.

        On observation under a microscope with oil immersion at 100X magnification, AFB appears as red, straight, or slightly curved rods, occurring singly or in small groups, while the rest of the background, mucoid and pus cells are stained blue in colour.

        The method was initially developed by Paul Ehrlich and later modified by afterwards the Franz Ziehl  and Friedrich Neelsen after whom the method is named.

        Video file

        Resources

        • Laboratory Diagnosis by Sputum Smear Microscopy - The Handbook, GLI, 2013.
        • Module for Laboratory Technicians, CTD, 2005.

         

        Assessment

        Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
        In ZN microcopy what is the stain used Auramine Carbol fucshin Methylene blue  Potassium Permanganate 2 The stain used in ZN microscopy is Carbol Fucshin responsible for the reddish color of the bacteria. ​ Yes Yes
      • Fluorescence Microscopy Using LED Microscope

        Content

        Fluorescence Microscopy is a newer and better type of microscopy where the TB bacteria are stained using a fluorescent dye using the property of Acid Fastness. The dye will fluoresce when illuminated by UV light. When the UV light source is an LED Lamp, it is called LED fluorescent microscopy.

        Here the bacilli appear as slender bright yellow fluorescent rods, standing out clearly against a dark background, as can be seen in the figure below.

        Figure: AFB as seen under an LED Fluorescence Microscope:

        Principle of Fluorescence Microscopy

        1. Cell walls of Acid-fast Bacilli (AFB) is made up of Mycolic Acid. The mycolic acid creates a waxy layer, making the cell wall impermeable to acids and alkalis.
        2. The primary stain, a fluorescent dye called Auramine-O, binds to the cell wall of the bacilli.
        3. Intense decolorization by acid alcohol does not release the primary stain. Thus, the AFB retain the colour of the primary stain, while other bacteria lose the stain
        4. The counterstain, Potassium Permanganate provides a contrasting background and is useful to quench background fluorescence.

         

        Advantages of LED-FM:

        • Fluorescence LED microscopy is more sensitive (10%) than conventional ZN microscopy.
        • It may be placed in existing DMCs and does not require any additional infrastructure.
        • Examination of fluorochrome-stained smears takes less time.
        Video file

        Resources

        • Manual for Sputum Smear Fluorescence Microscopy, RNTCP, MoHFW, 2007.
      • Cartridge Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test [CBNAAT]

        Content

        Cartridge Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) is a rapid molecular diagnostic test. It is used for diagnosis of Tuberculosis (TB) and Rif-resistant Tuberculosis (RR-TB) in NTEP. Results are obtained from unprocessed sputum samples in about 2hours which helps in early detection and treatment of TB patients. 

        India has vast number of CBNAAT laboratories which are utilized for TB/RR-TB detection and Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST) under the National TB Elimination Program (NTEP).  

        Figure: CBNAAT Cartridge and Machine in Use (Image courtesy: USAID supported Challenge TB Project)

        The CB-NAAT system detects DNA sequences specific for Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex and rifampicin resistance by Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR). It concentrates Mycobacterium tuberculosis bacilli from sputum samples, isolates genomic material from the captured bacteria by sonication and subsequently amplifies the genomic DNA by PCR. The process identifies clinically relevant rifampicin resistance-inducing mutations in the RNA polymerase beta (rpoB) gene in the Mycobacterium tuberculosis genome in a real-time format using fluorescent probes called molecular beacons.

         

        Video file

        Video: Cartridge-Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test [CBNAAT] - GeneXpert Technology 

        Resources

        • Training Module (1-4) for Program Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.
        • India TB Report 2021, National TB Elimination Program (NTEP), MoHFW, 2021.

         

        Assessment Questions

         

        Question 

        Answer 1 

        Answer 2 

        Answer3 

        Answer 4 

        Correct Answer 

        Correct explanation 

        Part of pre-test

        Part of post-test

        Under NTEP, CBNAAT is offered upfront for which of these categories?

        PLHIV

        Paediatric presumptive TB

        Presumptive DR-TB

        All of the above

        4

        Under NTEP, CBNAAT is recommended upfront for People living with HIV, Paediatric Presumptive TB patients, Presumptive DR-TB patients and patients notified from the Private sector.

        Yes

         

        Yes

        CBNAAT requires the processing of sputum samples before testing

        True

        False

         

         

        2

        Results are obtained from unprocessed sputum samples in about 2hours from a CBNAAT machine

        Yes

         

        Yes

         

      • Truenat

        Content

        Truenat is an indigenous rapid molecular test platform that is currently under use in NTEP for diagnosis of TB and Rif Resistance. It is a platform utilising real-time Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) technology built into micro-PCR chips.

        Testing on Truenat involves three components:

        1. Workstation (consisting of 2 devices)
          • Trueprep AUTO Universal Cartridge-based Sample Prep Device for the automated extraction and purification of DNA
          • Truelab Real-time micro PCR Analyzer for performing real-time PCR. It is available as 1 (Uno), 2 (Duo) or 4 (Quattro) chip ports.
        2. Cartridge and Chip
        3. Reagent kits (Sample Pre-treatment and Prep kits)

          Figure: Truenat  Source: MolBio Products.

          Test results for MTB detection and Rif Resistance has a turn around time of 1-2 hours. Depending on the micro-PCR chips used various tests can be performed using Truenat. Truenat MTB micro-PCR chips detect Mycobacterium tuberculosis bacteria for TB diagnosis. Truenat MTB RIF micro-PCR chip is used as a reflex test to detect resistance to Rifampicin (RIF), the first-line drug for TB treatment

          Truenat has many advantages. Truenat is designed to be mobile and is battery operated (~8 hours on full charge). It can be deployed in peripheral laboratories and microscopy centres with minimal or no added facilities and hence it is more point-of-care. Biosafety requirements are similar to smear microscopy. However, it is multi staged and partially automated, requiring the presence of a Lab Technician through out the test.

          Resources

          1. Truenat MTB Kit Insert.
          2. Trueprep AUTO Universal Cartridge-based Sample Prep Device.
          3. Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin-resistance, 2021.

           

          Assessment

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          Truenat is used in NTEP for: MTB detection Rif Resistance Detection INH resistance Detection MTB and Rif Resistance Detection 4 Truenat is used for MTB and Rif Resistance detection in NTEP   Yes Yes

          The Truelab Analyzer is available in how many chip ports?

          2 (Duo)

          1 (Uno), 2 (Duo) and 4 (Quattro)

          1 (Uno)

          4 (Quattro)

          2

          The Truelab Analyzer is available as 1 (Uno), 2 (Duo) and 4 (Quattro) chip ports.

          ​

          Yes Yes
        • Line Probe Assay [LPA]

          Content

          Line Probe Assay (LPA) is a rapid molecular test available at centralised laboratories.

          The assay is based on Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) that can simultaneously detect Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex as well as drug sensitivity to anti-TB drugs.

          Figure 1: The GenoType MTBDRplus Molecular LPA Procedure; Source: Molecular Detection of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis by Line Probe Assay.

          Advantages of LPA

          • Rapid molecular test. (Turnaround time: 3-5 days)
          • Highly sensitive and specific.
          • Performed directly from sputum smear-positive specimens and on isolates of M. tuberculosis complex grown from smear-negative and smear-positive specimens.
          • Detects multiple gene mutations in anti-TB drugs.
            • First-line LPA detects mutations to rifampicin and isoniazid
            • Second-line LPA detects mutations to fluoroquinolones and aminoglycosides.
          • Suitable for low and high-throughput labs.

           

          Disadvantages of LPA

          • Cannot be used as a point-of-care test.
          • Requires appropriate laboratory infrastructure, equipment and biosafety precautions.
          • Different rooms (DNA extraction, pre-amplification, amplification, post-amplification/ hybridization) are required to perform different steps (Figure 2).
          • Requires trained manpower to perform tests and interpret test results.
          • Stringent internal quality control is required to prevent contamination.

          Figure 2: Amplification (A) and Post-amplification Laboratory (B) for LPA; Source: Molecular Detection of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis by Line Probe Assay.

           

          Resources

          • Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.
          • Molecular Detection of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis by Line Probe Assay.

          Assessment

          Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
          LPA can be used as a point-of-care test. True False     2 LPA cannot be used as a point-of-care test. ​ Yes Yes
        • Solid and Liquid Culture in TB

          Content

          Culturing TB Bacilli is well known and historic method for detection/ confirmation of Tuberculosis. It is a highly sensitive and specific phenotypic test; it can detect even a few viable bacilli in the sample (Upto 10 Colony Forming Units- CFUs). TB bacilli multiply in the culture and form colonies of TB bacilli which can are easily be identified.

          Based on the growth media used Culture is divided in to two types, Solid and Liquid Culture methods. Types Culture:

          • Solid Culture on Lowenstein Jensen media : Historic gold standard culture test. Results take usually upto 2 months (60 days).
          • Modern Liquid culture systems: (e.g. BACTEC MGIT 960, BacT Alert or Versatrek etc.) Results take usually up to 42 days. 

          Uses

          1. Solid culture is the gold standard diagnostic test for TB. But it is not used for the purpose of TB diagnosis due to the long turn around time of 2 months. It is largely used for research purposes where it is used as the baseline test on which the sensitivity and specificity of other tests are calculated.
          2. Liquid Culture is being used for follow-up monitoring of patients on drug resistant TB treatment to detect treatment failure. Liquid culture is also used for long term follow up patients who have successfully completed treatment to detect recurrence.
          3. Liquid culture is used as a previous step to grow bacilli and obtain isolates prior to Drug Susceptibility Testing.
          4. Liquid cultures are also used in TB prevalence surveys for its high sensitivity and specificity

           

          Resources

           

          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant Tuberculosis in India 2021

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Culture Drug Susceptibility Testing [CDST]

          Content

          Culture Drug Susceptibility Testing (CDST) is a growth-based phenotypic method used to check the susceptibility of Mycobacterium tuberculosis strains to various first and second line anti-TB drugs. Mycobacterial resistance to a particular drug is identified if there is growth observed in culture in presence of that drug.

          In NTEP CDST is the standard method to detect resistance in samples of patients who have tested positive on followup. While CDST is possible on both Solid and Liquid culture, currently, the NTEP utilizes only liquid culture as a method for DST, due to faster Turn around times.

          CDST testing services are available under NTEP in designated, specialized laboratories called CDST Labs both in public and private sector. Currently there are 80 such laboratories (60 certified for First Line and 49 for Second line drugs). Such designated laboratories are subject to regular external quality assessment, often by the National Reference Laboratory at that region.

          Quality assured DST to R, H, Z, Mfx, Lfx, Lzd, Am, Km and Cm are available across the country. 

          Resources

          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in India, 2021.
          • Training Manual for Mycobacterium tuberculosis Culture & Drug Susceptibility Testing, NTEP, 2009.
          • RNTCP Laboratory Network Overview, CTD, 2009.
      • Ch 06: Diagnostic Network & Hierarchy in NTEP

        Fullscreen
        • Laboratory Hierarchy and Network

          Content

          NTEP laboratory network is comprising of National Reference Laboratories (NRLs), state level Intermediate reference laboratories (IRLs), Culture & Drug Susceptibility Testing (C & DST) laboratories and peripheral level laboratories. Peripheral level laboratories consist of  designated microscopy centres (DMCs) and NAAT labs.

           

          NTEP has a quality assured laboratory network for bacteriological examination of sputum in a 3-tiered system.

          Figure: Laboratory network of NTEP

           

          Resources:

          • TB India Report 2021

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • National Reference Laboratories [NRL]

          Content

          The National Reference Laboratories (NRLs) constitute the third tier of the National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) laboratory network hierarchy. 

           

          They provide quality assurance and certification services for the Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) labs and coordinate with the World Health Organisation (WHO) Supranational Reference Laboratory (SNRL) network.

           

          There are six designated NRLs which are delineated in the figure below.

          Image
          NRL

          Figure: Six National Reference Laboratories under NTEP in India

          NIRT, Chennai, in addition to being one of the NRLs is also one of the WHO designated SNRLs for the Southeast Asia Region.

           

          Resources

          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB in India, 2021.
          • NTEP Laboratory Network: Overview.

           

          Question 

          Answer 1 

          Answer 2 

          Answer3 

          Answer 4 

          Correct Answer 

          Correct explanation 

          Part of pre-test

          Part of post-test

          How many designated NRLs are there in India?​

          8

          6

          4

          2

          2

          There are 6 designated NRLs in India.

          Yes

           

          Yes

          Who is responsible for quality assurance and certification services for the C&DST labs?

          IRLs

          State TB Cell

          NRLs

          Central TB Division

          3

          NRLs provide quality assurance and certification services for the Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) labs and coordinate with the World Health Organisation (WHO) Supranational Reference Laboratory (SNRL) network.

          Yes

           

          Yes

           

        • Roles of NRLs

          Content
          • National Reference Laboratories (NRLs) conducts annual on-site evaluation/supervisory visits to laboratories for assessing the quality of microscopy, culture and drug susceptibility test (C&DST), and for improvement of the overall laboratory quality. 
          • NRLs also assist Central TB Division (CTD), in developing laboratory guidelines, standard operating procedures (SOPs), and conduct training to state-level Intermediate reference laboratories (IRLs) and other technical issues.
          • NRLs conduct C&DST training to the IRLs, and develop SOPs for the technical procedures, equipment maintenance, infection control and recording and reporting. 
          • NRLs are also responsible for offering second-line drug susceptibility tests (DST) for multi-drug resistant TB (MDR-TB) treatment failures. 
          • NRLs are responsible for the accreditation of the mycobacteriology laboratory for culture and drug sensitivity testing under the National Tuberculosis Elimination Program (NTEP).
          • In addition, NRLs are also responsible for the conduct of research for the programme and evaluation of newer tools for the diagnosis of TB.
          • The National Institute for Research in Tuberculosis (NIRT) Chennai, the Supranational Reference Laboratory (SRL) of the region is responsible for the external quality assurance of the other 5 NRLs. NIRT is in turn quality-assured through the SRL coordinating laboratory at Antwerp, Belgium. 

           

           

          Assessment Questions

          Question 

          Answer 1 

          Answer 2 

          Answer3 

          Answer 4 

          Correct Answer 

          Correct explanation 

          Part of pre-test

          Part of post-test

          What are the functions of National Reference Laboratories?​

          Providing Culture and DST training to the IRLs​

          Developing SOPs for the technical procedures​

          Offering second-line DST ​

          All of the above​

          4

          ​All the functions stated are performed by the National Reference Laboratories.

          Yes

           

          Yes

          Which institute is responsible for the external quality assurance of NRLs?

          SRL

          CTD

          National Institute for Research in Tuberculosis, Chennai

          National Tuberculosis Institute, Bangalore

          3

          The National Institute for Research in Tuberculosis (NIRT) Chennai, the Supranational Reference Laboratory (SRL) of the region is responsible for the external quality assurance of the other 5 NRLs. NIRT is in turn quality-assured through the SRL coordinating laboratory at Antwerp, Belgium.

          Yes

           

          Yes

           

        • Intermediate Reference Laboratories [IRL] and their role

          Content

          Some Culture and Drug Susceptibility Test (C&DST) laboratories host an Intermediate Reference Laboratory (IRL) under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP). 

          There is at least one IRL per state at an identified location, usually in a secondary or tertiary level public health facility. There are 34 IRLs in India.

          The IRLs are responsible for:

          • Undertaking training on laboratory technologies for district and field level staffs
          • Conducting on-site evaluation visits to districts for sputum microscopy at least once a year
          • Undertaking panel testing of Senior TB Laboratory Supervisors (STLS) at each district linked to it
          • Ensuring the proficiency of staff performing National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) smear microscopy activities by providing training to laboratory technicians and STLS

           

          Resources

           

          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB in India, 2021.
          • NTEP Laboratory Network: Overview.

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • CDST labs and their role

          Content

          Under the National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP), many labs are established at the regional level within states for providing Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) facilities for presumptive TB/DRTB and for TB/DRTB patients.

          • C&DST laboratories are mostly located in intermediate reference laboratories (IRLs) or medical colleges.
          • There are 42 C&DST laboratories established under the programme in different geographies.
          • Dedicated human resources are provided for the laboratories under the programme.
          • Districts are linked with laboratories for providing facilities for Culture and DST using:
            • Phenotypic Methods (Solid – Lowenstein Jensen (LJ), and Liquid Culture – Mycobacteria Growth Indicator Tube (MGIT))
            • Genotypic technology (Line Probe Assay (LPA) and Cartridge Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT))

          Figure: Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) facility,
          Source: The Foundation For Innovative New Diagnostics (FIND)

           

           

           

          Resources

           

          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant TB in India, 2021
          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers; New Delhi, India: Central TB Division, July 2020

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • NAAT Labs and their role

          Content

          The National Tuberculosis (TB) Elimination Program (NTEP) has a network of Nucleic Acid Amplification Tests (NAAT) laboratories coupled with Designated Microscopy Centers (DMCs) to form the backbone of the diagnostic component of TB services.

           

          Nucleic Acid Amplification Tests (NAAT) laboratories includes Cartridge-based NAAT (CBNAAT) and TrueNat tests. These tests detect tuberculosis as well as rifampicin resistance and are more sensitive than smear microscopy.

           

          Functions of Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) Laboratories:

          1. Acting as a hub for collection of samples from public and private health facilities (spokes)
          2. Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST) to rule out rifampicin resistance among confirmed TB patients
          3. Timely provision of NAAT test result to the TB patient, medical officer of the concerned health facility and NTEP staff for related actions
          4. Acting as a sample dispatch center for the Culture DST laboratory for subsequent processing of samples for first-line line probe assay (LPA) and second-line drug resistance testing utilizing second line LPA and liquid culture DST
          5. Recording and reporting including digitization of diagnostic process from collection to test result in NTEP Nikshay portal and Laboratory Information Management System
          6. Management of supplies and logistic associated with laboratory logistic (CBNAAT cartridges and TrueNAT chips) and reporting any additional requirement thereof
          7. Supporting the quality assurance activities undertaken by District or Intermediate Reference Laboratory under NTEP
          8. Support health system in carrying out special drives for vulnerable and at-risk population and their testing directly by CBNAAT (slum population, diabetic population, smoker, malnourished people, patients of silicosis and kidney dialysis etc.)

           

          Resources

          • RNTCP Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India, 2016.
          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant Tuberculosis in India, 2021.

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Designated Microscopy Centre [DMC]

          Content

          Sputum microscopy diagnostic services under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) are provided by the Designated Microscopy Centres (DMCs) established at the Peripheral Health Institution (PHI) level, where a functional binocular microscope and a trained Laboratory Technician (LT) is available. Light Emission Diode Fluorescent microscopes are provided to high-load PHI-DMCs such as that of the medical colleges. 

          Based on latest directives, a DMCs may be established at all PHIs (Public and Private) of the country as needed. It is mandatory to have a DMC at all medical colleges in the country.

          As molecular technologies like Truenat are also used in DMCs, NTEP has planned to rename DMCs as TB Diagnosis Centres (TDCs).

          Criteria to be a DMC

          The DMCs should satisfy the following criteria:

          1. NTEP-trained Laboratory Technician (LT) should be present.
          2. A functional binocular microscope should be present in the laboratory.
          3. Physical infrastructure in the laboratory should meet NTEP guidelines.
          4. Daily new adult outpatient cases of at least 60-100 and/or workload of at least 3-5 sputum smears per day for the LT in the laboratory.

           

          DMCs in the public sector, at the onset of the programme, are provided with funds to undertake minor civil works to build up their physical infrastructure and are provided with binocular microscopes.

           

          Human Resources Norms

          • For the purpose of NTEP, a PHI is a health facility which is manned by at least a Medical Officer (MO).
          • In addition to the MO and LT, there is 1 TB Health Visitor (TBHV) per one lakh urban population to support the urban TB control activities.

           

          Other Criteria

          Microscopy Centres may be established beyond population norms in medical colleges, corporate hospitals, Employee State Insurance Corporation (ESIC), railways, Non-government organisations (NGOs), private hospitals, Ayushman Bharat - Health and Wellness Centres (AB-HWCs), etc.

          Before designating a DMC in other sectors, there should be a formal agreement by the hospital/ laboratory to take part in the External Quality Assurance (EQA) and to allow the concerned NTEP staff to supervise as per the NTEP guidelines.

          If the above criteria are met by any private laboratory, the lab is considered for establishing a DMC.

          • To provide better access for diagnosis of TB, all PHIs, wherever LTs and binocular microscopes are available, can be upgraded to a DMC irrespective of the population norms or OPD attendance.
          • All DMCs should comply with the Quality Assurance (QA) mechanisms as per the EQA guidelines.

           

          Resources

           

          • NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
          • Operational Guidelines for TB Services at Ayushman Bharat Health and Wellness Centres.

           

           

          Assessment Questions

          Question 

          Answer 1 

          Answer 2 

          Answer3 

          Answer 4 

          Correct Answer 

          Correct explanation 

          Part of pre-test

          Part of post-test

          The DMC is an NTEP diagnostic facility at the PHI level

          TRUE

          FALSE

           

           

          1

          The DMC is an NTEP diagnostic facility at the PHI level

          Yes

           

          Yes

          DMCs are established only in a public sector facility

          True

          False

           

           

          2

          If a lab/facility meets the criteria of DMC, the facility is considered for establishing a DMC

          Yes

           

          Yes

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

           

        • Functions of a Designated Microscopy Centres [DMC]

          Content

          Functions and Integrated Services of the DMC

          • Testing of Sputum samples by Microscopy.
          • Request/ referral for microscopy or Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) or Culture and Drug Susceptibility Test (C&DST) or Chest X-ray (CXR) or Tuberculin Skin Test (TST) is generated at the PHI-DMC, as well as follow-up tests.
          • Maintain consumables and logistics required for testing/ packaging and transport.
          • Maintain TB laboratory registers for recording and reporting.
          • Notify every TB patient in Nikshay at the earliest and update information of patients on comorbidity, treatment adherence, treatment outcome, contact investigation and TB Preventive Treatment (TPT).
          • Biomedical waste management for the waste generated at DMCs.
          • A DMC is required to participate in the External Quality Assurance system(EQA) of NTEP to ensure standardized quality diagnostic testing. 

           

          Resources

          • NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

           

        • Sputum Collection centres

          Content

          To increase access to diagnostic services, NTEP has a provision for sputum collection centres in areas where the health facility is not equipped with key requirements to conduct sputum microscopy, molecular tests, drug susceptibility testing or follow up examinations.

          Sputum collection centres are dedicated locations where sputum samples are collected, packaged and then transported to nearby TB diagnostic centres. It could be attached to any near-by health-facility as well.

          Requirements of a Sputum Collection Centre

          To function as sputum collection centres, the following is essential:

          • Linkage/ mapping (time and distance) to testing laboratory
          • Availability of adequate number of sputum cups and falcon tubes, logistics for sample packaging and transport
          • Identification of open areas for sputum collection
          • Staff trained in NTEP guidelines on sputum collection, sample packaging and transport, complete and correct documentation of laboratory request form, and infection control practices
          • Feasibility and financial measures required for sample transport
          • Inclusion of local volunteers, courier services, sample transportation under National Health Mission Free Diagnostic Services or other mechanisms as decided by the state/district
          • Availability of Information, Education and Communication (IEC) material, training modules, and job-aids
             

           Sputum collection centres are established in:

          • Ayushman Bharat Health and Wellness Centres/Sub-centres
          • Urban primary health centres
          • Tribal, hilly, desert and difficult-to-reach areas of the country

          Resources

          • Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers
          • Operational Guidelines for TB Services at Ayushman Bharat Health and Wellness Centres
          • Mycobacteriology Laboratory Manual, GLI Initiative, 2014

           

          Assessment:

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
          Under NTEP, where are sputum collection centres established to increase access to diagnostic services?  Tribal areas Ayushman Bharat health and wellness centres Difficult-to-reach areas All of the above 4 To increase access to diagnostic services, sputum collection centres are established in Ayushman Bharat health and wellness centres, Urban health centres, tribal, hilly, desert and difficult-to-reach areas of the country.   Yes Yes

           

      • Ch 07: TB Diagnosis

        Fullscreen
        • Presumptive TB

          Content

          Presumptive TB case refers to a patient who presents with symptoms or signs suggestive of TB disease (previously known as a TB suspect) and where further diagnostic workup including bacteriological investigation is required.

           Presumptive TB can be categorized into

          1. Presumptive Pulmonary TB (P TB) - Symptoms are directly related to lungs (Cough, hemoptysis)

          2. Presumptive Extra Pulmonary TB (EP TB) - Symptoms/ signs are specific to an extra pulmonary site (example: Lymph node swelling)

          3. Presumptive Pediatric TB - Symptoms of TB in young children are more difficult to identify and can be more general (fever, weight loss) 

           

          Resources:

          • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016
          • Definitions and reporting framework for tuberculosis

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Principles of TB Diagnosis under NTEP

          Content

          The National TB Elimination Program (NTEP), promotes the following principles to diagnose TB:

          1. Try to establish the microbiological confirmation for all cases
          2. Use rapid molecular diagnostics upfront wherever possible for diagnosis of TB and early identification of resistance to treating drugs.
          3. Focus more on quality sample collection and timely transportation for a better microbiological confirmation 

          Microbiological Confirmation for All Cases

          Microbiologically confirmed TB refers to a presumptive TB case from whom a biological specimen is positive for acid fast bacilli smear microscopy, or positive for Mycobacterium tuberculosis on culture, or positive for TB through Rapid Diagnostic molecular tests - Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) and Line Probe Assay (LPA). Establishing microbiological confirmation is key for all TB cases. Clinically diagnosing TB should be limited only to very few patients where, in-spite of high suspicion, microbiological confirmation could not be established, even after all possible efforts. The entire diagnostic algorithm puts utmost efforts to establish the microbiological evidence in a case of TB.

          Upfront Rapid Molecular Diagnostics

          Knowing the drug resistance pattern at the earliest is key for success of the treatment. Hence, the current policy highlights the importance of using molecular diagnostic test upfront wherever possible.

          Complete diagnosis of TB is achieved by:

          • Offering NAAT (CBNAAT/ Truenat) to all notified new patients and to test for resistance to Rifampicin. This is termed as Universal Drug Sensitivity Test (DST) for Rifampicin. Efforts are being made to collect specimen from all TB patients for NAAT at baseline.
          • Testing individuals belonging to key population groups (clinically, socially vulnerable), those with extra pulmonary TB, people living with HIV and paediatric patients (after X-ray screening). They are directly referred for TB testing by NAAT
          • For upfront NAAT, one specimen is tested using NAAT and if TB is detected, the other sample is used for further cascade testing by LPA and liquid culture

          Quality Sample Collection and Transport

          For TB diagnosis, it is essential that a good sputum sample is collected. A good specimen consists of recently discharged material from the bronchial tree with minimum amount of oral or nasopharyngeal material, presence of mucoid or mucopurulent material and should be 2-5 ml in volume. The specimen is collected in a sterile container after rinsing of the oral cavity with clean water. The collected specimens should be packaged and transported to the laboratory as soon as possible after collection.

           

           

          Resources

          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment, Central TB Division, MoHFW 2021
          • Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers,Central TB Division, MoHFW 2020
          • Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control, Directorate General of Health Services, MoHFW 2010

           

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test

          What are the key principles of TB diagnosis under NTEP?

           

          Upfront testing for vulnerable groups Microbiological confirmation of all cases Good sample collection and transport

          All of the above

           

          4

          The key principles of TB diagnosis under NTEP are: microbiological confirmation for all cases, use upfront NAAT, quality sample collection and transport, and practicing universal precautions and AIC measures.

           

           

               

           

        • Biological Specimen for Diagnosis of TB

          Content

          For laboratory diagnosis of TB, different biological specimens are used.

          Pulmonary TB: Sputum sample is used. Sputum is a thick fluid produced in the lungs and in the adjacent airways. Normally, a spot sample and a fresh morning sample is preferred for the bacteriological examination of sputum.

          Extra Pulmonary TB:

          Resources:

          • Technical and Operational Guidelines for TB Control in India 2016

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • General process flow for testing in NTEP

          Content

          The process for testing is initiated with a request for test and ends with the reporting of test results. In built into the process of testing is also the process of specimen collection and transportation.

          1. Request for a test: This is the first step initiated when the requirement for a test is identified. This event is at the time of identification of presumptive TB/ DRTB, follow-up point (end of IP/CP, post treatment follow-up). The request may be initiated by the medical officer (MO) or the health staff at the Peripheral Health Institute (PHI) citing the reason for testing and the type of test required. The request is directed towards a laboratory where the required test is available. The request for test can be performed in Nikshay for any case that is already enrolled with an existing Patient ID. Requesting for test in Nikshay is analogous to filling up the physical request form Annexure 15A and generates a Test ID/ Test Request ID.

          2. Patient Referral/ Sample collection and transportation: Following the request for test, the next step is to physically refer the patient to the corresponding laboratory, or collecting the appropriate biological sample and initiating its transportation to the lab. If biological sample is collected, the details of the sample need to be added under the request for test in Nikshay and the sample needs to be appropriately labelled and the corresponding details of the request test attached.

          3. Performing the test: Once the sample has been received successfully at the destination laboratory, the lab technician (LT) updates the sample/ test record in Nikshay and initiates the relevant protocol for testing and follows through till results availability. 

          4. Reporting results: Once the results are available it needs to be updated against the corresponding request for a test and it is visible to all relevant stakeholders in Nikshay. If only Annexure 15A is available, the results need to be updated there and needs to be manually communicated to the personnel initiating the request for test.

          Resources

          • Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers
          • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment

           

          Assessment

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          Which of the following statements are correct?

          Under NTEP, the process for testing is initiated with a request for test on only Nikshay.

          Test requests for presumptive DR-TB cases are initiated only by specialists.

          Test requests for all presumptive cases are initiated by the medical officer and/or other health staff at the Peripheral Health Institute (PHI).

          All of the above

          3

          ​Test requests for all presumptive cases are initiated by the medical officer and/or other health staff at the Peripheral Health Institute (PHI).

          ​

          Yes Yes
        • Requesting a Test on Nikshay

          Content

          Once a presumptive TB patient is identified, the patient is enrolled online by a healthcare worker or doctor in Nikshay online portal. For diagnosis of Tuberculosis, the treating physician can request a test utilizing the request test option of Nikshay online portal. The step-by-step approach for test request is as follows:

           

          Step 0: Go to the Patients Page.

          Step 1: Select the “Tests” tab.

          Step 2: Click the “Add Test” button.

           

           

          Step 3: Fill the form.

          Step 4: Select the “Test Status” as “Results Pending”.

          Step 5: Click the “Add Test” button by selecting the appropriate test for the patient.

           

           

          In a situation where the patient is referred to another health facility for TB testing, one needs to select the test requested along with the facility name where the patient will visit for undergoing the TB test. the results are added by the concerned healthcare worker only after the test is conducted and the result is available.

           

          In the absence of such results, it will show ‘Result pending’ instead of ‘Result available’ status.

          Video file

          Video: Process to add tests on Ni-kshay

           

          Resources

           

          • Nikshay Portal Training Resource Material.

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • Ch 08: Case Finding methods under NTEP

        Fullscreen
        • Approaches to TB Case Finding

          Content

          People who have been exposed to patients with infectious TB are known as TB contacts; they constitute a high-risk group for TB. Case finding investigation contributes to the early detection of TB cases, and results in identifying a significant number of additional patients.

          Figure: Approaches to Tuberculosis Case Finding

           

          Active case-finding requires systematic screening and clinical evaluation of populations who are at high risk of developing TB, such as people living in slums, tribal areas, congregate settings, persons who are household contacts of TB cases

           

          Resources:

          • Assessing TB Case-Finding

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

           


           

        • Passive Case Finding

          Content

          Passive case finding is essentially where the patient self reports to the health care provider with symptoms. This requires that affected individuals are aware of their symptoms, have access to health facilities, and are evaluated by health workers or volunteers who recognise the symptoms of TB and link those individuals for TB testing services.

          This approach to case finding has the least effort and cost and is a minimum expectation. In a Peripheral Health Institution (PHI), it is estimated that about 2-3% of new adult outpatients are symptomatic that require referral for TB diagnosis (presumptive TB cases).

          Passive case finding may miss TB patients if :

          1. The disease is mild/ transient.
          2. Access to healthcare is poor.
          3. Health providers do not have an adequate index of suspicion and are unable to reliably link respiratory symptoms to TB. 

          Resources

          1. Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers.

           

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
          Which of the following can be considered a passive case finding?  TB case finding for all patients attending an HIV clinic. TB case finding in all inmates of an elderly home. Patients attending a PHC with symptoms are referred for testing by the doctor. TB case finding among household contacts of a TB case. 3 All other examples except those attending PHC referred for TB testing are cases of active or intensified case finding effort.   Yes Yes
          What may cause a passive case finding to miss cases? Healthcare providers fail to notify the case. Healthcare providers do not refer cases for TB testing. There are no health facilities in the area. Both 2 and 3 4 Healthcare providers failing to notify cases is missing notification and not related to passive case finding.   Yes Yes

           

        • Active Case Finding

          Content

          Systematic screening of all individuals of a defined population is known as active case finding.  It is applied outside of health facilities at the community level by the health system.

          Objective of ACF is to:

          1. identify cases early, initiate prompt treatment, reduce risk of poor treatment outcomes and reduce risk of further transmission of TB
          2. to provide access to diagnosis services to populations that would have been otherwise unreached

          It is effort intensive and is recommended only in population groups where there is estimated high case load. In NTEP, ACF is recommended only to be performed in Key / vulnerable population.

          ACF can also be clubbed with suitable ACSM campaigns to create awareness about the signs and symptoms and about TB in the target population/ community. It can also be combined with other health activities/ campaigns (such as Pulse Polio/ Leprosy screening/ population based screening for NCDs) for increased efficiency.

          Resources

          1. Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers.
          2. Active TB Case Finding, Guidance Document.
          3. WHO recommendations for Systematic Screening for Active Tuberculosis

           

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
          Which of the following is not a primary objective of ACF? Increase TB notification Early identification of cases. Reduce the risk of transmission of TB. Reduce the risk of poor treatment outcomes. 1 Notification is not a primary objective of ACF.   Yes Yes
        • Intensified Case Finding

          Content

          Intensified Case Finding (ICF) is a case finding approach between Active and Passive approaches. Here individuals coming in contact with the health system through any activity are screened actively for symptoms of TB and referred for testing.

          This approach brings the benefit of active case finding approach by active screening for TB symptoms, but does limit the extensive effort required by restricting to only those people who has some or the other healthcare problem. This approach is considered for people attending a healthcare facility.

          Some examples of ICF are screening for TB symptoms and referral for testing in:

          • all cases attending an HIV clinic.
          • among children with malnourishment who attend a nutrition clinic.
          • all mothers attending the antenatal clinics

          Resources

          1. Technical and Operational Guidelines.
          2. Assessing TB Case Finding.

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test

          Which of the following is an example of an intensified case finding?

           

          Systematic screening for TB of all contacts of TB cases. Screening all cases attending an OPD with respiratory symptoms for TB testing. Referring cases that report more than 2 weeks of cough from an OPD for TB testing. Screening all people belonging to a slum for TB symptoms. 2

          Systematic screening of TB contacts and those belonging to a slum population are examples of active case finding.

          Referring to cases that report TB symptoms is a passive case finding.

            Yes Yes
        • Bidirectional Screening

          Content

          Bidirectional screening is a method to identify cases in diseases which have predisposition to each other or has a significant influence on each other. For example TB and HIV, where having HIV increases risk of developing TB and cases with TB would have poor outcomes if co-infected with HIV.

          Screening for TB is done through four-symptoms complex based screening or through Chest X-ray. Screening for the linked disease is carried out as per the policies of the corresponding health program.

          Bi-directional screening policies are implemented by various disease control programs. For example, with NTEP the following disease control efforts implement a bidirectional screening policy:

          1. HIV through NACO 
          2. COVID19 
          3. Diabetes Mellitus (DM) through NPCDCS
          4. Tobacco  through National Tobacco Control Program

          Both programs monitor bidirectional screening, referral and testing as per their own policies.

          Resources

          1. National Strategic Plan for TB Elimination.

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
          Bidirectional screening for TB is not done in which of the following conditions? Diabetes Tobacco abuse/ addiction Pregnancy COVID-19 3 Although pregnant mothers may be screened for TB as a part of intensified case finding, all TB cases are not actively/ routinely screened for pregnancy.   Yes Yes
      • Ch 09: Role of LTs and related stakeholders in TB Care

        Fullscreen
        • Duties and responsibilities of the LT at the DMC

          Content

          The major duties and responsibilities of the Laboratory Technician at the Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC) are to: ​

           

          1. Follow the standard operating procedures for sample collection, sputum smear microscopy​ and Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT)
          2. Maintain the Tuberculosis (TB) Laboratory Register and early submission of the results to the medical officer managing the patient, which should also be updated in the Nikshay online portal in real-time
          3. Coordinate with other staff to ensure that presumptive TB cases and symptomatic contacts of TB patients receive sputum containers with the necessary instructions to undergo sputum examination/NAAT
          4. Assist the medical officer of the peripheral health institution (MO-PHI) in the identification of presumptive drug-resistant TB patients and ensure the collection and transportation of sputum specimens for NAAT/culture and drug susceptibility test according to the guidelines
          5. Organize and supervise the disposal practices of contaminated lab material as detailed in the Laboratory Manual
          6. Assist the Senior Tuberculosis Laboratory Supervisor (STLS) in the implementation of the National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) Lab Quality Assurance
          7. Assist in the implementation of new TB diagnostic tools in NTEP
          8. Facilitate change management with respect to use of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and Nikshay tool for concerned data entry, validation, and its use for public health actions
          9. Any other jobs assigned by the reporting officer

          ​

          Resources

           

          • DO letter - TOR and need norms for NTEP staff, 2021.
          • Training Module (1-4) for Program Managers and Medical Officer, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.

          ​

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Role of Medical Officer at and around a DMC in TB Diagnosis

          Content

          The Medical Officer Designated Microscopy Centre (MO-DMC) at a Primary Health Facility is appointed from the General Health System. The MO-DMC is responsible for activities at DMC under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP).

          Key Responsibilities of MO-DMC include

          1. Screening and diagnosis

          ·        Clinical examination of all TB cases should be done by the MO. 

          ·        The MO should screen/refer:

          o   All identified presumptive pulmonary TB cases for sputum smear microscopy, chest X-ray and presumptive Extra-pulmonary Tuberculosis (EPTB) cases for appropriate investigations

          o   Presumptive TB cases with a negative sputum result to be referred for chest X-ray, followed by Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) as per diagnostic algorithm to ensure no TB case is missed

          o   All diagnosed TB patients for Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) for early diagnosis of resistance to Rifampicin (Rif)

          o   All Rif-sensitive TB patients for first-line LPA testing

          o   All presumptive TB patients for HIV testing

          o   All diagnosed TB patients for HIV testing

          o   HIV positive patients for TB by four symptom complex screening

          o   All HIV positive TB patients to Antiretroviral Therapy (ART) centre for initiation of ART and Co-trimoxazole Prophylaxis Therapy (CPT).

          2. Treatment initiation, follow up and treatment outcome

          ·        The MO should fill the original treatment card with details of treatment regimen according to weight-band and Drug Susceptibility Testing (DST) pattern.

          ·        It is the responsibility of the MO to ensure that all the diagnosed smear-positive patients start treatment or are referred for treatment.

          o   All patients who are sensitive to Isoniazid (H) & Rifampicin (R) and all patients whose H & R status is not known should be initiated on first line anti-TB treatment.

          ·        The MO is responsible for clinically following-up the patient once in a month to:

          o   Identify any ADR early

          o   Assess clinical improvement

          o   Support follow-up by laboratory investigations, whenever necessary

          o   Control comorbid conditions like HIV and diabetes by appropriate treatment

          o   Screen all patients for presence of symptoms of TB at the end of 6th, 12th, 18th and 24th month after completion of treatment and do a sputum culture in the presence of symptoms to diagnose recurrent TB.

          3. Recording, reporting and TB notification

          ·        The NTEP Request Form for examination of biological specimens should be filled up completely by the MO.

          ·        The MO should coordinate with the STLS to ensure that tuberculosis-related laboratory services are properly performed and recorded by the laboratory technician.

          ·        Results recorded in the laboratory register, treatment cards and the TB Notification Register should be verified and ensured that they are consistent.

          ·        The MO should maintain TB Notification Register for patients diagnosed and transferred-in.

          ·        The MO should ensure that the treatment details are entered in Nikshay immediately.

          ·        Detailed description of symptoms and signs of ADRs to anti-TB drug should be recorded in TB Treatment Card by the MO.

          ·        The treatment outcome has to be recorded on the Treatment Card, Nikshay and the TB Notification register within one month of the event. Declaration of the treatment outcome has to be decided upon and signed with date by the MO.

          ·        The MO should ensure updating of Notification Register and Nikshay entry by the designated staff:

          o   If any smear-positive patients are not entered in the TB Notification Register and are on treatment

          o   For patients who have not been put on treatment after tracing them and putting them on treatment immediately

          o   After collecting the bank account details of the patient for Direct Benefit Transfer of Nikshay Poshan Yojana.

          4. Monitoring and supervision

          ·        Every week, the MO of the DMC should review the TB Laboratory Register to ensure that correct number of sputum smear examinations (two per presumptive TB case) are being performed for diagnosis.

          ·        The MO of the DMC should cross-check the results of the sputum examination in the TB Register with that of TB Laboratory Register and the TB Treatment Card.

          ·        The MO of the DMC should check the Tuberculosis Laboratory Register to make sure that all the columns have been completed.

          o   The MO of DMC is responsible for determining the amount of reagents and consumables the DMC needs every month.

          o   The MO should ensure uninterrupted supply of drugs; monitor monthly replenishment of stock to treatment supporter if drugs are not already
          given and update in drug stock register and in Nikshay Aushadhi through designated staff.

          ·        The District TB Officer (DTO) conducts Random Blinded Rechecking (RBRC) of sputum smear microscopy and gives feedback and corrective actions to Lab technicians through MO-DMC.

           

          Resources

          Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers.

           

          Assessment

           

          Question

          Answer 1

          Answer 2

          Answer 3

          Answer 4

          Correct answer

          Correct explanation

          Page id

          Part of Pre-test

          Part of Post-test

          What are the key duties of a Medical Officer at DMC?

          Screening and diagnosis

          Advocacy and support to private practitioners

          Treatment initiation, follow-up, treatment outcome

          All the above

          4

          The Medical Officer (MO) at the DMC is responsible for screening, diagnosis, treatment initiation, follow-up, treatment outcome, monitoring and supervision, recording, reporting, TB notification, advocacy and support to private practitioners.

           

          Yes

          Yes

        • Role of Peripheral Health Care workers around a DMC in TB Care

          Content

          Peripheral Health Care Workers (PHWs) including Community Health Officer (CHO), Auxiliary Nurse Midwife (ANM) and Multi-purpose health worker (MPHW) are central to primary health care and service delivery. They play important an role in TB care at Peripheral Health Institutes (PHIs) and Designated Microscopy Centres (DMCs).

          Their responsibilities include:

          1. Vulnerable population mapping: vulnerability assessment and mapping of vulnerable population (diabetic patients, patients on immunosuppressants, alcoholics and smokers etc) in communities is done by PHWs.

           

          2. Screening and referral for testing:

          PHWs are involved in:

          - screening of household/workplace contacts and other contacts of TB patients as eligible in the local context

          - periodic active case finding among identified vulnerable population for TB/Latent TB Infection

          - referring presumptive TB patients promptly to the nearest microscopy or molecular laboratory through laboratory request forms

          - registration of referred cases in Nikshay as presumptive TB patient

          - providing sputum container to persons with symptoms of TB and counselling for collection of good quality sputum in the morning

          - sample packaging and transport to TB laboratories for testing

          - follow-up sputum examination

          CHO is responsible to ensure availability of adequate sputum collection containers (sputum cups and falcon tubes), logistics for sample packaging and transportation.

           

          3. Treatment initiation: It is the responsibility of the PHWs in coordination with NTEP staff to organize and ensure treatment initiation for the patient. They decide upon a convenient location for drug administration, identification of treatment supporter and supply of drugs to treatment supporter

           

          4. Coordinating treatment support:

          - PHWs act as a treatment supporter or identify treatment supporter who is accessible and acceptable to the patient to provide TB treatment

          - support for adherence to treatment and monitoring of TB patients at the community level

          - update the original treatment card at the PHI on a fortnightly basis and Nikshay entries in coordination with NTEP staff

           

          5. Ensuring public health action: 

          The PHW visits the house of the patient within a week of TB diagnosis to:

          - verify the residential address so that in case of interruption, retrieval action can be taken

          - counsel the patient and family members regarding the disease, treatment and its adherence

          - screening of contacts, providing TB Preventive Therapy (TPT) to all eligible

          - advise patient on balanced diet, taking the food they can afford and also about nutritional support systems available for the eligible patients

          - collect the bank account number of the patient or one of the household members; or facilitate getting the bank account opened, if not having one

          - mobilize/refer for HIV testing

          - sample collection and transportation for Dug Susceptibility Testing 

           

          6. Awareness generation/advocacy in community

          PHWs generate awareness/advocacy in the community. The activities include:

          - awareness on health promotion and health seeking behaviour

          - awareness on symptoms of TB, good cough etiquettes, available services for screening, diagnosis and treatment of TB

          - awareness on patient support and benefit schemes including Nikshay Poshan Yojana

          - mobilize community, community leaders (religious leaders, school principals, women’s Self-Help Groups, etc) and Panchayati Raj Institution (PRI) members for TB sensitization activities

          - identify TB survivors to volunteer for the community engagement activities 

          Resource

           

          Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, Central TB Division, MoHFW 2020

           

          Assessment

           

          Question

          Answer 1

          Answer 2

          Answer 3

          Answer 4

          Correct answer

          Correct explanation

          Page id

          Part of Pre-test

          Part of Post-test

          What is the key role of the Peripheral Healthcare Worker?

          Vulnerable population mapping

          Home visits, counselling and contact tracing

          Awareness generation/ advocacy in community

          All of the above

          4

          Peripheral Healthcare Workers' (PHW) role is in vulnerable population mapping, screening and referral for testing, treatment initiation, coordinating treatment support, ensuring public health action, and awareness generation/ advocacy in the community. 

           

          Yes

          Yes

        • Role of STLS at a DMC

          Content

          The Senior TB Laboratory Supervisor (STLS) is the person responsible for monitoring the day-to-day activities of all the microscopy centres and nucleic acid amplification test (NAAT) sites and is thus essential to the success of the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP). They also ensure the quality of TB diagnostic services.

           

          Roles of STLS at the DMC

          1. Program management

          The STLS is responsible for ensuring that microscopy services in the district are well organized and the locations of the designated microscopy centres (DMCs) are known to all the medical officers in all peripheral health institutions (MO-PHI).

          The STLS also ensures that there are:

          • Uninterrupted staffing of DMCs, including coverage for laboratory technicians (LTs) that might be on leave, so that there is regular and uninterrupted availability of smear examination at the DMC.
          • Uninterrupted supply of reagents and logistics required for the microscopy.
          • Quality assurance and accuracy guarantee for the microscopic activities carried out.
          • Regular training and continuing education of LTs.

          The STLS reports to the district TB officer (DTO) in collaboration with the senior treatment supervisor (STS) regarding implementation, quality control (QC), supervision and management of laboratory supplies.

           

          1. Monitor documentation related to microscopy

          STLS ensures that all documentation related to sputum smear examinations is accurate and reports of examinations are given to the treating physician promptly. This includes:

          • Each LT has a TB lab register which is filled completely and accurately.
          • LTs understand the importance of limiting administrative errors (for example, keeping the sputum specimens with the proper lab forms for sputum examination and slides) and accurately recording the results of sputum smear examinations.
          • LTs keep examined slides for review and on-site evaluation (OSE) visit by the STLS.
          • There is an accurate recording of the results of the sputum smear examination.

          STLS must explain to LTs that patients are diagnosed and placed on appropriate treatment regimens based on the smear results.

           

          1. Ensure appropriate number and schedule of sputum examinations
          • Presumptive TB persons should have their sputum examined the correct number of times for tubercle bacilli, at least 2 sputum samples should be examined.
          • Follow-up cases should have 2 sputum samples examined and should be done according to the follow-up schedule.
             
          1. Perform laboratory QC

          This is done via OSE visits. The visit includes a comprehensive assessment of the laboratory safety including infection control measures; conditions of the equipment, adequacy of supplies as well as the technical components of acid-fast bacilli (AFB) smear microscopy employing a simple “Yes” and “No” checklist.

          • The STLS visits every DMC under their supervision at least once every 4 weeks, and more often if possible.
          • During these visits, at least 5 positive and 5 negative slides must be re-checked by the STLS.
          • Staff at the DMC is supervised, evaluated and trained during these visits.
          • The STLS maintains a diary, recording the details of these field visits.

          At the end of each QC visit, detailed feedback is given by the STLS for continuous internal quality improvements. The STLS also ensures that centres maintain proper storage and transport of sputum specimens, the safety of lab staff and the maintenance of microscopes.

          5. Waste disposal checks: STLS ensures that contaminated material is disposed of safely to ensure infection control. Sputum containers with sputum must either be incinerated, disinfected and autoclaved, or burnt in a pit and the burnt material buried.

          6. Maintain an adequate supply of all materials necessary for microscopic examination

          The STLS ensures that LTs have an adequate supply of reagents, sputum containers, slides and other materials including boxes for storing slides. This includes:

          • Calculating the required volume of material (slides, sputum containers, etc.) required.
          • Ordering supplies during the first week of the quarter to ensure uninterrupted supply at all DMCs.
          • Distribution of sputum containers to all sputum collection centres/ DMCs in the area.
          • Estimating and ensuring maintenance of adequate reserve stock at DMCs.

           

          Resources

          • NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, 2020.
          • Module for Senior Tuberculosis Laboratory Supervisors, NTEP, 1999.
          • Module for Laboratory Technicians, NTEP, 2005.

           

          Assessment

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          What is the role of the STLS in the DMC?

          Conduct an on-site evaluation visit.

          Make sure that LTs fill the TB lab register properly.

          Ensure adequate supply of lab material, like slides, at the DMC.

          All of the above

          4

          The STLS conducts an on-site evaluation visit at the DMC, ensures proper documentation of smear results and ensures an adequate supply of lab materials at the DMC.

          ​

          Yes

          Yes

          How often should the STLS visit the DMC?

          Every 2 weeks

          Every month

          Every quarter

          Every 6 months

          2

          The STLS visits every DMC under their supervision at least once every 4 weeks, and more often if possible.

           

          Yes

          Yes

        • Role of STS at a DMC

          Content

          At a DMC, the STS primarily ensures that 

          1. All patient services from enrolment to outcomes for a TB patient are completed optimally. This is done by monitoring information submitted by the DMC such as referral for testing, no of people tested, no of people diagnosed with TB, initiated on treatment. 

          2. All the patients started on treatment are tested promptly using the appropriate follow-up testing schedule( i.e. at the end of IP and CP). 

          3. Maintain profile of the DMC in the Nikshay such as tagging the PHI as DMC, name of contact person and other particulars

          4. Ensure data quality in the various records, both in physical and electronic records. This includes patient data, referral data and testing data.

    • M 03: Smear Microscopy

      Fullscreen
      • Ch 10: Collecting & Storage of Good Quality Specimen

        Fullscreen
        • Accepting the request for testing

          Content

          Three things are received by the Lab Technician- Sample for testing, request form, and  request for test in Nikshay.

          Accepting the request for testing includes the following steps:

          1. The LT verifies details on the request form that has eleven parts.

          • The first part contains details on the name of referring facility, name of the patient, complete address, age & gender of the patient, date of referral, type of presumptive TB, the key population to which the patient belongs and site of disease.
          • The second part contains details of referring facilities, Nikshay ID, and the names of State, district and TB units.
          • The third portion is for the diagnosis and follow-up of TB.
          • The fourth portion is for the diagnosis and follow-up of drug-resistant TB.
          • The fifth portion is to indicate the required tests with the details of the person requesting the test.
          • Parts six to eleven are used for reporting test results.

          2. The LT verifies the quality of the sample received.

          3. LT captures details on the patient, reasons for testing, test requested, and the visual appearance of the sample in the TB Laboratory register.

          4. LT verifies the test request generated in Nikshay against the test ID requested (Figure).

          Figure: Test Details Added in Nikshay by the Referring Health Facility; Source: Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.

          5. LT initiates the test requested.

           

          Resources

          • Guidelines for PMDT in India, NTEP, 2021.
          • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, 2020.

           

          Assessment

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          For all new presumptive TB cases, Nikshay ID is generated by the referring facility.

          True

          False

           

           

          1

          For all new presumptive TB cases, Nikshay ID is generated by the referring facility.

          ​

          Yes

          Yes

        • Spot and early morning sputum sample

          Content

          Presumptive pulmonary TB patients are subjected to sputum smear microscopy (Ziehl Neelsen (ZN)/ Florescence Microscopy (FM)). Two consecutive sputum specimens will identify the vast majority (95–98%) of smear-positive TB patients

           

          Two specimens are collected:

          • One Spot and one early morning sample OR
          • Two supervised spot specimens collected at least one hour apart, and smears made from both the samples.

          If one or both smears are positive, the patient is diagnosed as a microbiologically confirmed pulmonary TB case.

           

          • The spot specimen collected is labelled as 'a'.
          • While the patient is given a labelled container with instructions to cough out sputum into the container early in the morning after rinsing the mouth with water. This is the early morning specimen. This is labelled as specimen 'b'.

           

          • If the health facility is not a Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC), then the patient is given a sputum container with the instructions to collect an early morning specimen and go with the sputum specimen to the DMC where the spot specimen can be collected.
          • In case the patient is not able to travel to the DMC, then the spot specimen could be collected at the nearest health facility or sputum collection centre and transported to the DMC.
          • These two samples should be collected within a day or two consecutive days.
          • Two supervised spot samples may be collected one hour apart if patient is too sick, coming from a long distance or likelihood of not giving a second sample is significant.
          • Collection of early morning specimens is preferred because of the overnight accumulation of secretions. However, spot samples collected at any time for patients is also suitable if productive sputum is expectorated after deep cough.

           

          Resources

          1. Module for Laboratory Technicians.
          2. Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers.

           

          Assessment

          Question

          Answer 1

          Answer 2

          Answer 3

          Answer 4

          Correct answer

          Correct explanation

          Page id

          Part of Pre-test

          Part of Post-test

          The spot specimen collected for sputum microscopy is labelled as 'a'.

           

          True

          False

           

           

          1

          The spot specimen collected for sputum microscopy is labelled as 'a'.

           

           

          Yes

          Yes

        • Educating patient on Sputum collection and dispensing Sputum cup

          Content

          Educating patients on collection is essential to have good quality sputum. The healthcare worker (HCW)/ medical officer (MO) or the laboratory technician (LT) can educate patients on how to collect and dispense sputum.

          The HCW/MO/LT provides a new sputum cup with the Laboratory Serial Number written on its side to the patient. They should explain that sputum should be collected in an open place or in a well-ventilated room; it should not be collected in closed rooms, toilets and ill-ventilated rooms

          A specimen collected under supervision is likely to yield better results. Supervising person has to demonstrate how to collect good sputum and dispensing it:

          1. Using a laboratory sputum cup, demonstrate how to open the lid of the specimen container and place it conveniently within their reach, so they can close it immediately after collecting sputum and also how to screw the cap on the cup tightly so it doesn't leak.
          2. Demonstrate how to bring up sputum, beginning with rinsing their mouth as food particles may give false positive results.
          3. Demonstrate deep inhalation (2–3 times) and let the patient know that this will initiate the cough reflex in most individuals.
          4. Demonstrate how individuals can place their palms on the waist, squat or sit and continue deep breathing again. Tapping or thumping of the back 
            may encourage expectoration (Sitting and placing hands on the waist fixes the shoulder and pelvic muscles and brings the intercostal muscles of ribcage and diaphragm into action)
          5. After deep inhalation and coughing deeply, the sputum should come up in their mouth. The sputum is retained in the mouth and allowed to fall from their tongue into the pre-labeled container. Patient should be encouraged not to spit into the container. The patient can also be encouraged to cough directly into the cup.
          6. The patient’s mouth should not touch the container and the patient must ensure that sputum does not touch the outside of the container.
          7. The patient should not open the sputum cup till they are ready to use it
          8. They should not rub off the number written on the side of the container
          9. They should not touch the inside of the container with their fingers or tongue while collecting sputum

          The person collecting the specimen should make sure that no one stands in front of the individual who is trying to cough up the sputum. When an individual has only coughed up saliva or has not coughed up at least 2 ml of sputum, they should be encouraged to give good specimen that is of appropriate quantity.

           

          Resources

          • Module for Laboratory Technicians
          • Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers

           

           

          Assessment

          Question

          Answer 1

          Answer 2

          Answer 3

          Answer 4

          Correct answer

          Correct explanation

          Page id

          Part of Pre-test

          Part of Post-test

          When collecting sputum into containers, which of the following should not be done?

           

          Cough deeply and directly into the sputum cup.

          Sputum can sometimes touch the outside of the container.

          Always close the lid tightly, after putting the sputum into the cup.

          None of the above

          2

          When dispensing sputum into the sputum container, sputum must never touch the outside of the container.

           

           

          Yes

          Yes

           

           

           

           

           

        • Steps to Ensure a Good Quality Sputum Sample

          Content

          The Healthcare Worker (HCW) needs to carefully explain how to collect a good quality sputum specimen. He/she needs to demonstrate how to bring up sputum from the chest, what a good sputum specimen looks like, and the quantity of sputum required.  

          Characteristics of a Good Sputum Sample 

          • Thick (semi-solid) muco-purulent (yellowish) in consistency, coughed out deeply from the lungs
          • Sufficient in amount i.e., 2 to 5 ml (or enough to cover the size of a fingernail at the bottom of the container)
          • It should not be blood-stained (brownish colour) as far as possible.

          Steps to Ensure Good Quality Sputum Sample

          1. Explain to the patient the characteristics of sputum - that it is thick and mucoid as compared to saliva which is thin and watery.
          2. The patient should preferably rinse his/her mouth to get rid of any food particles which may give false-positive results.
          3. One should demonstrate to the patient by action how s/he should take deep breaths and bring up the sputum.
            1. The patient is instructed to inhale deeply (2–3 times), which will initiate the cough reflex in most patients.
            2. The sputum is retained in the mouth and spit into the pre-labelled container without spilling.
          4. Some patients may not be able to expectorate with deep breathing, in which case HCW should demonstrate to them how they should place their palms on the waist, squat or sit and continue deep breathing again.
            1. Tapping or thumping of the back may encourage expectoration. (Sitting and placing hands on the waist fixes the shoulder and pelvic muscles and brings the intercostal muscles of the ribcage and diaphragm into action).
          5. When a patient has only coughed up saliva or has coughed up less than 2 ml (the size of a fingernail at the bottom of the container) of sputum, the patient should be encouraged to provide a better specimen.

           

          Resources

          • RNTCP Module for Laboratory Technician, CTD, MoHFW, 2005.

           

        • Receiving a biological specimen at the Laboratory

          Content

          Biological specimen/ samples collected on reaching a TB testing laboratory needs to be formally received. The sample may be handed over by agents(couriers, health staff/ volunteers, patient representatives) or by patients themselves. The formal receipt of sample enables further processes such as testing and communication of results back to the patient. If the sample is successfully received, the appropriate testing process is initiated using the sample, else it is rejected and a fresh sample requested. 

          The designated Lab Technician (LT) at the Laboratory is responsible for receiving the sample. To initiate the receipt, the sample along with the patient, or the sample along with accompanying test request is required. If it is available, following are the steps to complete sample receipt:

          1. Compare patient information (Patient Name and Patient ID / Sample ID/ Test ID) to the test request that has been made.
            • This is performed by searching the patient ID in Nikshay under the Diagnostics menu and comparing and matching the patient details and the label on the sample.
            • If a physical form (Request for examination of Biological specimen for TB) is available, the details on the sample label and form needs to be compared and matched as well.
          2. If the details are matched the LT then checks the quality (mucopurulent, non-blood stained), quantity (adequate to perform the requested test) of the sample and ensures that there is no leakage.
          3. If the above checks are passed, then the LT Accepts sample. If not the LT rejects sample with a request to get a new sample. The rejection of the sample and request to obtain a new sample is recorded on Nikshay and is communicated to the patient and the person who requested the test.  
          4. To register the receipt by accepting/Check in the sample for testing in Nikshay. The relevant information may also be captured in the TB Laboratory Register.  Ensure that the Test ID (if not already present) / Lab serial number from the Lab register is labelled on the sample container.

           

          Sample receiving in Nikshay

          Figure: Sample Journey Tracking in Nikshay; Source: Nikshay Diagnostic Training Content.

           

          Resources

          1. Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, 2020.
          2. Nikshay Zendesk, Nikshay Knowledge Base, FAQs.
          3. Nikshay Zendesk, Nikshay Knowledge Base, Diagnostics.

           

          Assessment

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          The process of receiving a sample does not involve the following

          ​Requesting a test

          Matching test request information and container label.

          Checking in a sample on Nikshay

          Rejecting an inappropriate sample. 1

          Request for testing and sample transportation to the laboratory has to happen before a sample can be received.

          Matching request information and checking in a sample on Nikshay and rejecting inappropriate sample are steps in the receiving process.

            Yes Yes
        • Storing a sputum sample

          Content

          Storage conditions of sputum sample can effect the test results.

          • Sputum samples should be transported to the laboratory as soon as possible after collection.
          • It is the responsibility of Laboratory Technician (LT) and Senior TB Laboratory Supervisor (STLS) to ensure proper storage and transport of sputum specimens.
          • Sputum is stored to preserve the specimen quality.
          • The stored sputum samples should not be frozen.

          Storage of Sputum Samples

          For microscopy

          • For smear microscopy, sputum specimens should be examined on the same day and not later than 2 days after collection.
          • If delay is unavoidable, the sputum collected should be stored in a cool place/ refrigerated at 4°C to inhibit the growth of unwanted microorganisms.
          • Stored sputum samples should be protected from light and heat to prevent liquefaction of the sample, else it makes the selection of mucopurulent part of the sample difficult.
          • Samples received over holidays/weekends should be stored in a cool place/ refrigerated at 4°C.

          For liquid culture

          • Sputum should be stored in a cool place/ refrigerated at 4°C to inhibit the growth of unwanted microorganisms; not later than 3 days after collection.

          For molecular tests - Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) and Line Probe Assay (LPA)

          • Sputum must be stored by refrigerating at 4°C to inhibit the growth of unwanted microorganisms and transported in cool chain to the nearest molecular laboratory. It should not be stored beyond one week at 4°C.

          Resources

          Technical and Operational Guidelines; Chapter 3: Case finding and diagnosis strategy

          PMDT Guidelines 2021

          Assessment

          Question

          Answer 1

          Answer 2

          Answer 3

          Answer 4

          Correct answer

          Correct explanation

          Page id

          Part of Pre-test

          Part of Post-test

          The sputum collected expecting a time delay for processing should be stored in cool place/ refrigerated at 4°C.

          True

          False

           

           

          1

          The sputum collected expecting a time delay for processing should be stored in cool place/ refrigerated at 4°C.

           

           

           

          Yes

          Yes

      • Ch 11: Sputum Smear Preparation

        Fullscreen
        • Steps involved in Smear Microscopy

          Content

          Sputum smears must be prepared promptly after samples are collected or received in the laboratory.

          Steps in smear preparation are as follows:

          1. Cleaning and Labelling of slide (No 1)
          2. Making the smear (No 2-3)
          3. Drying and Heat fixing the smear (No 4-5)
          4. Staining and counterstaining the smear (No 6- 12)
          5. Examination of slide/Reading the Smear (No 13-14)
          6. Reporting and recording the observations (Digitally and TB Lab register)
          7. Storage of slides (as per Laboratory Numbers in closed box) (No 15)

           

           

          Figure: Steps in Smear Preparation; 1- Labelling of the slide, 2- Using a broomstick to pick up purulent portion (A) while avoiding the salivary portion (B), 3- Spreading sample on a glass slide, 4- Air-drying the slides, 5- Heat-fixing the smeared slides,6- Staining with 1% Carbol fuchsin, 7- Heating of stained smear, 8- Decolorize with 25% Sulphuric acid, 9- Rinse off decolourizer, 10- Counter stain with 0.1% Methylene blue, 11-Rinse off counter stain, 12-Drying the prepared slide, 13-14 Examination of smears , reporting of observations, 15-Storage of slides; Source: Laboratory Diagnosis by Sputum Smear Microscopy.

           

          Resources

          • Laboratory Diagnosis by Sputum Smear Microscopy - The Handbook, GLI, 2013.
          • Module for Laboratory Technicians, CTD, 2005.
          Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
          Sputum smears should be dried by heating.  True False     2 Sputum smears should be air-dried. ​ Yes Yes

           

          Clean, fresh, unscratched slides should be used for smear preparation.

          True False     1 Prevents deposits on stained smear.   Yes Yes
        • Cleaning and Labelling Slide

          Content

          A Laboratory Serial Number is assigned to each presumptive TB patient who is examined at the microscopy centre.

           

          Each Laboratory Technician (LT) needs to ensure that all the slides are labelled using the Laboratory Serial Number. This is essential for recording as well as for the review of the slide during the supervisory visit as well as during the quality assurance exercise.

           

          For every test, a new slide needs to be used. It is essential that there are no fingerprints or any scratches on the side of the slide (see figure 1).

          Figure 1: Always select new, clean, grease-free and unscratched slides

           

          Once the LT is ready to prepare a smear, he/she needs to write the Laboratory Serial Number on the left side of the slide with a diamond marker or a grease pencil only (see figure 2). Avoid multiple labelling (see figure 3).

          Figure 2: The laboratory serial number is written on one end of the slide using a diamond marker

           

          Figure 3: Avoid Multiple Labelling; a grease pencil has been used to label the slide.

           

           

          Labelling of slides needs to be monitored and supported by the concerned Senior TB Laboratory Supervisor (STLS) during External Quality Assessment (EQA) visits.

           

          Resources

           

          • RNTCP Module for Laboratory Technician, CTD, MoHFW, 2005.

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Making the smear

          Content

          The National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) has a standard procedure for sputum smear preparation, the steps for which are listed below:

           

          The tools required for smear preparation include a clean work surface, new and clean glass slides, a discard bucket or a foot-operated bin with a plastic liner, bamboo or wooden applicator sticks or sterile wire loop, spirit lamp and a rack for drying smears.

          • Use new, clean, unscratched glass slides and label the slide with the laboratory serial number. 
          • Prepare the smear in the centre of the slide covering 3 cm X 2 cm

           

          The smear is prepared by using either a wooden stick (Figure 2) or a sterile wire loop (Figure 3).

          Figure 2: Wooden stick used in smear preparation

          Figure 3: Sterile wire loop used in smear preparation

           

          Steps for Smear Preparation Using a Wooden Stick

          • Break the wooden stick into two halves with uneven ends.

          • Using the uneven end, select and pick purulent portions of the sputum specimen and transfer onto a new, clean, labelled, glass slide.

          • Using the wooden stick, spread the sputum evenly, in a continuous rotational movement, to cover two-thirds of the central portion of the slide. Smear preparation should be done near a flame. This is required as approximately 6 inches around the flame is considered as a sterile zone which coagulates the aerosols raised during smear preparation.
          • Discard the used wooden sticks in the discard bucket or a foot-operated bin with a liner and disinfectant. A different broomstick is used for each smear so that one patient's sputum is not mixed with another patient's sputum.

          ​

          • Air-dry the smear slide on the rack for 30 minutes
          • After air-drying, heat-fix the smear, using a lighted spirit lamp.

           

          Steps for Smear Preparation Using a Wire Loop

          • Take a nichrome wire loop or a disposable loop.

          • Using the loop, select and pick purulent portions of the sputum specimen and transfer onto a new, clean, labelled, glass slide.
          • Using the loop, spread the sputum evenly, in a continuous rotational movement, to cover two-thirds of the central portion of the slide.

           

          • After use, sterilize the loop in an electric loop sterilizer or flame the loop to red-hot.

          ​

          • Air-dry the smear slide on the rack for 30 minutes.
          • After air-drying, heat-fix the smear using a lighted spirit lamp.

           

          Resources

           

          • Module for Laboratory Technicians (RNTCP), Central TB Division, MoHFW, 2005.
          • Laboratory Diagnosis of Tuberculosis by Sputum Microscopy, GLI Initiative.

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Air drying and heat fixing

          Content

          For sputum smear microscopy, the slides should be air-dried as heating the slide while the smear is wet can result in bubbling of TB bacilli into the air.

          Fixation makes the sputum stick to glass slide and preserves the shape of the bacilli. 

          The procedure for air-drying and heat-fixing the slide is as follows:

          • A smear prepared on a clean glass slide from mucopurulent portion of the specimen is air dried for 15-30 minutes on a rack (see Figure 1)

          Figure 1: Rack for air-drying slides

          • When dry, the smear facing upwards is fixed by heat from below. This can be achieved by passing the slide 2-3 times over the flame of a spirit lamp (as shown in Figures 2 and 3) for 3-4 seconds each time.

           

          Figure 2: Fixing the Smear by Heat Fixation; Source: Laboratory Diagnosis by Sputum Smear Microscopy

           

          Figure 3: Spirit lamp used to heat-fix smears

          Important points to consider when fixing smears

          • Heat fixing does not always kill Mycobacteria, exercise care when handling slides.
          • Flame fixing may aerosolize bacilli from the smear.
          • Overheating can damage the bacilli, burn the smear or break the slide.
          • Insufficient heat or time can lead to smear washing off during staining steps.
          • Heating for too short a period can result in a false-negative result because the TB bacilli will not be well preserved on the slide.

          After the smears are fixed, they can be stained for examination or stored, or used in proficiency testing panel and quality control slides for staining.
           

          Resources

          Laboratory diagnosis by sputum smear microscopy

          Method for Inactivating and Fixing Unstained Smear Preparations of Mycobacterium tuberculosis for Improved Laboratory Safety

           

          Assessment

          Question

          Answer 1

          Answer 2

          Answer 3

          Answer 4

          Correct answer

          Correct explanation

          Page id

          Part of Pre-test

          Part of Post-test

          Heat fixing does not always kill mycobacteria.

          True

          False

           

           

          1

          Heat fixing does not always kill mycobacteria.

           

          Yes

          Yes

        • Qualities of a good sputum smear

          Content

          Good quality smears are essential for accurate examination and results. A good quality sputum smear is one that is of uniform thickness and made from the mucopurulent portion of the sample in the center of the slide (Figure 1).

           

          Do’s and Don’ts of a Good Quality Smear

          • Do ensure that the smear size is 3 cm by 2 cm
          • Do ensure there are no fingerprints on the prepared smear

           

          Figure 1: Uniform spread of smear, not too thick or thin, and covering an area of 3cm by 2cm

           

           

          • The smear should not be very thick, but it should be thin enough to visualize a newsprint as can be seen in Figure 2

           

          Figure 2: Smear thin enough to visualise a print through it

           

           

          • All smears should be air-dried for 30 minutes, before heat fixing to ensure that the smear is not washed off during staining

           

          Common Mistakes to Be Avoided

           

           

           

           

          Resources

           

          • The Handbook - Laboratory Diagnosis of Tuberculosis by Sputum Microscopy, 2013
          • Module for Laboratory Technicians – RNTCP, 2005
          • Manual for Sputum Smear Fluorescence Microscopy- RNTCP

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

           

      • Ch 12: Staining Sputum Smear

        Fullscreen
        • ZN Microscopy: Staining Process

          Content

          After air drying and heat-fixing of the smear, it needs to be stained for the identification of MTB during microscopy.

          The reagents required for the ZN staining procedure are shown in Figure 1. The steps involved in the staining procedure are shown in Figure 2.

          Figure 1: Reagents Required for ZN Staining

           

          Figure 2: Steps involved in ZN staining procedure

           

          For a visual representation of the above-mentioned steps, please click the video below.

          Video file

          Resources

          Laboratory Diagnosis by Sputum Smear Microscopy, GLI Initiative

           

          Assessment

          Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
          When staining ZN slides, it is important to heat the slides until it begins to boil. True False     2 When staining ZN slides, it is important to heat the slides gently until you see vapours, but do not boil.   Yes Yes
        • ZN Microscopy: Properties of a well stained slide

          Content

           

          Characteristics of a Well-stained Slide

           

          • Staining and appearance of Mycobacterium species in ZN staining.
            • The primary dye - carbol-fuschin stains all cells pink in sputum samples.
            • The bacilli retain the primary pink carbol-fuschin on decolourisation with acid-alcohol.
            • Epithelial, pus and mucous cells in the sputum decolourise on the addition of the acid-alcohol and take up the counterstain dye of methylene blue.
            • Thus, Mycobacterium species appears pink against a background of epithelial, pus and mucous cells that appear blue.
          • ZN-stained Mycobacterium species are visible as pink, long, slender rods with granules or V-shaped or in clumps.
          • Mycobacterium species should not be stained too dark or pale pink.
            • Possible reasons:
              • Smear thickness is not appropriate
              • Insufficient decolourisation
              • Low acid concentration
              • Carbol-fuchsin dries on smear
              • Primary staining/ decolourisation time not appropriate
              • Expired reagents used
            • Possible solutions:
              • Internal quality control of prepared smears and stains
              • Use a stopwatch to time staining steps.
              • Do not overheat carol-fuchsin.
          • The counter-stained cells should not be dark blue.
            • Possible reasons:
              • Smear thickness is not appropriate
              • Excessive counterstaining time
              • Inadequate washing after counterstaining
              • Methylene blue concentration is not appropriate
            • Possible solutions:
              • Internal quality control of prepared smears and stains
              • Use a stopwatch to time staining steps
          • There should not be any deposits on stained smears.
            • Possible reasons:
              • Stains not filtered
              • Slides not clean
            • Possible solutions:
              • Internal quality control of prepared stains
              • Filter stains
              • Use clean, fresh, unscratched slides for smear preparation.

           

          Resources

          1. Laboratory Diagnosis of Tuberculosis by Sputum Smear Microscopy - The Handbook, GLI, 2013.
          2. Module for Laboratory Technicians, RNTCP, CTD, 2005.

           

          Assessment

          Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
          Which of these is/are the characteristic/s of a well-stained slide? Mycobacterium species should not be stained too dark or pale pink. Mycobacterium species are visible as pink long slender rods with granules or V-shaped or in clumps. The counter-stained cells should not be dark blue. All the above 4 ZN-stained Mycobacterium species are visible as pink, long, slender rods with granules or V-shaped or in clumps. The bacilli should not be stained too dark or pale pink. The counter-stained cells should not be dark blue. ​ Yes Yes
        • Fluorescent Microscopy: Staining Process

          Content

          After air drying and heat-fixing of the smear, it needs to be stained.

          Fluorescence microscopy (FM) staining should always be carried out in a designated area. The reagents required for the FM staining procedure are shown in Figure 1. The steps involved in the staining procedure are shown in Figure 2.

           

          Figure 1: Reagents Required for FM Staining

           

          Figure 2: Steps involved in FM staining procedure

           

          For a visual representation of the above-mentioned steps, please click the video below:

          Video file

           

          Resources

          Laboratory Diagnosis by Sputum Smear Microscopy, GLI Initiative

           

          Assessment

          Question

          Answer 1

          Answer 2

          Answer 3

          Answer 4

          Correct answer

          Correct explanation

          Page id

          Part of Pre-test

          Part of Post-test

          What is the counterstain used in FM staining?

          Acid Alcohol

          Potassium Permanganate

          Phenol

          Auramine-O

          2

          In FM staining, Potassium Permanganate is used as the counterstain.

           

          Yes

          Yes

        • Fluorescent Microscopy: Properties of a well stained slide

          Content

          Light-emitting Diode Fluorescence Microscopy (LED-FM) utilises the fluorescent dye Auramine-O to stain and detect Mycobacterium species in clinical samples.

          Characteristics of a Well-stained Slide

          • Auramine-O stained Mycobacterium species are visible as bright yellow/ green long slender rods, slightly curved, with variable lengths, single or in clumps, with uniform staining or granular appearance against a dark background (Figure A).
          • Slides stained with Auramine-O should not have too much background fluorescence (Figure B)

                Possible reasons:

            • Smear thickness is not appropriate
            • Insufficient decolourisation
            • Counterstain too weak
            • Auramine-O dries on the smear
            • Auramine-O not filtered

              Possible solutions:

              • Internal quality control of prepared smears and stains
              • Use a stopwatch to time-staining steps
              • Filter Auramine-O before use
              • Add a sufficient quantity of stains to cover the smear
          • Slides stained with Auramine-O should not have pale fluorescence (Figure C)

                Possible reasons:

            • Smear thickness is not appropriate
            • Low Auramine-O concentration
            • Excessive decolourisation time
            • Stained smears exposed to daylight

              Possible solutions:

              • Internal quality control of prepared smears and stains
              • Use a stopwatch to time-staining steps
              • Store Auramine-O and stained slides in the dark
              • Read stained slides as early as possible
          • Non-fluorescent yellow/ green coloured bacillary shapes should not be considered as Mycobacterium species.
          • Slides stained with Auramine-O may contain stained artefacts/ background debris which are not Mycobacterium species.

             

          Figure: Slides stained with Auramine-O showing bright yellow/ green slender rods (A); slide with too much background fluorescence (B); slide with pale fluorescence (C); Source: Laboratory Diagnosis by Sputum Smear Microscopy

          Resources

          1. Laboratory Diagnosis of Tuberculosis by Sputum Smear Microscopy - The Handbook, GLI, 2013.
          2. Manual for Sputum Smear Fluorescence Microscopy, RNTCP, CTD.

           

          Assessment

          Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
          Which of these is/are the characteristic/s of a well-stained FM slide? Mycobacterium species are visible as bright yellow/ green long slender rods against a dark background.

          Mycobacterium species are visible as pink, long slender rods.

           

          Mycobacterium species are visible as pale yellow/ green long slender rods against a dark background. Mycobacterium species are visible as non-fluorescent yellow/ green coloured bacillary shapes. 1 Mycobacterium species are visible as bright yellow/ green long slender rods against a dark background. ​ Yes Yes
      • Ch 13: Reading Smear and Reporting Microscopy results

        Fullscreen
        • Process of Reading a Smear

          Content

          The manner and quality of smear reading has a major impact on the result of sputum smear microscopy and case detection. Each slide needs to be examined for at least 5 full minutes or 100 fields need to be examined. 

           

          The overall process of reading a smear is outlined in the figure below:

          Figure: Process of reading a smear

           

          Resources:

          • AFB Smear Microscopy, Trainer Notes.
          • Module for Laboratory Technicians.
          • Laboratory Diagnosis of Tuberculosis by Sputum Microscopy.

           

          Assessment

           

          Question​

          Answer 1​

          Answer 2​

          Answer 3​

          Answer 4​

          Correct answer​

          Correct explanation​

          Page id​

          Part of Pre-test​

          Part of Post-test​

          What is the minimum time to be spent by an LT when examining a smear under the microscope?

          30 minutes

          5 minutes

          2 minutes

          30 seconds

          2

          Even the most experienced microscopist needs to examine each slide for at least 5 full minutes.

           

          ​

             

           

        • Oil immersion and focusing

          Content

          The following are the measures to be kept in mind when adding immersion oil to the slide:

           

          • Before adding immersion oil to the slide, ensure that the smear is facing upwards (Figure 1).

          Figure 1: Slide should Face Upwards when Mounted on the Microscope Stage

           

          • Add a drop of immersion oil, using the applicator (dropper bottle).
          • The drop must fall freely onto the smear, so that the oil applicator does not touch the slide and get contaminated (Figure 2).

          Figure 2: Oil Dropped onto Slide with an Applicator

           

          • Mount the slide on the microscope and use the 10X objective lens to focus the smear, scan and look for mucoid material.
          • Carefully rotate the 100X objective lens over the slide, adjust, sharp focus and observe under immersion oil.

           

          Do’s and Don’ts:

          • The 100X objective is the only lens requiring immersion oil.
          • Keep the immersion oil away from other lenses.
          • Use a good quality immersion oil.
          • The immersion oil must have a medium viscosity and a refractive index (RI) greater than 1.5.
          • Never allow the oil applicator to touch the slide.
          • Do not use cedar wood oil diluted with xylene as it leaves a sticky residue on the lens and destroys the lens over time. 

           

          Resources

           

          • Guidelines for Laboratory Consumables, Central TB Division, 2019.
          • Laboratory Diagnosis of Tuberculosis by Sputum Microscopy, GLI Initiative.

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Reading a ZN stained smear

          Content
          Image
          Reading a ZN stained smear

           

          Resources

           

          • AFB Microscopy Trainer Notes
          • Module for Laboratory Technicians
          • Laboratory diagnosis by sputum smear microscopy

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Reading a Fluorescent Stained slide

          Content

          Smears stained with the fluorescent dye, Auramine, are read with a Light Emitting Diode Fluorescence Microscope (LED-FM).

          • The fluorescent-stained smears are to be read within 24 hours of staining in a dark room as the fluorescent stain fades on exposure to light.
          • The slides are to be stored in the slide box to avoid exposure to light. Alternatively, they may be stored wrapped in brown or black paper and kept away from light.
          • The slides should not be stored in a fridge as 4°C does not prevent or delay fading of fluorescent dye.

          After fluorescent staining, smears are examined at much lower magnifications (typically 200x) than used for Ziehl Neelsen (ZN)-stained smears (1000x). Each field examined under fluorescence microscopy, therefore, has a larger area than that seen with bright field microscopy.

           

          Examination Procedure

           

          The steps include:

          1. Switch on the LED-FM in a dark room.

          2. Focus the stained slide using a 20x or 40x objective lens and view through the 10x eyepiece (magnification of 200x or 400x).

          - Does not require the use of oil immersion.

          3. Read smear in a linear pattern.

          4. Count bacilli that appear as slender bright yellow fluorescent rods against a dark background in 30-50 fields. Rule out any artefact.

          - For a trained and experienced Lab Technician (LT), each smear would take approximately 2 minutes for 30-50 fields or three horizontal sweeps.

           

          Reporting Procedure

           

          The smears are reported as negative/ scanty/ 1+/ 2+/ 3+ per the grading scale (Table).

           

          Table: A Comparison between ZN (1000x) and FM (400x and 200x) for Grading of Smears at Different Magnifications

          Result

          1000 x magnification

          1 length=100 HPF

          400x magnification

          1 length= 40 fields= 200 HPF

          200x magnification

          1 length=30 fields=300 HPF

          Negative

          Zero AFB/1 length

          Zero AFB/1 length

          Zero AFB/1 length

           

          Scanty

          1-9 AFB/1 length or 100 HPF

          1-19 AFB/1 length

          1-29 AFB/1 length

          1+

          10-99 AFB/1 length or 100 HPF

          20-199 AFB/1 length

          30-299 AFB/1 length

          2+

          1-10 AFB/1 HPF on average

          5-50 AFB/1 HPF on average

          10-100 AFB/1 field on average

          3+

          >10 AFB/1 HPF on average

          >50 AFB/1 HPF on average

          >100 AFB/1 field on average

          Abbr: AFB: Acid Fast Bacilli; HPF: High Power Field

           

          Resources

          • Training Module (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.
          • Manual for Sputum Smear Fluorescence Microscopy, RNTCP, MoHFW, 2007.
          • Fading of Auramine-stained Mycobacterial Smears and Implications for External Quality Assurance.

           

          Assessment

          Question

          Answer 1

          Answer 2

          Answer 3

          Answer 4

          Correct answer

          Correct explanation

          Page id

          Part of Pre-test

          Part of Post-test

          Immersion oil is used to view fluorescent-stained smears.

          True

          False

             

          2

          Immersion oil is not required to view fluorescent-stained smears as they are observed with 20x or 40x objective lens.

            Yes Yes
        • Reporting and Recording results of Smear Microscopy (On paper)

          Content

          Each Designated Microscopic Center (DMC) needs to maintain a National TB Elimination Program TB (NTEP) Laboratory Register which collects information of all presumptive TB patients who undergo tests or confirmed patients who undergo follow-up tests.

           

          • After doing the Acid-fast Bacilli (AFB) test, the laboratory technician needs to ensure that all the microscopy test results are entered against the name and the serial number of the presumptive/ confirmed TB patients.
          • The result needs to be mentioned in terms of positive or negative test results along with the AFB grading.
          • It is expected that the positive results are written in RED and negative in BLUE point pens.
          • The AFB results can be mentioned for newly diagnosed TB patients for both spot as well as morning sample and must include the Nikshay ID of the patient as well as the test date and result.
          • In case, the sample is repeated, the same is also mentioned.
          • All the information also needs to be entered into NTEP Nikshay online application using a tablet or mobile phone.
          • In a setting where Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) is co-located, another sample needs to be tested for Rifampicin (Rif)-resistance and the same result also needs to be noted into the TB laboratory register.
          • The performance of each laboratory is also entered into the monthly DMC extract called Annexure M which is consolidated for all DMCs by the concerned Senior TB Laboratory Supervisor (STLS).
          • HIV and diabetes tests are also offered to each confirmed TB case and the details of the same are also part of the TB laboratory register.
          • Patients who have been tested also need to be provided with the test results in a hard copy apart from the provision of information to the treating clinician of the health facility.

           

          Resources

           

          • RNTCP Module for Laboratory Technician, CTD, MoHFW, 2005.

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

        • Reporting results of Microscopy (Digitally)

          Content

          Results of Ziehl–Neelsen (ZN) and Fluorescence Microscopy (FM) are added to Nikshay Diagnostic Module. After a patient is registered, test details are added which then leads to the page to add details on sample type, facility and test results (Figures 1-6).

           

          Features of Nikshay Diagnostic Module

           

          • A simplified user workflow for adding and updating test requests and results.
          • Tests can be added and all the added tests’ history is available.
          • Ability to map samples to one or more tests within Nikshay.
          • A “Workbench” view is available to provide a single interface to view/ print/ copy the Test Summary, Add/ View Sample Details and Update/ View Result details.

          Figure 1: Nikshay Screenshot to Add Tests under Diagnostics Module.

           

          To add results for ZN/FM, the test types either Microscopy ZN or Microscopy Fluorescence should be selected from the drop-down menu (Figure 2).

          Figure 2: Nikshay Screenshot to Add Reasons for Test under Diagnostics Module.

           

          In case of follow-up with ZN/FM Microscopy, the reason for follow-up should be selected (Figure 3).

          Figure 3: Nikshay Screenshot to add Follow-up ZN/FM Microscopy Test under Diagnostics Module.

           

          Figure 4: Nikshay Screenshot to add Test Type for ZN/FM Microscopy and Facility Details under Diagnostics Module.

           

          Details on sample type and sample description (mucopurulent/ blood-stained/ saliva) are added (Figure 5).

          Figure 5: Nikshay Screenshot to add Sample Details and Description for ZN/FM Microscopy under Diagnostics Module.

           

          Under test results, as shown in Figure 6, details of lab serial number, sample number, test date, test reported date and final interpretation of results are added based on the selection from a drop-down menu that includes options for:

          • Negative
          • Positive (1+, 2+, 3+)
          • Positive (Scanty 1-9)

          Figure 6: Nikshay Screenshot to add Test Results for ZN/FM Microscopy under Diagnostics Module.

           

          Resources

          • Nikshay Zendesk, Nikshay Knowledge Base, Diagnostics.

           

          Assessment

          Question

          Answer 1

          Answer 2

          Answer 3

          Answer 4

          Correct answer

          Correct explanation

          Page id

          Part of Pre-test

          Part of Post-test

          What sample descriptions are added in Nikshay for ZN/FM Microscopy under Diagnostics Module?

          Mucopurulent

          Blood-stained

          Saliva

          All of the above

          4

          Sample descriptions (mucopurulent/ blood-stained/ saliva) are added in Nikshay for ZN/FM Microscopy under Diagnostics Module.

           

          Yes

          Yes

        • Generating the DMC Laboratory Register from Nikshay

          Content

          The DMC lab register can be generated from Nikshay as a spreadsheet and stored electronically or printed for paper records.

          Steps for generating DMC Register from Nikshay:  

          1. Login to Nikshay Reports using your login ID and password.
          2. Under Reports, click on ‘Patient wise List’ and select the option for ‘DMC Register’ (see screenshot below) 

           

          Figure: Screenshot of Nikshay Reports to generate DMC Register 

          A few filters need to be selected to generate the register.  

          1. First is the geographic location (State/ District/ TU/PHI); most of these are preselected.
          2. This is followed by a selection of the period for which the register has to be generated. This includes selection of ‘Frequency’ (either monthly or annually)of the report and the month or quarter for which the report is required. 
          3. Click on the ‘Generate Excel’ button and it will lead you to a page from which you can download the register. 

          Things to remember:

          • You can generate a DMC register for facilities below your login level (e.g., a district can generate a DMC register of a TB Unit or DMC of the same district. and a State can generate a register for any District under it) 
          • The data included in the register is based on the "Date reported" of a test.

           

          Video file

          Video: Steps to access the DMC Register in Ni-kshay

          Resource 

          Nikshay Reports Module 10 

          Assessment 

          Question   Answer 1   Answer 2   Answer 3   Answer 4   Correct answer   Correct explanation   Page id   Part of Pre-test   Part of Post-test  
          Where do you find the option to generate a DMC Register?  In Nikshay under the "Admin" tab In Nikshay under the Others tab  In Nikshay Reports under the "Patient wise List" tab In Nikshay Reports under the "Reports" tab 3 The option to generate a DMC Register is available under the Nikshay reports tab under the "Patient wise List" tab.   Yes Yes
        • Tuberculosis Laboratory Register

          Content

          The Tuberculosis (TB) Laboratory Register is a paper-based recording register kept in all National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) laboratories for recording details of diagnostic services offered to TB patients referred from both private and public health facilities.

           

          The register is maintained in the Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC). It is the only register used for recording the details of specimen smear examinations. The Laboratory Technician (LT) is responsible for maintaining and updating the laboratory register.

           

          There are two portions in the TB lab register and the table below shows the details captured in each portion.

           

          Table: Pages and Information Covered in the TB Laboratory Register; Source: NTEP Training Module 2 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers

          PORTION

          DETAILS CONTAINED

          Left-hand Portion

          Lab serial number assigned by the LT

          Date of the sample collection

          Patient details such as name, sex, age, address, and contact number

          Information on if the patient is from a key population

          Referring health facility details

          Reasons for examination

          Right-hand Portion

          Details on the type of specimen

          Visual appearance results along with dates

          Comorbidity status (HIV and Diabetes)

          Details of drug susceptibility testing

          Nikshay ID / Notification

          Treatment initiation details

          The last two columns are for the LT’s signature and remarks by the LT or supervisor

           

          Important Points to Note

          • Duplicate registers should not be maintained.
          • LTs should ensure that the correct laboratory serial number is recorded.
          • Laboratory serial number is given to the patient and not to the sample. A new number should be assigned to every presumptive TB case whose sputum is to be examined.
          • All smear-positive (including scanty) results should be recorded in red ink.
          • No over writing or manipulation in already entered data should be done.

           

          The figure below shows the left-hand portion of the TB lab register. Click here to access the full form in the NTEP Training Module 2 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, p. 219.

           

          Figure: First Page of the TB Laboratory Register; Source: NTEP Training Modules 1-4 for Programme Managers & Medical Officers, p. 219

           

           

          Resources

           

          • Training Module (1-4) for Program Managers and Medical Officer, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.

           

          Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • Ch 14: Maintenance of Microscope

        Fullscreen
        • Storing a Microscope

          Content

          Proper handling, maintenance and storage of the microscope are essential for proper functioning and life of the microscope.

          The microscope should be placed and stored preferably in a box in a dry, dust-free and vibration-free environment, which is specially built in the laboratory (as shown in the figure below).

          Figure: Storage of microscope in a wooden box; Source: Laboratory diagnosis by sputum smear microscopy

          Important considerations for the storage of microscope

          • When the microscope is not being used/ stored overnight, it should be covered or kept in a storage cupboard/box to keep it free from dust.
          • Avoid exposing the microscope to direct sunlight.
          • Avoid exposing the microscope to moisture as humidity may allow fungus to grow on the lens and cause rusting of the metal parts.
            • The stored microscope must be kept warm with a light source to prevent growth of fungus. A bulb holder for a 15-watt bulb should be fixed on the rear wall of the storage cupboard, such that the microscope does not contact the bulb while storing or removing the microscope. The bulb should remain on when the microscope is stored inside the box
            • An alternative may be to place plenty of dry blue silica gel into a shallow plate and place it in the box when the microscope is kept in it. Silica gel is blue in colour when it is dry, but when it becomes wet /absorbs moisture it turns pinkish. As soon as the silica gel becomes pink, it should be changed or heated until it turns blue again and then be reused.

          Resources

          1. Laboratory Diagnosis by Sputum Smear Microscopy.
          2. Module for Laboratory Technicians.

           

          Assessment

          Question

          Answer 1

          Answer 2

          Answer 3

          Answer 4

          Correct answer

          Correct explanation

          Page id

          Part of Pre-test

          Part of Post-test

          Silica gel is blue in colour when it is dry.

           

          True

          False

           

           

          1

          Silica gel is blue in colour when it is dry.

           

           

          Yes

          Yes

        • Parts of a Microscope

          Content
          Video file
        • Working with a Microscope

          Content
          Video file
        • Cleaning a Microscope

          Content

          Regular cleaning of microscope is essential to ensure that it is optimally functioning. Cleaning is important to remove dirt, lens immersion oil and ensure disinfection. It involves cleaning the lenses, the body, the stage of the microscope and the light source. The microscope needs to be cleaned daily and the lenses need to be cleaned after each use.

            Materials used for cleaning:

            1. Lint free cloth
            2. Lens paper
            3. Lens cleaning solution
            4. 70% ethanol
            5. Detergent solution

            Procedure for Cleaning Different Parts of the Microscope

            1. The eyepiece shades, stage, focusing knob and nose piece are commonly touched during microscope operation, so these parts and the body of the microscope must be cleaned first to remove any stains with a neutral detergent /solution recommended by the manufacturer.
            2. To clean the microscope eyepiece, objective lens, surfaces of the condenser and the light exit glass, moisten a lens paper with 1 to 2 drops of lens cleaning solution and clean the lens/ glass with a circular/spiral motion (as shown in the figure below).
              • Dry with a clean, dry piece of lens paper.
              • Use the Spiral Wiping Technique: Wipe from the center to the periphery in a circular motion.
              • The oil immersion lens should be cleaned after each use to ensure that immersion oil is not left on the surface.
            3. The microscope surface and parts (except the lenses) need to be disinfected using 70% ethanol.

            Figure: Cleaning of Lenses using the Spiral Wiping Technique. Source: How to Clean the Microscope

             

            Important Considerations for Cleaning Microscopes

            • Do not blow air to remove the dirt.
            • Do not wipe the lens with an ordinary cloth. All the lenses should be cleaned with dry lens paper/lint-free cloth. 
            • Never use spirit or alcohol or xylene to clean the lenses as these can damage them.
            • Avoid using organic solvents that may damage plastic parts.
            • Whenever possible, use the cleaning fluid recommended by the manufacturer.
            Video file

            Resources

            • Laboratory Diagnosis of Tuberculosis by Sputum Smear Microscopy, GLI, 2013.
            • Module for Laboratory Technicians, CTD, 2005.
            • How to Clean and Sterilise Your Microscope, Olympus, Life Science Solutions, 2020.

             

            Assessment

            Question

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct answer

            Correct explanation

            Page id

            Part of Pre-test

            Part of Post-test

            The lenses of the microscope should be cleaned with 70% alcoholic solution. 

             

            True

            False

             

             

            2

            Lenses should never be cleaned with alcoholic solution and should always be cleaned with lens solution and lens paper.

             

             

            Yes

            Yes

            At what frequency should the lenses of a microscope be cleaned?  After each use Daily Weekly Monthly 1 The oil immersion lens should be cleaned after each use to ensure that the immersion oil  is not left on the surface.   Yes Yes
          • Common issues with Microscope that require technical support

            Content

            Removable parts in a microscope that need replacement include objectives, eyepieces, light bulbs, fuses. In case of repair/ technical support, only competent agency that handles maintenance of instruments should be contacted. Laboratory personnel should never attempt to dismantle any part of the microscope for repair.

            Some of the common technical problems encountered, their likely causes and solutions are given in the table below.

            Problems

            Likely causes

            Solutions

            The viewing field is too dim

            Condenser is too low
            Condenser iris diaphragm is closed

            Raise condenser to correct its position
            Open the diaphragm properly

            Dark shadows in the field that move as you turn the eyepiece

            Surface of eyepiece is scratched
            Eyepiece is dirty    

            Replace the eyepiece
            Clean the eyepiece

            Image with the high-power objective is not clear

            Slide is upside down   
            There is an air bubble in the oil
            There is dirt on the objective           

            Turn the slide over.
            Move 100x lens quickly from side to side
            Clean the lens

            Image with the low-power objective is not clear

            There is oil on the lens
            There is a layer of dust on the upper surface of the objective

            Clean the lens
             

            Mechanical stage is not moving, too stiff or does not stay up

            Poor tension adjustment on the mechanical stage
            Solidified lubricants

            Adjust tension with adjustment knob
            Needs service

                       

            In case, the viewing field is still dim and cloudy, consider the following possible causes and contact the competent personnel for cleaning/ repair:

            • Massive growth of fungus on the lenses or prisms due to storage in a high-humidity environment
            • Penetration of immersion oil between the lenses of the objective
            • A damaged objective (as a result of careless focusing, dropping, rough changing of slides).
            Video file

            Resources

            1.    

            Module for Laboratory Technicians

            2.    

            Laboratory diagnosis by sputum smear microscopy

             

            Assessment

            Question

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct answer

            Correct explanation

            Page id

            Part of Pre-test

            Part of Post-test

            What is the possible cause for dark shadows in the field?

             

            The scratched eyepiece or dirty eyepiece

             

            Broken lens

            Solidified lubricants

            Stage stuck

            1

            Dark shadows in field appear due to a scratched eyepiece or dirty eyepiece.

             

             

            Yes

            Yes

          • Annual Maintenance [AMC] of a Microscope

            Content

            The binocular microscope requires considerable care in its use, regular cleaning, and protection from dust and fungal growth.

            Annual maintenance of a microscope includes:

            1. Checking for broken or damaged parts and ensuring that the lenses, mirrors and other light-conducting surfaces are clean.
            2. Cleaning the lenses first for dirt with a blower brush, then wiping with lens solution on a lens paper/ 70% alcohol on the lens paper.
            3. Removing eyepieces or objectives from their fixation holes for cleaning.
            4. Properly cleaning the lower lens of the condenser after removal from its fixing.
            5. Cleaning the slide holder after removing from the mechanical stage.
            6. Cleaning for any deposition of immersion oil and fungal growth on the prisms in the binocular tube and eyepieces
            7. Changing electrical services including bulbs and fuses.
            8. Greasing/ lubrication of movable parts.

            National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) has earmarked INR 2000 for Annual Maintenance [AMC] per binocular microscope including spare parts and repairs.

            Resources

            1. Module for Laboratory Technicians.
            2. Laboratory diagnosis by sputum smear microscopy.
            3. Norms and Basis of Costing.

            Assessment

            Question

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct answer

            Correct explanation

            Page id

            Part of Pre-test

            Part of Post-test

            What is the AMC cost for each binocular microscope under NTEP?

            INR 1000

            INR 5000

            INR 3000

            INR 2000

            4

            NTEP has earmarked INR 2000 for Annual Maintenance (AMC) per binocular microscope, including spare parts and repairs.

             

            Yes

            Yes

        • Ch 15: Maintaining Supplies of Lab consumables at DMC

          Fullscreen
          • Consumables required at a DMC

            Content
            • Designated Microscopy Centres (DMCs) are the most peripheral laboratory under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) network.
            • Any person identified to be a presumptive TB patient is first referred to the nearest DMC for sputum examination or their sputum specimens are collected and transported to the DMC. Therefore, it is very important for the DMCs to maintain an adequate stock of reagents and other consumables.
            • The Medical Officer (MO) of DMC is responsible for determining the number of reagents and other materials the DMC needs every month.
            • The Senior Tuberculosis Laboratory Supervisor (STLS) ensures these supplies are distributed in a timely manner, as and when required.
            • The Lab Technician (LT) is responsible for exhausting the old supplies before the new ones.

             

            The consumables required at the DMC can be broadly categorised as:

            1. Consumables required for sputum collection
            2. Consumables required for slide preparation
            3. Consumables required for smear examination
            4. Consumables stationery
            5. Other
            Table: List of Items with Technical Specifications of Laboratory Consumables Required for DMCs
            Sl. No. Name of the item                                 Technical Specifications
            1. For Sputum collection
            Sputum containers Cups made of Special Medical Grade Polypropylene, thin plastic, translucent, diameter - 4 cm, capacity - 30 ml, the screwable cap should also be made of Special Medical Grade Polypropylene and should be airtight and leak-proof.
            Absorbent cotton 500 gms/roll
            Phenolic compound 5% phenol/ 40% phenolic compound (proprietary Phenyl) diluted to 5%
            Adhesive labels for sputum containers  
            Sputum specimen transport box Insulated box, made of plastic 10” x 10” x 10”, thickness 1” with lid, handle and nylon belt 1” width 2.5 feet length, nylon strap of 1” width 2 feet length with velcro to strap the lid of the box from side to side.
            1. For slide preparation
            Slides for Microscopes Glass slides plain, size = 76mm x 26mm x 1.3mm, clean, scratch-free with smooth edges, uniform refractive index, pack of 50.
            Broomstick 10 cms in length and thick enough to make good smears.
            Diamond marker pencil 6" (15.24 cm.) holder with artificial diamond (hard stone) embedded at one end with a screw cap, to mark on microscope glass slides.
            Grease marking pencil Marking pencil MPS, blue or red coloured, 8" length, to write on glassware/ metal surfaces.
            Staining racks For drying the slides.
            Slide boxes for storing slides  
            Glass (or metal) rods For holding slides during the staining process.
            Forceps, Chitel forceps Stainless steel for slides, 15 cm.
            Scissors 25 cm, stainless steel
            Ziehl Neelsen stain  
            Auramine O fluorescent dye for Fluorescence Microscopy (FM) Wherever FM is being done
            Whatman filter paper No 1  
            3 ) For smear examination
            Binocular Microscope With 10x, 40x and oil immersion objective (100x) eyepieces (10x) and spare bulbs and fuses.
            Immersion oil  
            Filter paper To drain the oil from the slides.
            Fine Silk and Lint cloth  
            Lens paper For wiping the oil immersion lens after examination of each slide
            4) Consumables - Stationery  
            Request form for examination of biological specimen for sputum examination  
            TB Laboratory Register  
            Referral/ Transfer form for treatment  
            Stock register – laboratory  
            Marker pen  
            5 ) Other
            Plastic tumblers/ mugs  
            Time (stop-watch)  
             Spirit lamp or Bunsen burner  
            Silica gel  Hygroscopic agent to maintain the microscope in a moisture-free environment (to be placed in the cabinet for Binocular Microscope).
            Alcohol (absolute) Ethanol
            Cotton, full sleeves Aprons  
            Disposable gloves 6 and 8 inches 
            Methylated spirit

             

             

             

            Resources

            • Training Module (1-4) for Program Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020. 
            • Guidelines for Quality Assurance of Smear Microscopy for Diagnosing Tuberculosis, RNTCP Lab Network, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2005. 
            • Module for Laboratory Technicians, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2005.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
            Sputum containers and their screwable cap used for sputum collection at the DMC should be made of Special Medical Grade Polypropylene and should be air-tight.  True False     1 Sputum containers and their screwable cap used for sputum collection at the DMC should be made of Special Medical Grade Polypropylene and should be air-tight and leakproof. ​ Yes Yes
            Who ensures that supplies are distributed in a timely manner at DMCs? Treatment Supporter Medical Officer Senior Tuberculosis Laboratory Supervisor (STLS) Lab Technician (LT) 3

             

            The Senior Tuberculosis Laboratory Supervisor (STLS) ensures these supplies are distributed in a timely manner, as and when required.

              Yes Yes
          • Stock Register at a DMC

            Content
            • Designated Microscopy Centres (DMCs) are the most peripheral laboratory under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) network. Therefore, it is very important for the DMCs to maintain an adequate stock of all consumables.
            • A paper-based stock register is maintained at the DMC and submitted as a part of the ‘Monthly report on programme management, logistics and microscopy’.
            • All the DMCs as well as Peripheral Health Institute (PHI) that are a DMC need to fill the second part of this monthly report format for reporting the status of laboratory consumables and equipment (Figure below).

            Figure: Monthly report format for reporting status of laboratory consumables and equipment, to be filled by PHI that is DMC.

             

            • The stock register for consumables at the DMC has the provision to enter the information about the stock of consumables that are available at the DMC on the first day of the month, stock received and consumed during the month and stock remaining on the last day of the month along with the requested quantity of new stock.
            • The Lab Technician (LT) of the DMC is responsible for exhausting the old supplies before the new ones.
            • The Medical Officer (MO) of the DMC is responsible for determining the stocks and the Senior Tuberculosis Lab Supervisor (STLS) should ensure these supplies are distributed in a timely manner, as and when required.

             

            Table: Calculation of Stocks Required at the DMC

            Sputum containers

            For diagnosis:

            • During the first week of each quarter, the number of new smear-positive cases registered and treated during the last quarter should be determined and this number should be multiplied by 10.
            • Ten is the average number of symptomatic required to be examined for detecting one case of new pulmonary smear-positive tuberculosis.
            • Since two sputum specimens are taken for each symptomatic patient, further multiply the number obtained above by 2.

            For follow-up:

            • Two follow-up specimens are taken for the majority of patients - one at the end of the intensive phase and the other at the end of treatment. One sputum container is needed for each follow-up.
            • Once the number of sputum containers required has been calculated, allow sufficient reserve stock for three months, add 10% to account for wastage of sputum containers, and account for the sputum containers in stock.
            • On the last working day of the quarter, count the number of sputum containers in stock and subtract from that needed for diagnosis and follow-up examinations as calculated above.
            Slides
            • Once the number of sputum containers needed for the next quarter is determined, order a slightly higher number of slides than the required no. of sputum containers to account for unavoidable breakage of slides. 
            Reagents
            • Reagents are supplied to the DMCs on monthly basis by the District TB Centre (DTC).
            • The stock register should have the mention of expiry dates of the reagents and the first expiring reagents must be exhausted first based on the First Expiry First Out (FEFO) principle.
            • The reagents should not be used beyond three months from the date of preparation.

            CBNAAT/ Truenat Machines and Cartridges/ Chips

             

            • These are procured centrally and supplied to state/ district/ sites based on their requirement.
            • Recording, reporting and monitoring of cartridges/ chips is done through Nikshay-Aushadhi and they are supplied based on the stock availability, consumption and expected case load.
            Binocular Microscopes (BM) and LED Fluorescence Microscopes (FM)
            • 1 BM is required for every DMC.
            • The no. of BM in place and no. of BM in working condition should be reported in the stock register.
            • LED FM is supplied to the high case load facilities where the workload is more than 25 slides per day.
            Tuberculosis Laboratory Register
            • Each TB lab register allows for the registration of at least 2000 patients.
            • For each lakh population, 75 smear-positive patients are projected, requiring the examination of 750 patients (thrice each). Additional follow-up examinations will bring the number of registers needed to approximately one lab register/ lakh.
            • If there are blank pages in the register at the end of a year, it can be used the following year. However, every year should be started on a new page.
            Laboratory Form for Sputum Examination
            • For diagnosis, approximately 10 laboratory forms for sputum examination are needed. (10 is the average number of symptomatic for each case of pulmonary smear-positive tuberculosis identified).
            • For follow-up, approximately 0.2 laboratory forms for sputum examination are needed for each pulmonary tuberculosis case. (1 out of 10 examined will be smear-positive, each needs two forms for follow-up. When calculated, out of 10 it will be 0.2)

             

            Resources

            • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, CTD, MoHFW, GoI, 2020.
            • Module for STS Part 2: Ensuring Proper Registration and Reporting. CTD, MoHFW, India.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
            How many TB Laboratory Register/s is/are required in one year for each DMC? 1 2 3 4 1 Each Tuberculosis Laboratory Register allows for the registration of at least 2000 patients. For each lakh, 75 smear-positive patients are projected, requiring the examination of 750 patients (thrice each). Additional follow-up examinations will bring the number of registers needed to approximately one lab register/ DMC. ​ Yes Yes

             

            For follow-up, approximately 0.2 laboratory forms for sputum examination are needed for each pulmonary tuberculosis case.

            True False     1

             

            For diagnosis, approximately 10 laboratory forms for sputum examination are needed. 10 is the average number of symptomatic for each case of pulmonary smear-positive tuberculosis identified. 1 out of 10 examined will be smear-positive, each needs two forms for follow-up. When calculated, out of 10 it will be 0.2

             

             

            Yes

             

            Yes

             

          • Indenting Supplies at a DMC

            Content

            The Medical Officer (MO) of Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC) is responsible for determining the amount of reagents and other materials the DMC needs every month.

            The Senior TB Laboratory Supervisor (STLS) will make sure these supplies are distributed in a timely manner, usually on a monthly basis or as and when required.

            • STLS place an order for DMC reagents and consumable four times a year based on the approximate number of sputum specimens the laboratory examined in the previous quarter.
            • The STLS should order the sputum containers during the first week of the quarter so that the health units and microscopy laboratories have enough sputum containers to collect sputum specimens and the microscopy laboratories have enough slides to conduct sputum smear examinations.

            The calculation of reagents/ consumables required for examination of 3000 smears is shown in Table 1.

            Reagents/ Equipment for staining

            Quantity

            Binocular microscope with 10x, 40x and oil immersion objective (100x) eyepieces (10x) and spare bulbs and fuses

             

            At least 1 per DMC

            Plastic disposable sputum containers

            3,300

            Slides for microscope, 25*75 mm, 1.1 mm-1.3 mm Thick

             

            3,300

            Broom stick 10 cms length

            3,300

            Diamond marker pencil

            3 number

            Timer, 30 or 60 minutes

            1 number

            Forceps, Chitel forceps stainless steel for slides 15 cm

            1 number

            Scissors, 25 cm stainless steel

            1 number

            Slide rack, Staining slide rod of metal or plastic or glass for 12 slides

            2 numbers

             

            Slide boxes, For 100 slides

            33 boxes + 2 per DMC for RBRC

            Tissue rolls

            4 numbers

            Marker pen

            12

            Absorbent cotton, 500 gms/ roll

            4 numbers (2 k.g)

            Pressure cooker, For disposal by autoclaving

            Optional

            Phenol with concentration mentioned on the bottle

            80 litres

            Methylated spirit

            3 litres

            Cotton, full sleeves aprons

            2

            Disposable gloves, 6 and 8 inches (box of 25 pairs)

            12 boxes

            Spirit lamp with wicks

            1 number

            Metal wire, for swab for heating Carbol fuchsin

            1 number

            Sputum specimen transport box, Insulated box, made of plastic 10” x 10” x 10”, thickness 1” with  lid, handle and nylon belt 1” width 2.5 feet length, nylon strap of 1” width 2 feet length with Velcro to strap the lid of the box from side to side.

             

             

            2 numbers

            Table 1: Calculation of Consumables Required at DMC for Examination of 3000 Smears; Source: Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers

            • The monthly report on Programme Management, Logistics and Microscopy at the Peripheral Health Institution (PHI) level are filled by DMCs which are PHI as shown in Table 2.

             

            Laboratory Consumables (To be filled in by only PHIs which are a DMC)

            Item

            Unit of Measurement

            Stock on first day of Month

            Stock received during Month

            Consumption during Month

            Stock on last day of Month

            Quantity requested

            Sputum containers*

            Nos.

             

             

             

             

             

            Universal containers for C & DST

            Nos

             

             

             

             

             

            Slides

            Nos.

             

             

             

             

             

            Carbol Fuchsin (1% solution)

            Litres

             

             

             

             

             

            Methylene Blue (0.1% solution)

            Litres

             

             

             

             

             

            Sulphuric Acid (25% solution)

            Litres

             

             

             

             

             

            Phenolic solution(for disinfection-~40% pure solution)

            Litres

             

             

             

             

             

            Immersion oil/Liquid Paraffin (Heavy)

            mL

             

             

             

             

             

            Methylated Spirit

            Litres

             

             

             

             

             

            * PHIs that are not a DMC, but have been supplied with sputum containers, should complete this row.

             

            Table 2: Request for Laboratory Consumables and Reagents in monthly reports from PHI which are DMCs; Source: Monthly Report on Programme Management, Logistics and Microscopy Peripheral Health Institution Level

            • The DMC reagents and consumables are budgeted in the District Annual Action Plan under laboratory materials as per the amount permissible based on District Performance in the last four quarters.
            • Procurement planned during a financial year is based on last year’s specimen processed/ slides examined and amount spent for purchase of lab material for smear microscopy.

             

            Resources

            1. Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers.
            2. Monthly Report on Programme Management, Logistics and Microscopy
              Peripheral Health Institution Level (https://tbcindia.gov.in/showfile.php?lid=3055)

            Assessment

            Question

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct answer

            Correct explanation

            Page id

            Part of Pre-test

            Part of Post-test

            The MO of the DMC is responsible for determining the amount of reagents and other materials the DMC needs every month.

            True

            False

             

             

            1

            The MO of DMC is responsible for determining the amount of reagents and other materials the DMC needs every month.

             

            Yes

            Yes

          • Preparation of Reagents for ZN Microscopy

            Content

            The National TB Elimination Program (NTEP) recommends freshly preparing reagents from commercial procured products, at the District TB units to be used for microscopy. Chemicals need to be carefully monitored for potency and the calculation needs to be accurate while preparing reagents for smear microscopy.

             

            For Preparing 1% Carbol Fuchsin (500ml): The required chemicals and materials for preparing 500 ml Carbol Fuchsin are:

            1. Basic Fuchsin

            • Chemical name: Pararosaniline hydrochloride 
            • Chemical structure: C19H18N3Cl
            • Molecular Wt: 323.8
            • Colour: Metallic green

            Potency correction factor: Note down the dye content – this should be available on the container. The dye content should be approximately 85% - 88%. To calculate the required amount of basic fuchsin, divide the actual amount required by the dye content. For example: dye content = 85%, actual amount required = 5gms, required amount of dye = 5/0.85 = 5.88 gms.

            2. Ethyl Alcohol: 50 ml (Absolute alcohol, purity must be 98-100%)

            3. Carbolic acid crystals (Phenol): 25 gms

            • Chemical name: Phenol
            • Chemical structure: C6H5OH
            • Molecular Wt: 94.11
            • Melting point: 40°C+2.5

            4. Distilled purified water: 500 ml

             

            Steps for Preparing 1% Carbol Fuchsin (500ml)

            1. Add 25 gms of phenolic crystals to a conical flask
            2. Add 50ml ethanol
            3. Mix well until the crystals completely dissolves. Add 50 ml distilled water if required.
            4. Conical flask should be kept in water bath set at 60°C or in a trough containing warm water
            5. Weigh required amount of basic fuchsin powder and transfer it into a conical flask
            6. Mix well until the crystals dissolve well.
            7. Make the total volume to 500ml by adding distilled water
            8. Filter using Whattman filter paper and transfer into a bottle
            9. Label as 1% Carbol Fuchsin - Primary stain
            10. Date of preparation, date of expiry, batch no. and the name of the technician or STLS who has prepared the stain should be clearly mentioned on the bottle.
            11. Store it in cool place, away from direct sunlight
            12. Any time particles start to form in the Carbol Fuchsin solution, the solution must be filtered again

             

            For Preparing 25% Sulphuric Acid (500ml):

            • Chemical structure: H2SO4
            • Molecular wt: 98.08
            • Purity: 95-97%
            • Colour: Clear
            1. Measure 375ml distil water into a 1L flask
            2. In a glass cylinder, measure 125ml concentrated Sulphuric Acid. Pour it slowly and gently into the conical flask containing distilled water. Note: Always add acid to water. Never add water to acid
            3. To dissipate the heat generated, place the flask in a trough of water
            4. Mix well
            5. Allow to cool
            6. Transfer into a bottle
            7. Label as 25% Sulphuric Acid - Decolorizing Solution
            8. Date of preparation, date of expiry, batch no. and the name of the technician or STLS who has prepared the solution should be clearly mentioned on the bottle.

             

            For preparing 0.1% Methylene Blue (500ml):

            • Chemical name: Methylthionine chloride
            • Chemical structure: C16H18ClN3S
            • Molecular Wt: 319.9

             

            Potency correction factor: Note down the dye content – this should be available on the container. The dye content should be approximately 82%. To calculate the required amount of methylene blue, divide the actual amount by the dye content. For example: dye content = 82%, actual amount required = 0.5gms, required amount of dye = 0.5/0.82 = 0.61 gms.

            • Weigh the required amount of Methylene Blue
            • Dissolve it in 500ml distilled water
            • Transfer into a bottle
            • Label as 0.1% Methylene Blue
            • Date of preparation, date of expiry, batch no. and the name of the person who prepared the solution should be clearly written on the bottle.

             

            Table: Preparation of different volumes of stains for ZN microscopy

            Ziehl-Neelsen method

            Quantity of reagent for 5L

            Quantity of reagent for 1L

            Quantity of reagent for 500 ml

            Quantity of regent for 100 ml

            Basic fuchsin (dye content/purity if 85%)

             

            58.8 g

            11.76 g

            5.88 g

            1.17 g

            Alcohol

            500 ml

            100 ml

            50 ml

            10 ml

            Phenol crystals

            250 g

            50 g

            25 g

            5 g

            Distilled water

            To make final volume 5000 ml

            To make final volume 1000 ml

            To make final volume 500 ml

            To make final volume 100 ml

            Carbol-fuchsin 1%

             

             

             

             

            Sulfuric acid

            1250 ml

            250 ml

            125 ml

            25 ml

            Distilled water

            3750 ml

            750 ml

            375 ml

            75 ml

            H2SO4 25%

             

             

             

             

            Methylene blue (dye content if 82%)

             

            6.1 g

            1.22 g

            0.61 g

            0.12 g

            Distilled water

            5000 ml

            1000 ml

            500 ml

            100 ml

            Methylene blue 0.1%

             

             

             

             

             

            Always perform a quality check of the reagents prepared by using Quality Control Positive and Quality Control Negative. If purity is not available on the reagent bottle, then search the website of the company of which the reagent was procured or ask the company about the certificate mentioning about the purity of reagent

             

            Please watch the video below for more information:

            Video file

             

            Resources

             

            • Module for Laboratory Technicians (RNTCP), Central TB Division, MoHFW, 2005
            • TB Lab Consumables Specifications 2019
            • SoP for preparation of Laboratory Reagents - WHO
            • Laboratory Diagnosis of Tuberculosis by Sputum Microscopy, GLI Initiative

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

          • Preparation of Reagents for FM Microscopy

            Content

            Reagent preparation is an important activity and it’s essential to use certified chemicals and reagents. One should always check the potency of the chemicals used and calculate the amount to be weighed accordingly.

             

            The following are the steps for reagent (primary stain and counter stain) preparation for Florescence Microscopy:

             

            0.1% Auramine–O (1 L), the primary stain

            • Weigh 1 gm Auramine–O and transfer to conical flask.
            • Add 30 gm Phenolic crystals (99.5% purity) and mix well.
            • Add 100 ml absolute Ethanol (98-100% purity) and mix well.
            • Add 870 ml distilled water to make up final volume of 1 L.
            • Filter and transfer to amber bottle.
            • Label the bottle as 0.1% Auramine–O.
            • Date of preparation, date of expiry, batch no. and name of the Senior TB Lab Supervisor (STLS) who has prepared the stain should be clearly mentioned on the bottle.

             

            1% Acid Alcohol (1 L) to decolorize

            • Dissolve 5 gm Sodium chloride in 250 ml distilled water.
            • Add 5 ml concentrated hydrochloric acid.
            • Mix with 750 ml absolute alcohol.
            • Always add acid slowly to alcohol, not vice-versa.
            • Store in amber coloured bottle.
            • Label the bottle as 1% Acid Alcohol.
            • Date of preparation, date of expiry, batch no. and name of the STLS who has prepared the stain should be clearly mentioned on the bottle.

             

            0.5% Potassium Permanganate, KMnO₄ (1 L), the counter stain

            • Weigh 5 gm of Potassium permanganate (99.5% purity).
            • Transfer to a conical flask.
            • Take 1 L of distilled water.
            • Add small amounts of distilled water tothe  conical flask containing KMnO₄ and mix well.
            • Add the remaining distilled water to make up final volume of 1 L.
            • Filter and transfer to a bottle.
            • Label the bottle as 0.5% Potassium permanganate.
            • Date of preparation, date of expiry, batch no. and name of the STLS who has prepared the stain should be clearly mentioned on the bottle.

             

            Table: Preparation of Different Volumes of Stains for FM Microscopy

            AURAMINE METHOD

            QUANTITY OF REAGENT FOR 5 L

            QUANTITY OF REAGENT FOR 1 L

            QUANTITY OF REAGENT FOR 500 ML

            QUANTITY OF REAGENT FOR 100 ML

            Auramine

             

            Ethanol

             

            Phenol

             

            Distilled water

             

            0.1% Auramine

            5.0 g

             

            500 ml

             

            150.0 g

             

            To make final volume 5000 ml

             

            1.0 g

             

            100 ml

             

            30.0 g

             

            To make final volume 1000 ml

             

            0.5 g

             

            50 ml

             

            15.0 g

             

            To make final volume 500 ml

             

            0.1 g

             

            10 ml

             

            3.0 g

             

            To make final volume 100 ml

             

            Hydrochloric acid

             

            Sodium chloride

             

            Ethanol

             

            Distilled water

             

            1% Acid–alcohol

            25 ml

             

            25.0 g

             

            3750 ml

             

            1250 ml

             

             

            5 ml

             

            5.0 g

             

            750 ml

             

            250 ml

             

             

            2.5 ml

             

            2.5 g

             

            375 ml

             

            125 ml

             

             

            0.5 ml

             

            0.5 g

             

            75 ml

             

            25 ml

             

             

            Potassium permanganate

             

            Distilled water

             

            0.1% Potassium permanganate

            25.0 g

             

            5000 ml

             

             

             

            5.0 g

             

            1000 ml

             

             

             

            2.5 g

             

            500 ml

             

             

             

            0.5 g

             

            100 ml

             

             

             

            Video file

            Resources

             

            • TB Lab Consumables Specifications, 2019.
            • SOP for Preparation of Laboratory Reagents - WHO.

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • M 04: Ensuring Quality Microscopy

        Fullscreen
        • Ch 16: General Concepts in quality assurance

          Fullscreen
          • Storing slides at a DMC for QA

            Content

            It is important to store slides, after reading as these will be required for Quality assurance - internal rechecking by the supervisor, and for External Quality Assurance (EQA) as per National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) guidelines.

            • Prior to storage slides need to be dried by gently placing the slide gently face down on the tissue paper or by wrapping it in the tissue paper and leaving it overnight to remove excess oil (Figure 1).

            Figure 1: Using Tissue Paper to Drain Oil

             

            • The slides are to be stored in the slide box in the same order as they are listed in the laboratory register (Figure 2).

            Figure 2: Keeping the Slides in Same Order as Listed in the Laboratory Register

             

            • One blank place must be left behind the first slide from a patient suspected with TB this allows the second slide of the same patient to be added after reading. This process will keep results consistent with the laboratory register (Figure 3).

            Figure 3: Keeping Blank Spaces Between Slides for Consistency

             

            • Always store slides in closed slide boxes away from sunlight (Figure 4).

            Figure 4: Storing Slides in Closed Slide Boxes

             

            Resources

             

            • Manual for Sputum Smear Fluorescence Microscopy, RNTCP, MoHFW, 2007.
            • Laboratory Diagnosis of Tuberculosis by Sputum Microscopy, GLI Initiative.

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

          • False Positivity and False Negativity in Microscopy

            Content

            False result: It’s a situation where the test result is different from the truth.

             

            Types of False Results

            • False Positive: When the test result is positive but the patient does not have TB.
            • False Negative: When the test result is negative but the patient has TB.

             

            Both cases will lead to wrong categorization and incorrect treatment. The consequences of false results are shown in the figure below:

             

            Figure: Consequences of False Results in Sputum Smear Microscopy; Source: Quality Assurance of Sputum Microscopy in DOTS Programmes.

             

             

            Resources

             

            • RNTCP Module for Laboratory Technicians, CTD, MoHFW, 2005.
            • Quality Assurance of Sputum Microscopy in DOTS Programmes Regional Guidelines for Countries in the Western Pacific, WHO, 2003.

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

             

          • Need for Quality Testing and Control

            Content

            Quality Assurance (QA) is a systematic process used to determine the quality standards of TB laboratories.

            Poor quality diagnosis may results in failure to diagnose TB or unnecessary treatment of non-TB case. Thus an effective QA mechanism is important for reliability of laboratory diagnosis.

            QA in National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme (NTEP) consists of:

            • Internal Quality Control (QC)
            • External Quality Assessment (EQA)
            • Continuous Quality Improvement (QI)

            QC or Internal Quality Assurance is a systematic internal monitoring of working practices, technical procedures, checking equipment, new lot of reagents, smear preparation, grading etc

            EQA is a process to assess laboratory performance by comparing laboratory results with a laboratory in higher tier i.e.Intermediate Reference Laboratory (IRL)/ National Reference Laboratory (NRL) through on-site evaluation, panel testing and random blinded rechecking of slides. Figure 1 depicts an eg of on-site evaluation with roles of various stakeholders and frequency of this activity. 

            Figure 1: On-site evaluation (RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines)

             

            QI is continuous monitoring of laboratory performance, finding non compliance and taking remedial measures to prevent recurrence of problems

             

            Resources

            • RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines.

            Assessment

            Question

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct answer

            Correct explanation

            Page id

            Part of Pre-test

            Part of Post-test

            Quality Improvement mostly relies on effective on-site evaluation visits?

            True

            False

             

             

            1

            Quality Improvement mostly relies on effective on-site evaluation visits.

             

            Yes

            Yes

             

          • Measures for Quality Assurance in Microscopy

            Content

            Sputum smear microscopy is an integral part of the National TB Elimination Programme's (NTEP’s) diagnostic services and can majorly impact the success of the programme.

            It is essential to have a credible and well-established quality assurance system to assess the performance of the microscopy service.

            NTEP has implemented a multi-level quality assurance network system of sputum smear microscopy in the country consisting of: 

            1. Internal Quality Control (IQC)
            2. External Quality Assessment (EQA)
            3. Quality Improvement (QI)

             

            • Internal Quality Control is a process of effective and systematic internal monitoring of the working practices.
              • It includes technical procedures, checking instruments, quality of new batches of staining solution, smear preparation, grading, equipment infection control measures, waste management, etc.
              • For the purpose of IQC, it should be ensured that all staining reagents’ dye content is mentioned on the bottle, concentrated acids are stored carefully in separate containers and stains are filtered before use.
              • Further, after each new batch of reagents is made, Quality Control Positive (QCP) and Quality Control Negative (QCN) slides should be prepared by the Senior TB Lab Supervisor (STLS) for quality control.
              • QCP slides should be prepared by pooling 3+ grade sputum samples, while QCN slides are to be prepared by pooling negative sputum samples with an adequate number of pus cells (≥10 pus cells/ field).
              • One set of QCP-QCN slides should be stained by STLS and another set should be given to the Designated Microscopic Centre (DMC) Lab Technician (LT) along with the reagent, and the results of both should be entered in the batch register/ IQC document.
              • All quality control slides should be stored for a maximum period of Four months. For the microscope, the lens should be cleaned with tissue paper after examining each slide and stored inside a microscope box at the end of the day.
              • The microscope box should contain silica gel and an electric bulb of 10-15 watts for desiccation to prevent fungal growth on the lens. The silica gel should be dehydrated periodically under direct sunlight. All microscopes should be covered under the Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC) with routine preventive maintenance.

             

            • External Quality Assessment (EQA) is a process to assess the performance of the peripheral laboratories by a more competent laboratory, like the intermediate or the national reference laboratory. 
              • EQA has 3 components:

            1) Onsite evaluation of peripheral laboratories by the supervisors from the reference laboratory under actual working conditions, in order to review the internal quality control mechanisms in place.

            2) Panel testing of the slides (unstained and stained) received from the reference laboratory by the peripheral laboratory LT to evaluate the smear microscopy process. This helps to determine whether the LT can adequately perform Acid-fast Bacilli (AFB) smear microscopy.

            3) Random blinded re-checking of a small sample of routine slides (both positive and negative) in the peripheral laboratory by the reference laboratory to assess the accuracy of the reading.

             

            • Quality Improvement (QI) is a process by which all components of smear microscopy diagnostic services are continuously monitored and carefully analysed with the aim to identify the problems and implement corrective actions (including retraining) to prevent the recurrence of the problems.

             

            Resources

            • Training Module (1-4) for Program Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.
            • Guidelines for Quality Assurance of Smear Microscopy for Diagnosing Tuberculosis, RNTCP Lab Network, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2005.

             

            Assessment

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
            Which of these is systematic internal monitoring of working practices that includes technical procedures, staining solution, smear preparation, grading, equipment infection control measures and waste management? Onsite evaluative (OSE) External Quality Assessment (EQA) Internal Quality Control (IQC) Quality Improvement (QI) Internal Quality Control (IQC) Internal Quality Control (IQC) is systematic internal monitoring of working practices that includes technical procedures, staining solution, smear preparation, grading, equipment infection control measures and waste management. ​ Yes Yes
            Quality control slides should be stored for a maximum period of how many months? 3 6 5 2 1

             

            All quality control slides should be stored for a maximum period of three months.

             

             

            Yes

             

            Yes

          • Quality assurance of Stains and Internal Quality Control

        • Ch 17: EQA for LTs

          Fullscreen
          • Panel Testing

            Content

            Panel testing is a method of External Quality Assurance (EQA) that is used to determine the adequacy of a laboratory technician to perform Acid-fast Bacillus (AFB) smear microscopy. This method evaluates individual performance in staining and reading and not the other laboratory activities.

            • Panel testing under National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) is used for Intermediate Reference Laboratories (IRLs) and District TB Centres (DTCs) during on-site evaluation, because these institutions do not have routine slides for blinded rechecking.
            • A panel consists of a batch of stained and/or unstained smears that are sent out by the higher-level reference laboratory to the peripheral laboratories for processing, reading, and reporting of results
            • Panel testing is not performed as a routine in DMCs, as they will have regular on-site evaluation and blinded rechecking.

             

            Uses of Panel Testing

            • Supplement re-checking programmes
            • Provide information on the capabilities of the peripheral laboratories prior to
              implementing a re-checking program
            • Assess status level of performance or to quickly detect problems associated with very poor performance
            • Evaluate proficiency of laboratory technicians following training
            • Monitor performance of individuals when adequate resources are not available to implement a re-checking program.

             

            Resources

            • RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines

             

            Assessment

            Question

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct answer

            Correct explanation

            Page id

            Part of Pre-test

            Part of Post-test

            Panel testing is useful to evaluate the proficiency of laboratory technicians following training.

            True

            False

             

             

            1

            Panel Testing is useful to evaluate the proficiency of laboratory technicians following training.

             

            Yes

            Yes

          • Onsite Evaluation[OSE]

            Content

            A field visit is an ideal way to obtain a realistic assessment of the conditions and skills practiced in the laboratory. Under National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP), On-site Evaluation (OSE) of Intermediate Reference Laboratories (IRLs) and District TB Centres (DTCs)/ Designated Microscopy Centres (DMCs) is therefore an essential component of a meaningful Quality Assurance (QA) programme.

            OSE should be performed a tleast once a year by personnel from a higher-level laboratory (IRL/ National Reference Laboratory (NRL)) in order to evaluate the overall operational conditions in the microscopy centers.

            Laboratory Supervisors must be knowledgeable in all operational and technical elements of AFB smear microscopy and have sufficient expertise to observe technicians performing routine tasks.

            Importance of OSE

            • Ensures that Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) are in place and are displayed in all DMCs, internal Quality Check (QC) as per RNTCP is performed, and a functional binocular microscope is available
            • Provides an opportunity for immediate problem-solving corrective action and on-site retraining.

            Frequency of OSE (Figure)

            • At least once a month visit by Senior TB Lab Supervisor (STLS) to the DMC, is required with re-checking of five positive and five negative slides.
            • Regular on-site evaluation by District TB Officer (DTO) is important to assure recording and reporting of results; assessing operational conditions, safety, supplies, equipment and total workload.
            • At least once a year visit by laboratory supervisors is recommended for IRLs by NRLs and for DTCs by IRLs.
            • When poor performance has been identified through OSE, blinded rechecking or panel testing, additional visits by trained laboratory personnel from a higher-level laboratory (the IRL or NRL laboratory) supervisor are mandatory to perform a comprehensive evaluation of all laboratory procedures, implement corrective action, and provide training.

             

            Components of OSE (Figure)

            The visit includes:

            • Comprehensive assessment of laboratory safety including infection control measures; conditions of equipment, adequacy of supplies as well as the technical components of Acid-fast Bacillus (AFB) smear microscopy. Sufficient time must be allotted for the visit to include observation of all the work associated with AFB smear microscopy, including preparing smears, staining and reading of smears.
            • Examining a few stained positive and negative smears to observe the quality of smearing and staining as well as condition of the microscope
            • Facilitating quality improvement through on the spot problem solving and suggestions for corrective action, wherever needed.

            The NRLs provide training to all IRL personnel responsible for OSE. Additionally, non-laboratory personnel (e.g., DTOs) should acquire working knowledge of routine laboratory operations, including proper NTEP procedures, appropriate supplies, laboratory safety, basic microscope operations, and requirements of panel testing or rechecking programmes.

            Figure: Frequency and Components of On-site Evaluation; Source: RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines

             

            Checklist for IRL OSE and NRL OSE

            On-site quarterly evaluation report of DTCs visited by IRL team to be given to concerned State TB Officer (STO), IRL and NRL using an IRL OSE Checklist while OSE checklist for NRL Laboratory Personnel to IRL is prepared using a NRL OSE Checklist.

             

            Resources

            RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines.

            Assessment

            Question

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct answer

            Correct explanation

            Page id

            Part of Pre-test

            Part of Post-test

            On-site Evaluation provides an opportunity for immediate problem solving, corrective action and on-site retraining.

            True

            False

             

             

            1

            On-site Evaluation provides an opportunity for immediate problem solving, corrective action and on-site retraining.

             

            Yes

            Yes

          • OSE Feedback and action required

            Content

            Documentation of any significant problems (technical, operational, others) and feedback for corrective action during On-site Evaluation (OSE) is necessary to formulate plans with the District TB Officer (DTO), Senior TB Laboratory Supervisor (STLS), Medical Officer (MO), Intermediate Reference Laboratory (IRL), National Reference Laboratory (NRL) and Laboratory Technician (LT) to improve the quality of smear microscopy.

            Checklists for OSE

            • OSE is done through comprehensive checklists.
            • The checklist must be used by NRL, IRL and District TB Center (DTC) STLS and a shorter version by DTO/ Medical Officer TB Center (MOTC) during each OSE visit to document observations and corrective action.
            • The checklists contain open, non-leading questions and recommended observations along with objective criteria for acceptable practices so that the supervisor can assess how well the technician understands proper procedures.

            Feedback

            Feedback is the process of communicating results of External Quality Assurance (EQA) to the original laboratory, including suggestions for possible causes of errors and remedies.

            TB Unit On-site Evaluation (TU-OSE) Checklist and Feedback

            The observations in TU-OSE Checklist, including observation of five positive and negative slides must be documented (Figure 1). Corrective actions must be discussed by the STLS with LT and checklist should be signed by MO of DMC.

            1: Write smear and grade
            2: Tick appropriate column
            3: Tick if good; write ‘U’ if under-decolourized, ‘O’ if over-decolourized
            4: Tick if good; write ‘B’ if too big, ‘S’ if too small
            5: Tick if good; write ‘K’ if too thick, ‘N’ if too thin
            6: Tick appropriate column

            Figure 1: Review of five positive and five negative slides by STLS and instructions to fill observations in TU-OSE Checklist; Source: RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines

            Action Required based on TU-OSE Checklist

            The STLS should:

            • Enter the summary of ‘action required’ in the Supervision Register before leaving the DMC
            • Submit the summary report of DMCs under him to DTO on a monthly basis
            • Maintain separate files for checklists including summary reports of each DMC in respective TU and submitted for review by higher level supervisors including on-site evaluation visits by the IRL to the district.

            The DTO should:

            • Give monthly feedback to the MO in-charge of the respective DMC
            • Send summary of results of checklists for each DMC in the district once every quarter for analysis by the respective CMO/ DMO and IRL.

            Checklist IRL OSE and NRL OSE and Feedback

            • On-site quarterly evaluation report of DTCs visited by IRL team should be given to concerned State TB Officer (STO), IRL and NRL using an IRL OSE Checklist.
            • OSE Checklist for NRL Laboratory Personnel to IRL is prepared using a NRL OSE Checklist.
            • The IRLs will submit a consolidated quarterly report to the concerned STO and NRL. In turn, the NRL will submit a consolidated quarterly report to the Central TB Division.
            • A comprehensive list of all operational elements to be observed will help to ensure consistency in laboratory evaluations and provide immediate feedback to the technicians to facilitate rapid corrective action, as well as serve as documentation of the visit and record of current conditions and actions needed.
            • All potential sources of error should be investigated, including quality of stains and staining procedure, quality of microscopes, and administrative procedures that may contribute to recording errors and corrective actions provided (Figure 2).
            • All problems contributing to errors must be resolved.
            • Possible causes of errors, and suggested evaluation steps are provided in Annexure K.
            • Remedial training must be provided for technicians unable to properly identify AFB in smears.

            Figure 2: Documentation of corrective actions in IRL-OSE Checklist )RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines)

            Action Required for IRL/NRL-OSE Checklist

            A state level consolidated summary will be prepared by the respective IRL every quarter from the district summaries for submission to STO and NRL. The DTO/ CMO of the district is to submit an action taken report on the team’s recommendations to the STO within a month of the IRL visit.

            Resources

            RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines.

            Assessment

            Question

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct answer

            Correct explanation

            Page id

            Part of Pre-test

            Part of Post-test

            The IRLs submit a consolidated quarterly report of on-site visits to the concerned State TB Officer and NRL.

            True

            False

             

             

            1

            The IRLs submit a consolidated quarterly report of on-site visits to the concerned State TB Officer and NRL.

             

            Yes

            Yes

          • Random Blinded ReChecking [RBRC] Concept

            Content

            Random Blinded Rechecking (RBRC) is an External Quality Assurance (EQA) method that provides reliable assurance that a district has an efficient Acid-fast Bacillus (AFB) microscopy laboratory network to support National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) (Figure).

            Blinded rechecking is a process of re-reading a statistically valid sample of slides from a laboratory to assess whether that laboratory has an acceptable level of performance.

            Figure: Overview of Random Blinded Rechecking (RBRC) under NTEP;
            Source: RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines

            Key Components of RBRC

            • The sample contains a sufficient number of randomly selected slides to be representative.
            • A system utilizing Lot Quality Assurance Sampling (LQAS) method is in use for RBRC.
            • The supervisor of the laboratory (controller) must be unaware of the original result of peripheral laboratory technician to prevent bias, i.e. is “blinded”.
            • Discrepant results are resolved by a second controller.
            • There must be a system to provide timely feedback and improvements to the laboratories that are supervised.

            Resources

            RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines.

            Assessment

            Question

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct answer

            Correct explanation

            Page id

            Part of Pre-test

            Part of Post-test

            A system utilizing Lot Quality Assurance Sampling (LQAS) method is in use for Random Blinded Rechecking (RBRC).

            True

            False

             

             

            1

            A system utilizing Lot Quality Assurance Sampling (LQAS) method is in use for Random Blinded Rechecking (RBRC) under NTEP.

             

            Yes

            Yes

          • Random Blinded ReChecking [RBRC] Process

            Content

            Annual slide sample and the monthly sample for Random Blinded Rechecking (RBRC) is determined by the District TB Officer (DTO), assisted by the Intermediate Reference Laboratory (IRL), Statistical Assistant (SA) or Data Entry Operator (DEO) based on Lot Quality Assurance Sampling (LQAS) method.

            Under the LQAS method, sample size depends on 3 components:

            1. Annual Negative Slide Volume (ANSV)
            2. Slide Positivity Rate (SPR)
            3. Sensitivity of picking up lower bacili count in microscopy

            Process of RBRC (Figure 1)

            • The LT at each DMC stores slides for RBRC in slide boxes.
              • The laboratory must store slides in a way that allows for easy retrieval of every slide identified for the rechecking sample. Therefore, all slides are to be stored in the provided slide boxes in the same order as they are listed in the laboratory register. Slides are marked as ‘a’ and ‘b’ along with the lab serial number for first spot and early morning specimen.
              • The result of the smear examination must not be written on the slide.
              • Removal of immersion oil is to be done using tissue paper before storing slides in a slide boxSenior TB Lab Supervisors (STLS) of the district, informing them of the total number of slides to be collected every month from each DMC.
            • The STLS then select the required number of slides from the Laboratory Register and the LT records the results as per Annexure B (Figure 2).

             

            Collection of slides for RBRC explained with an example

              • If the sample size is calculated to be 180 smears per year, 15 slides are to be collected during each monthly visit.
              • If the STLS observes that the laboratory processed 82 slides since the last monthly visit, they could collect for example every fifth (82/15 = 5.4 or 5th) slide randomly to obtain the required 15 slides and may begin with any number between 1 to 5, say 3.
              • The first random number may be selected by choosing last digit on any available currency note.
              • The remaining slides are chosen by adding serially 5 till 15 slides are selected.
              • In this example, the 3rd, 8th, 13th, 18th, 23rd, 28th, 33rd, 38th, 43rd, 48th, 53rd, 58th, 63rd, 68th and 73rd slides are selected to obtain 15 slides required for that month.

             

            • Annexure B (Figure 2) is then put into an envelope and sealed. The number of slides packed is written on the top of the envelope.
            • Both the slide box and the envelope are marked with the name of the respective DMC, the name of the TB Unit and district, and the month and year.
            • The slide box and the sealed envelope are then taken by the STLS for handing over to the DTO.

             

            Figure 1: Process of random blinded rechecking (RBRC) performed by (1) STLS during on-site visit to DMC and (2) at DTC (RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines)

            Figure 2: Annexure B to document Smear Results Sheet for Blinded Rechecking (RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines)

            The DTO is responsible for ensuring that the blinding process is strictly followed.

            Resources

            RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines.

            Assessment

            Question

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct answer

            Correct explanation

            Page id

            Part of Pre-test

            Part of Post-test

            Who is responsible for ensuring that the blinding process is strictly followed?

            LT

            DTO

            STS

            STLS

            2

            The DTO is responsible for ensuring that the blinding process is strictly followed.

             

            Yes

            Yes

          • Random Blinded ReChecking [RBRC] Process at DTC

            Content

            Random Blinded Rechecking (RBRC) is the process of re-reading a statistically valid sample of routine slides from a designated microscopy centre (DMC) based on lot quality assurance strategy (LQAS) in a blinded manner to assess the laboratory performance.

            RBRC Process

            • The district TB officer (DTO) sends information to all senior TB lab supervisors (STLS) of the district on the number of slides to be collected every month from each DMC
            • The STLS then selects the required number of slides from the TB Laboratory Register and marks the RBRC selected slides in the laboratory register with a circle
            • The laboratory technician (LT) fills out Annexure B (Figure 1) for the selected slides
            • LT seals the filled Annexure B in an envelope and marks the slide box with the Serial No. of slides, name of the DMC and TB unit (TU), month and year
            • The STLS hands over sealed envelopes and the slide box to the DTO

            Figure 1: Annexure B for Blinded Rechecking of DMC Slides (RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines)

            • The DTO with the help of the statistical assistant (SA) removes all the identifying attributes of the selected slides (including the test results). This process is called Blinding.
            • Blinded re-examination of selected slides is done by the STLS of another TB Unit (TU) within the respective district. The STLS (controllers) must have demonstrated proficiency with the Ziehl-Neelsen (ZN) staining and reading method (as seen by panel testing done by Intermediate Reference Laboratory (IRL)).
            • Smears may be evaluated for specimen quality (sputum versus saliva), appropriate size and thickness, and quality of staining (as per Annexure C, Figure 2).

            Figure 2: Worksheet for Blinded Rechecking of DMC Slides as per Annexure C (RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines)

            • Problems detected by the controller are noted on the form, as this information may be very useful to supervisors responsible for providing feedback to the peripheral technicians, assessing possible reasons for high false positive or false negative results, and implementing plans for retraining and corrective action. 
            • The DTO with the help of the statistical assistant compares the results provided by the STLS against the original results provided by the LT. This process is called Unblinding.
            • The discrepant slides are sent for umpire (second controller) reading.
            • All discrepant slides are re-stained and re-examined by the second controller, as there is likelihood of fading of carbol fuchsin. This rechecking of discordant slides by a second controller also acts to evaluate the performance of the first controllers.

            Feedback after RBRC

            • Regular and timely feedback to the DMC is essential to improve performance
            • Feedback and remedial actions are provided at the end of each sampling period i.e., completion of rechecking of the annual sample
            • Also, feedback is given on a monthly basis to the respective DMCs using the form in Annexure D (Figure 3) during the monthly on-site evaluation visit by the STLS responsible for the respective DMC
            • Feedback includes the return of slides with discordant results to be re-read by the original LT of the respective DMC
            • Potential sources of errors are investigated during the on-site evaluation visit
            • Appropriate corrective actions and/or remedial training are provided within one month

             

            Figure 3: Quality Assurance Report on Sputum Microscopy as per Annexure D (RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines)

            Resources

            RNTCP Laboratory Network Guidelines

             

            Assessment

            Question

            Answer 1

            Answer 2

            Answer 3

            Answer 4

            Correct answer

            Correct explanation

            Page id

            Part of Pre-test

            Part of Post-test

            Who is responsible for the blinded re-examination of selected slides?

            STLS of another TU

            DTO

            STS

            LT

            1

            Blinded re-examination of selected slides is done by an STLS of another TU within the respective district.

             

            Yes

            Yes

          • Good Laboratory Practices

            Content

            Good laboratory practices help to maintain biosafety in TB lab settings. However, it is good to keep in mind that:

             

            • NOTHING can totally eliminate the safety risk associated with the TB laboratory.
            • Good laboratory practices with an emphasis on biosafety, significantly reduce the risk of laboratory-acquired infection.
            • Specialized equipment aids good laboratory practice but does NOT replace it.

             

            Good Laboratory Practices

             

            • Biohazard signs (Figure 1) should be posted at the entrance to laboratories performing work on infectious agents and hazardous chemicals.

            Figure 1: Biohazard Sign

             

            • Laboratory access should be limited to essential staff.
            • No eating, drinking, or smoking (Figure 2).
            • No mouth pipetting (Figure 2).      

            Figure 2: No eating or mouth pipetting in lab

             

            • No placing pencils or pens in the mouth.
            • Keep hands away from eyes and face.
            • Always wash hands before leaving the lab.
            • Remove gloves before handling phones, instruments or computers.
            • Minimize the use of mobile phones.
            • Lab coats must be decontaminated and laundered regularly (never take them home for laundering!)

             

            Resources

             

            • GLI LC Training Module on Biosafety.
            • GLI Mycobacteriology Laboratory Manual, 2014.

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

      • Module: CBNAAT

        Fullscreen
        • Ch 01: CBNAAT as a Rapid Molecular Diagnostic tool

          Fullscreen
          • Cartridge Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test [CBNAAT]

            Content

            Cartridge Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) is a rapid molecular diagnostic test. It is used for diagnosis of Tuberculosis (TB) and Rif-resistant Tuberculosis (RR-TB) in NTEP. Results are obtained from unprocessed sputum samples in about 2hours which helps in early detection and treatment of TB patients. 

            India has vast number of CBNAAT laboratories which are utilized for TB/RR-TB detection and Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST) under the National TB Elimination Program (NTEP).  

            Figure: CBNAAT Cartridge and Machine in Use (Image courtesy: USAID supported Challenge TB Project)

            The CB-NAAT system detects DNA sequences specific for Mycobacterium tuberculosis complex and rifampicin resistance by Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR). It concentrates Mycobacterium tuberculosis bacilli from sputum samples, isolates genomic material from the captured bacteria by sonication and subsequently amplifies the genomic DNA by PCR. The process identifies clinically relevant rifampicin resistance-inducing mutations in the RNA polymerase beta (rpoB) gene in the Mycobacterium tuberculosis genome in a real-time format using fluorescent probes called molecular beacons.

             

            Video file

            Video: Cartridge-Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test [CBNAAT] - GeneXpert Technology 

            Resources

            • Training Module (1-4) for Program Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.
            • India TB Report 2021, National TB Elimination Program (NTEP), MoHFW, 2021.

             

            Assessment Questions

             

            Question 

            Answer 1 

            Answer 2 

            Answer3 

            Answer 4 

            Correct Answer 

            Correct explanation 

            Part of pre-test

            Part of post-test

            Under NTEP, CBNAAT is offered upfront for which of these categories?

            PLHIV

            Paediatric presumptive TB

            Presumptive DR-TB

            All of the above

            4

            Under NTEP, CBNAAT is recommended upfront for People living with HIV, Paediatric Presumptive TB patients, Presumptive DR-TB patients and patients notified from the Private sector.

            Yes

             

            Yes

            CBNAAT requires the processing of sputum samples before testing

            True

            False

             

             

            2

            Results are obtained from unprocessed sputum samples in about 2hours from a CBNAAT machine

            Yes

             

            Yes

             

          • Structure and Function of the CBNAAT Module

            Content

            The CBNAAT module contains components that enable automated sample processing in the cartridge, and filling of the tube with the sample-reagent mixture for Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR), followed by PCR amplification and detection.

             

            The structure of the CBNAAT module is described below and shown in Figure 1:

            • Syringe pump drive or plunger motor: Dispenses fluids into the different cartridge chambers
            • I-CORE module: Performs PCR amplification and detection
            • A cartridge loading and unloading mechanism ensures the proper movement of the cartridge in the instrument
            • Reaction/PCR tube: Enables rapid thermal cycling and optical excitation and detection of the tube contents. The reaction tube is automatically inserted into the I-CORE module (hardware for PCR amplification and fluorescence detection) when the cartridge is loaded into the instrument.
            • Valve drive: Rotates the cartridge valves to align the chambers with the syringe
            • Ultrasonic horn: Lyses the sample

             

            Figure 1: Structure of the CBNAAT module

             

            The interior region of the cartridge insertion site also called cartridge bay and is shown in Figure 2.

             

            Figure 2: Interior of the Cartridge Bay

            Mode of Operation of the CBNAAT Module 

            • The Intelligent Cooling/Heating Optical Reaction (I-CORE) module is the hardware component, within each instrument module, that performs PCR amplification and, fluorescence detection.
            • As part of the cartridge load process, the PCR tube is inserted into the ICORE module. 
            • As the test starts, the sample and reagent mixture are pushed from the cartridge, into the PCR tube.
            • During the amplification process, the ICORE heater heats up and the fan cools down the reaction tube contents.

            Within the I-CORE, there is an optical system composed of two blocks: A six colour excitor and detector block excite the dye molecules, and detect the fluorescence emitted.

             

            Figure 3: Mode of operation of the CBNAAT module

             

            Video file

            Resources

             

            • Training material Cepheid Hbdc 3a GeneXpert technology

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

          • The CBNAAT Cartridge

            Content

            The disposable, single-use CBNAAT cartridge is a closed system unit to hold the samples and reagents. Inside of a CBNAAT Cartridge (CBNAAT operator manual). Each cartridge consists of the following components:

            • Processing chambers: Hold samples, reagents, processed samples, and waste solutions. One chamber is designated as an air chamber to equilibrate pressures within the cartridge.
            • Valve body: Rotates and allows fluid to move to different cartridge chambers and to the reaction tube. Within the valve body, the specimen is isolated, PCR inhibitors are removed, and the sample is mixed with PCR reagents and moved into the integrated reaction tube.
            • Reaction tube: Enables rapid thermal cycling and optical excitation and detection of the tube contents. The reaction tube is automatically inserted into the I-CORE module (hardware for PCR amplification and fluorescence detection) when the cartridge is loaded into the instrument.
            Video file

            Resources

            • CBNAAT operator manual
          • Consumables required at CBNAAT Lab

            Content

            The consumables required at a Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing (CBNAAT) laboratory include the following:

            CBNAAT/ GeneXpert Dx System consisting of CBNAAT machine preloaded with assay software, Computer and the Barcode reader

            • CBNAAT assay kit (Figure) consisting of:
              • CBNAAT cartridges: Kit contains 10 or 50 individually packed cartridges.
              • CBNAAT reagent: 8 ml volume pack per cartridge. The sample reagent solution is clear but may range from colourless to golden yellow.
              • Sterile pipette: Individually packed, disposable transfer pipettes, one per each test, with a single mark for the minimum volume of sample transfer to each cartridge.
              • CD containing the Assay Definition File.

            Figure: Contents of CBNAAT Assay Kit; Source: GLI Training Package for CBNAAT.

            • Sputum containers 

             

            • Personal protective equipment:
              • Laboratory coats
              • Disposable gloves
                 
            • Disinfectants
              • 1% Sodium hypochlorite solution 
              • 5% Phenol
              • 70% Ethanol 
                 
            • Power stabiliser (UPS) for uninterrupted power supply to perform CBNAAT assay.

               

            Resources

            • GLI Training Package for CBNAAT.  
            • FIND Diagnosis for All, CBNAAT SOP.

            Assessment

            Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
            What are the components of the CBNAAT assay kit? CBNAAT cartridges CBNAAT reagent Sterile pipette  All the 3 4 CBNAAT assay kit includes CBNAAT cartridges, CBNAAT reagent and sterile pipette. ​ Yes Yes
          • CBNAAT Testing Process Overview

            Content

            Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) is used to detect Mycobacteria tuberculosis and rifampicin-resistance using GeneXpert IV Dx system and the Xpert MTB/ RIF cartridge.

            The CBNAAT system integrates and automates sample processing, nucleic acid amplification, and detection of Mycobacteria tuberculosis and rifampicin resistance.

            The system utilises the use of single-use disposable CBNAAT cartridges that hold the Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) reagents and hosts the PCR process.

            The process involves the following steps:

            1. Sample processing: Specimens are processed by adding the sample reagent at 2:1 (v/v) ratio to the sputum sample, mixing and incubation for 15 minutes at room temperature. The sputum sample get liquified after the processing step.
            2. Loading sample into cartridge: Liquefied sample is added to the cartridge using a transfer pipette.
            3. Setting up the machine to run the test: After switching on the system, “Create Test” (Figure A) is clicked in the GeneXpert Dx system window, test details are added, the barcode label of the cartridge is scanned (Figure B) and “Start Test” (Figure C) is clicked to initiate testing.

            Figure: Setting the machine to run the assay by creating test (A), adding test details, scanning barcode (B) to start test (C); Source: GLI Training Package for CBNAAT.

            1. Loading the cartridge: The instrument module door which displays the blinking green light is opened to load the cartridge. The door of module is closed firmly (an audible click sound should be heard). The green light stops blinking when the test starts.
            2. Obtaining the results: When the test is finished, the green light turns off. It takes around 1 hour 55 minutes to complete test run. On completion of test run, the result is generated automatically on the monitor.
            3. Ending the test run: When the system releases the door lock at the end of run, the module door is opened to remove the cartridge. The used cartridge is discarded.

             

            Resources

            • GLI Training Package for CBNAAT.  
            • FIND Diadnosis for All, CBNAAT SOP.

             

            Assessment

            Question​

            Answer 1​

            Answer 2​

            Answer 3​

            Answer 4​

            Correct answer​

            Correct explanation​

            Page id​

            Part of Pre-test​

            Part of Post-test​

            Barcode is present on sterile pipette and CBNAAT cartridge.

            True

            False

             

             

            2

            Barcode is present on CBNAAT cartridge.

            ​

            Yes

            Yes

             

          • Other CBNAAT tests available

            Content

            Introduction

            Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) is an automated rapid molecular diagnostic test which detects targeted Deoxyribonucleic Acids (DNA) sequences of Mycobacterium tuberculosis (M.tb) genome by Real-time Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) method.

            CBNAAT uses the GeneXpert IV Dx system and the single-use disposable Xpert M.tb/ Rifampicin (RIF) cartridges that hold the Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) reagents and host the PCR process.

            The various TB tests utilizing the CBNAAT platform:

            1) GeneXpert MTB/ RIF

            • The Xpert M.tb/ RIF assay is a Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) that uses a disposable cartridge with the GeneXpert Instrument System to quickly identify possible Multidrug-resistant TB (MDR-TB) that is resistant to RIF.
            • This test yields rapid results, i.e., within 2 hours and is therefore cost and time-saving.

            2) GeneXpert MTB/ RIF Ultra 

            • The Xpert M.tb/ RIF Ultra assay is similar to the Xpert MTB/ RIF assay, just that it is even faster with a higher level of accuracy.
            • The results are obtained in 80 minutes.
            • It can detect paucibacillary TB disease.

            3) GeneXpert MTB/ XDR

            • This is a GeneXpert M.tb assay that detects mutations associated with Resistance Towards Isoniazid (INH), Fluoroquinolones (FLQ), Second Line Injectable Drug (SLID) (amikacin, kanamycin, capreomycin) and Ethionamide (ETH) in a single test.

            4) GeneXpert Omni/Edge

            • GeneXpert Omni/Edge is a battery-operated, wireless and web-enabled portable molecular diagnostics system, intended for use as the point-of-care diagnostic tool in remote and challenging settings.
            • It is a single-slot platform i.e., runs one test per cycle, uses a 2-in-1 tablet/laptop and a compact printer and is expected to enable accurate, fast and cost effective test results.

            Apart from TB, the CBNAAT platform can be used to diagnose several other pathogens using different cartridges. One of the common other pathogens detected using CBNAAT in India is COVID-19.

            Note: Except GeneXpert MTB/ RIF , other CBNAAT tests are not currently being endorsed by NTEP.

            Resources

            • WHO Consolidated Guidelines on Tuberculosis. Module 3: Diagnosis - Rapid Diagnostics for Tuberculosis Detection 2021 Update.
            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB (PMDT) in India; NTEP, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2021.
            • Sachdeva K, Shrivastava T. CBNAAT: A Boon for Early Diagnosis of Tuberculosis-Head and Neck; Indian J Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg, 2018.

            Assessment

            Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test

            ‘Xpert M.tb/ RIF Ultra yields results faster than Xpert M.tb/ RIF’.

             

             

            True

             

            False     1

            Xpert M.tb/ RIF Ultra yields results in approx. 80 minutes compared to Xpert M.tb/ RIF which gives results in approx. 110 minutes.

             

              Yes Yes

             

            GeneXpert MTB/ RIF is the only CBNAAT tests that is endorsed by NTEP.

            True False     1 Other tests using CBNAAT platform GeneXpert MTB/ RIF Ultra, GeneXpert MTB/ XDR and GeneXpert Omni/Edge are not endorsed by NTEP.  

             

            Yes 

             

            Yes

             

          • Inbuilt Controls of CBNAAT Technology

            Content

            The CBNAAT System automatically performs internal quality control for each sample. 

            During each test, the system uses the following inbuilt controls:

            System Check Control (SCC)

            • Checks integrity of the instrument, cartridges and PCR reagents.

            Sample Processing Control (SPC)

            • Ensures that a sample is correctly processed.
            • Included in the cartridge and is processed with the sample. The DNA is detected by a PCR assay.

            Probe Check Control (PCC)

            • Performed during the first stage of the test.
            • Verifies the presence and integrity of the labelled probes.
            Video file

            Video 1: CBNAAT Technology -Inbuilt Controls

             

             

            Video file

            Video 2: Summary of all In-built Control Checks

            Resources

            • CBNAAT Operator Manual.
        • Ch 02: Sample processing for CBNAAT

          Fullscreen
          • Specimen Processing for CBNAAT

            Content

            The CBNAAT system integrates and automates sample processing with amplification and detection of the target sequences

            For sample processing, sample reagent is provided in CBNAAT kit, 8ml volume pack per each cartridge

            • The sample reagent solution is clear but may range from colourless to golden yellow

            Processing of clinical specimens should be performed as per laboratory biosafety standards

            • Treat all sputum specimens as potentially infectious
            • Wear protective gloves and laboratory coats when handling specimens and reagents

            Sample processing from direct sputum and decontaminated sputum sediments is described in the Video given below - 

            Video 1: Sample processing from direct sputum; Source: Challenge TB: Sample Processing Sputum

            Video file

             

            Video : Specimen Processing for CBNAAT 

            Resources

            • Challenge TB: Sample Processing Sputum
          • CBNAAT Sample Processing for Other Body Fluids

            Content

            The following procedures are recommended when processing various body fluids with the Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT):

            Bronchoalveolar Lavage (BAL): 

            Processing of BAL for CBNAAT assay is given here. However, it is important that each laboratory optimizes this protocol to minimize the error rate.

            If the BAL volume is sufficient (approx. 5 ml), centrifuge and dissolve sediment into 1 ml sterile phosphate buffer/ saline, then add sample reagent in a 1:2 ratio.

            If the BAL volume is less (less than 5 ml), take 1 ml and add 2 ml of sample reagent.

            • If the BAL is mucoid or has more than 0.5% blood contamination, decontaminate using N-acetyl-l-cysteine–sodium hydroxide (NALC-NaOH) treatment.
            • Decontamination of BAL should also be carried out if the error rate is more than 2%.

            Pericardial/ Ascitic/ Synovial Fluid:

            If the sample volume exceeds 5 ml, centrifuge and dissolve sediment into sterile phosphate buffer/saline to make volume 1 ml, then add sample reagent in a 1:2 ratio.

            If the sample volume is less than 5 ml, take 1 ml and add 2 ml of sample reagent.

            • Pleural fluid is a suboptimal sample, and pleural biopsy is preferred. 
            • A positive CBNAAT result in pleural/body fluid can be treated as TB, a negative result should be followed by other tests.
            • Decontaminate/concentrate using standard NALC-NaOH treatment if bloody (more than 0.5% blood), thick and/or clots are present.

            Pus/ Abscess/ Aspirates/ Semen:

            • Liquid/ slightly viscous specimen: Use sample-to-sample reagent 1:2 ratio, mix well and follow routine CBNAAT protocol.
            • If very thick, viscous or bloody specimens: Add 2 ml sample reagent to 0.2 - 0.3 ml pus, mix well to the vortex, and increase the incubation time, if required.
            • Decontaminate, if required (>0.5 % blood).

            *Each laboratory must optimize these protocols to minimize the error rate.

            Resources

            • Xpert MTB/RIF Assay for the Diagnosis of Pulmonary and Extrapulmonary TB
          • CBNAAT Cartridge Loading

            Content
            • Use the sterile transfer pipette provided in the CBNAAT kit to draw liquefied sample into the transfer pipette
              • The minimum amount to be loaded into the cartridge is 2 ml
              • Do not process the sample if there is insufficient volume
            • Open the cartridge lid
            • Transfer the sample into the open port (Figure 1) of the CBNAAT cartridge and dispense slowly to minimize the risk of aerosol formation

             

            Figure 1: CBNAAT cartridge (top view) to show the open port
            (SOP for GeneXpert MTB/RIF)

            • Discard the transfer pipette
            • Snap the lid shut to close firmly
            • Turn on the CBNAAT instrument
            • Open the instrument module door, which displays the blinking green light
            • Load the cartridge and close the door of the module firmly
            • The test should be started within 30 minutes of adding liquefied sample to the cartridge
            • The remaining liquefied sample may be kept for up to 12 hours at 2-8°C (for repeat testing)

             

            Video file

            Video 1: CBNAAT loading

             

             

            Video file

            Video 2: Sample Loading (Demonstration)

            Resources

            • SOP for GeneXpert MTB/RIF
        • Ch 03: CBNAAT Result Interpretation and recording

          Fullscreen
          • Visualization of CBNAAT Test Results

            Content

            The test results of the Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) assay are displayed in the ‘View Results’ window, of the CBNAAT software.

             

            For visualizing the results after the test is completed:

            • In the CBNAAT Dx System window, click View Results on the menu bar.
            • The View Results window appears.
            • To select a test result, click View Test.
            • ‘Select Test to Be Viewed’ - dialog box appears.
            • Select the test of interest.
            • Click OK.

             

            Note: The selected test result appears in the ‘View Results’ window. A result will be displayed in PDF format. 

             

            To generate a PDF report

            • To generate a report in PDF format, click on “Report” and then select the result you want.
            • The PDF report will be generated.

             

            Interpretation of Test Results

            • The ‘View Results’ window displays information about the test, such as sample ID and run-time on the left-hand side panel.
            • The interpretation of the result is in the center, and the real-time PCR amplification curves are displayed at the bottom.   

             

            Figure: User 'View Results' Window showing the information about test, interpretation of results and real-time PCR curves

             

             

            Resources

             

            • GeneXpert MTB/RIF Package Insert, p12-13.

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

          • CBNAAT Results Interpretation

            Content

            On completion of a test run, the Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) gives the following results:

            1. MTB DETECTED; Rif Resistance DETECTED
            2. MTB DETECTED; Rif Resistance NOT DETECTED
            3. MTB DETECTED; Rif Resistance INDETERMINATE
            4. MTB NOT DETECTED
            5. Error
            6. Invalid
            7. No result

            Conclusive results include: MTB NOT DETECTED, MTB DETECTED with Rif Resistance/ without Rif Resistance.

            Non-conclusive results include: MTB Detected, Rif Resistance Indeterminate, Errors, Invalid and No Result - the test has to be repeated in these cases.

             

            Figure: CBNAAT Result Algorithm

             

            Video file

             

            Video : CBNAAT Results Interpretation

            Resources

            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in India, MoHFW, 2017.
            • GeneXpert Dx System Operator Manual
          • CBNAAT Assay Limitations

            Content

            The Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) test has some limitations such as:

            1. Bacterial load below the Limit of Detection (LOD ~ 130 CFU/ml) may result in a false-negative result.
            2. Patients on an anti-TB regimen can still have positive results due to killed bacilli in the specimen and hence cannot be used for follow-up.
            3. A positive test result does not necessarily indicate the presence of viable organisms. It is, however, presumptive for the presence of Mycobacterium tuberculosis (MTB) and Rifampicin (Rif) resistance.
            4. MTB detection is dependent on the number of organisms present in the sample. Quality specimen collection and timely processing of the sample will minimize the errors.
            5. Test results might be affected by anti-TB medication. Therefore, therapeutic success or failure cannot be assessed using this test, because DNA might persist following antimicrobial therapy.
            6. Mutations or polymorphisms in primer or probe binding regions may affect the detection of new or unknown MDR or Rif-resistant strains, resulting in a false-negative result.
            7. Any modification in sample processing may alter the performance of the test.
            8. Results should be interpreted in conjunction with clinical data available to the clinician.
            Video file

            Video:  

            CBNAAT Assay Limitations

            Resources

            • GenXpert Manual Version 4.7b.
            • Cepheid Training Resource; Module 9: Troubleshooting, p13-20.
          • Results Entry in Lab Register for NAAT

            Content

            The results for Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) assays are entered in Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) register. The key variables entered are shown in the table below.

            Table: Key Variables entered in C&DST Register; Source: Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.
            VARIABLES SET 1 VARIABLES SET 2 VARIABLES SET 3 VARIABLES SET 4
            Test ID Health Facility (HF) name Residential district Current facility HF type
            Date of test updated in Nikshay Lab type Type of test Predominant symptom
            Date tested Patient ID Reason for testing Predominant symptom duration
            Date reported Episode ID Treatment status History of Anti-TB Treatment (ATT)
            Test status Name Diagnosis date No. of Health Care Provider (HCP) visited before the diagnosis of the current episode
            Type of specimen Gender TB treatment start date The visual appearance of sputum
            Date of specimen collection Age Current facility state  
            State name Primary phone Current facility district  
            District name Address Current facility TB Unit (TU)  
            TB unit Residential state Current facility HF  

             

            NAAT results are reported in the results section of “Request Form for examination of biological specimen for TB” including:

            • Select Type of test: Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT)/ TrueNAT
            • Select Sample: A/B
            • Select M. tuberculosis: Detected/ Not Detected/ Not Available (NA)
            • Select Rif Resistance: Detected/ Not Detected/ Indeterminate/ NA
            • Select Test: No result/ Invalid/ Error; Error code
            • Date tested
            • Date Reported
            • Reported by (name and signature)
            • Laboratory name
            Video file

            Video : CBNAAT/Truenat Results Entry in Lab Register

            Resources

            • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant Tuberculosis in India, 2021.
          • Retest Procedure for CBNAAT

            Content

            The assay needs to be repeated by using a new cartridge if one of the following test results occur:

            INVALID: An INVALID result indicates that Sample Processing Control (SPC) failed. The sample was not properly processed, or Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) was inhibited.

            ERROR: An ERROR indicates that Probe Check Control (PCC) failed, and the assay was aborted possibly due to the reaction chamber being filled improperly, a reagent probe integrity, syringe pressure issues, or failure of the CBNAAT module.

            NO RESULT: A NO RESULT indicates that insufficient data were collected. For example, the operator stopped a test that was in progress.

            RIF Indeterminate: RIF indeterminate result indicates that the sample has a less bacterial load.

            Program guidelines recommend obtaining a second specimen to confirm rifampicin resistance in these scenarios.

             

            How to Perform the Retest?

            • Leftover sputum or fresh sputum or reconstituted sediment: 

            Treat it with a new Sample Reagent (SR) and load it into the new CBNAAT cartridge.

            • Sufficient leftover SR-treated sample: 

            Use within 4 hours of initial addition of SR to the sample - Load into the new CBNAAT cartridge.

            Do not use SR-treated sample if it is more than 4 hours old - Over-treatment may lead to false-positive test results.

            Always use a new cartridge! 

            Video file

            Video : Retest Protocol for CBNAAT

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Xpress SARS-CoV-2: Instructions for Use, Cepheid Manual.
        • Ch 04: Trouble shooting in CBNAAT

          Fullscreen
          • Interfering Substances causing errors in NAAT Assay

            Content

            It is common in laboratories to see specimens with the following particles which may potentially alter nucleic acid amplification test (NAAT) results:

            • Food particles
            • Blood
            • Tobacco
            • Pan
            • Debris or tissue pieces

            These interfering substances cause failures in Truenat assays and may have inhibitory effects on CBNAAT assays. This interferes with the accuracy of results, leading to false positive or negative tests and delayed cycle threshold values.

            Hence, it is important to follow certain precautions when collecting the specimen to avoid contaminating the specimen with these substances.

            In such situations, the following protocol needs to be followed:

            • Reject frank blood/bloody samples; however, the presence of blood up until 30% does not interfere in Truenat assays
            • For samples containing food/tobacco/tissue particles that cause interference in processing:
              • Use a fresh sample, if available
              • Use a sample after food particles or tissue pieces settle/sediment; otherwise, reject the sample

            ​

            Figure: Blood in Sputum Sample Interferes with PCR

            Resources

            • Truenat MTB Pack Insert.
            • Truenat MTB Rif Pack Insert.
            • Laboratory Diagnosis of Tuberculosis by Sputum Microscopy, GLI Initiative
          • Troubleshooting Process for CBNAAT

            Content

            The most common situations that need troubleshooting while using CBNAAT are:

            • Hardware or instrument problems
            • Failures without error codes 
            • Failures with error codes 

             

            Troubleshooting Approach

            1. In case of an issue, a message will be displayed (often with an error code). 
            2. Check if the error affects one particular module. 
            3. Refer to the CBNAAT user manual and follow the recommended corrective action.

             

            If the problem persists, continue to use other modules in the meantime (if possible), and exclude the faulty modules from the tests. Contact the technical support team.

             

            How to reach the technical support team?

            Image
            How to reach the technical support team for CBNAAT errors

             

             

            Resources

             

            • GeneXpert Current Operator Manual.
            • Cepheid HBDC Training: Troubleshooting.

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

             

          • CBNAAT Hardware Problem: Barcode Scanner Failure

            Content

            If the barcode scanner is not working, enter the cartridge barcode manually (Figure):

            • Step 1: Click on “Create Test”
            • Step 2: A dialogue box - Scan Cartridge Barcode will appear. Click on “Manual Entry”
            • Step 3: Manually type the 2-line numbers of the cartridges

            Figure: Process for Manual Entry of the Cartridge Barcode

             

            In case of barcode reader failure, while using a new lot, this action cannot be performed. Contact the manufacturer or technical support to collect the Lot Specific Parameter.

            Also, contact customer care for repair or replacement of the barcode reader.

            Video file

            Resources

            • GeneXpert MTB/RIF Assay Package Insert, Section K, p15.
          • CBNAAT Hardware Problem: Stuck Cartridge

            Content

            This hardware problem occurs when a cartridge is stuck inside a CBNAAT module.

            Causes

            • Module mechanical malfunction during the test
            • Electrical failure

            Solutions for releasing a stuck cartridge

            Solution 1: Verify that the module door is not open. Gently try to open the module door.

            Solution 2: Try to remove the cartridge from the software.

            • In the CBNAAT System window, click ‘Maintenance’ on the menu bar and select ‘Open Module Door or Update EEPROM’ (see the figure below).
            • Select the module. Click “Open Door” to open the module door.

            ​

            Figure: CBNAAT system showing ‘Open Module Door’ and ‘Perform Self-Test’

             

            Solution 3: If the door does not open, close the software, and re-launch the software.

            When the software is re-launched, the module will reinitialize itself by putting the valve and the syringe in the correct position. This may help to open the door.

            Solution 4: Turn the system off and restart the CBNAAT instrument and software.

            Solution 5: In the CBNAAT system window, choose ‘Maintenance’ on the menu bar and select ‘Perform Self-Test' (see figure above).

            Solution 6: If none of the solutions above work, manually remove the cartridge.

            If the cartridge is not released, contact technical support, to manually remove the cartridge. If you are a senior lab supervisor, you may click here to see the steps to manually remove a stuck cartridge.

            Video file

            Video : CBNAAT Hardware Problem: Stuck Cartridge

             

            Resources

            • Cepheid HBDC Troubleshooting Manual.
            • Xpert MTB/RIF Training Package, Module 9, GLI Initiative
          • CBNAAT Hardware Problem: Modules Not Detected

            Content

            One of the common problems encountered while using the CBNAAT machine is the non-detection of the module.

            Usually, there is a loss of communication between modules and software, leading to non-detection.

            Origins:

            • Ethernet connection between Personal Computer (PC) and CBNAAT is bad
            • Power supply issue (main power or Universal Power Supply (UPS) fluctuations)
            • Bad connection points between gateway board and modules
            • Too high room temperature 

            Solutions:

            • Restart the instrument first and then the computer.
            • Unplug and re-plug the ethernet cable between the PC and the instrument, then restart as above.
            • Secure the power supply and use an adapted UPS/ surge protector.
            • Check the temperature inside the module (should be below 39°C).

            Figure: Troubleshooting protocol for the non-detection of CBNAAT Module

             

            Video file

            Video : CBNAAT Hardware Problem: Modules Not Detected

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Package Insert, L.5, p19
          • Monitoring Different Types of Errors with CBNAAT

            Content

            While using the CBNAAT machine in a laboratory setting, many different causes can lead to an error (indicated on-screen as ‘ERROR’, as in figure 1).

            Figure 1: Window showing how to click on “Errors” to learn more about the issue

            Error Message Categories

            The errors are displayed by the instrument’s software to highlight various technical issues that disrupt the test process. They are grouped into five categories by the software:

            1. Cartridge loading errors: Errors that occur during a cartridge loading process
            2. Self-test errors: Errors that occur during the self-test process
            3. Run-time errors: Errors that occur during a test.
            4. Operation terminated errors: Errors that abort a test
            5. Post-run analysis errors: Errors that occur during the data reduction process

            You can view the errors by clicking the ‘Check Status’ icon on the CBNAAT software, as seen in figure 2.

            Figure 2: 'Check Status' Window of the CBNAAT Software

             

            Monitoring of Errors and Invalid/ No Results

            • Rates of errors and Invalid/ No Results need to be monitored by the module and user.
            • Identifying the most frequent types of problems can help to troubleshoot since certain errors may be associated with a user’s technique in sample processing while others with mechanical problems with the instrument modules or room temperature.
            • Recurring errors should be timely reported to the manufacturer.

             

            Figure 3: Monitoring of Errors on CBNAAT

             

            Video file

            Video : Monitoring Different Types of Errors with CBNAAT

             

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Package Insert.
            • Xpert MTB/RIF Training Package, Module 9, GLI Initiative
          • CBNAAT Troubleshooting: Error- 5006, 5007, 5008 and 5009 [PCC Failed]

            Content

            Errors 5006, 5007, 5008 and 5009 (Probe Check Control Failed) sometimes appear on the Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) machine in TB laboratories and need troubleshooting.

            Problem:

            Probe Check Control (PCC) failed, and the test was stopped before amplification.

            Origins:

            • Incorrect storage of cartridges (probe integrity issues detected)
            • Dust on optical filters
            • Sample too viscous
            • Incorrect sample volume
            • Improper fluid transfer (bubbles)

            Solutions:

            • Store the kits between 2 - 28°C.
            • Use an optical brush to clean the optical filters (without a cleaning solution).
            • Make sure the sample is totally liquified before transferring it to the cartridges.
            • Add the correct volume of the specimen.
            • Avoid making bubbles.

             

            Video file

            Video : CBNAAT Troubleshooting: Error- 5006, 5007, 5008 and 5009 [PCC Failed]

             

            Video file

            Video : Probe Check Control (PCC)

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Package Insert
          • CBNAAT Troubleshooting: Error- 2008 and 2009

            Content

            During the use of the Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) machine, Error- 2008 and 2009 may appear on the screen and needs troubleshooting.

            Problem:

            2008: Pressure reading exceeds the maximum

            2009: Syringe pressure is below the protocol limit

            Figure: Error 2008

            Origins:

            • The cartridge filter is clogged (due to too viscous sample or particles)
            • Pressure sensor failed

            Solutions:

            • Make sure the sample does not contain any solid particles.
            • Make sure the sample is totally liquified before transferring it to the cartridges.
            • If after 15 minutes of incubation with the sample reagent, the sample is still too viscous, wait up to 10 more minutes.
            • Use a new cartridge and add only a sample reagent to test. If the problem persists, it is likely a module problem: Contact Technical Support.

             

            Video file

            Video : CBNAAT Troubleshooting: Error- 2008 and 2009

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Package Insert
          • CBNAAT Troubleshooting: Error- 2014, 3074, 3075 and 1001 (Heating Component Related Issues)

            Content

            Error - 2014, 3074, 3075 and 1001, in the Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) machine are related to ‘Heating Component Related Issues’.

            Problem:

            Temperature/ Heater Failure

            Origins:

            • High temperature in module 
            • Heater component failure 
            • Broken fan 
            • Dust on filter near the fan

            Troubleshooting:

            In the CBNAAT Dx System window:

            • Click “Maintenance” on the menu bar
            • Select “Module Reporters” to check module temperature

            Figure: Troubleshooting Heating Component Related Issues

             

            If the problem persists, one needs to contact the manufacturer for technical support.

             

            Video file

            Video : CBNAAT Troubleshooting: Error- 2014, 3074, 3075 and 1001 [Heating Component Related Issues]

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Package Insert
          • CBNAAT Troubleshooting: Failures without Error Codes

            Content

            Some Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) machine errors will indicate test failure without Error Codes.

            Error: Invalid

            Problem: 

            Sample Processing Control (SPC) failed.

            Origin: 

            Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) was inhibited due to food particles or blood in the sample.

            Solution:  

            Laboratory Technician (LT) needs to collect another specimen, if necessary.

            Prevention: 

            • Before mixing with the sample reagent for decontamination, check whether the sample contains food particles or blood. 
            • Allow food particles to settle down before adding the sample to the cartridge.

            If the problem persists, one needs to contact the manufacturer for technical support.

            Figure: Error - Invalid

             

            Error: No Result

            Problem:

            Test could not be completed and insufficient data collected.

            Origins:

            Software stops working before the test is completed due to: 

            • Windows or software freeze 
            • Power failure 
            • STOP TEST function was activated (accidentally or deliberately)

            Solution:

            Secure the power supply, restart the machine and repeat the test with a new cartridge.

            Contact an authorized service provider if the problem persists.

            Figure: Error - No Result

             

            Video file

            Video : CBNAAT Troubleshooting: Failures without Error Codes

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Package Insert
        • Ch 05: Maintenance of CBNAAT

          Fullscreen
          • Maintenance of CBNAAT Instrument under NTEP

            Content

            Maintenance of the CBNAAT instrument is an essential activity to be performed in the laboratory setting and involves:

            Preventive Maintenance Tasks

            • Performed regularly by the user
            • Ensure the good performance of the system
            • Avoid problems of malfunction

            Need-based Maintenance Tasks

            • Performed in specific situations
            • Performed or guided by manufacturer representatives

             

            Frequency-based Tasks for the CBNAAT Instrument

            DAILY WEEKLY MONTHLY ANNUAL OR AFTER 2000 TESTS PER MODULE
            • Remove and properly dispose off cartridges
            • Clean and disinfect the work area
            • Put on a dust cover when the instrument is not in use
            • Disinfect the instrument’s surface
            • Disinfect cartridge bay interior and plunger rod
            • Filter cleaning

             

            • Disinfect cartridge bay interior and plunger rod
            • Clean instrument filter 
            • Archive and back-up test results
            • Filter cleaning

             

            Module Xpert Check (calibration) and maintenance of the module  

             

            Materials Required for CBNAAT Instrument  Maintenance

            • Freshly prepared 1% sodium hypochlorite solution
            • 70% Ethanol
            • Wipes, tissues, or cotton
            • Disposable gloves 
            • Clean water and soap (for washing the filters)
            • Replacement filters for the fan (available from the manufacturer). 

             

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Package Insert. 
          • CBNAAT Instrument Installation Criteria

            Content

            It is important to adhere to the manufacturer's installation guide for optimal performance of the Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) machine. This guide should be kept in the laboratory. It is important to thoroughly read the instalment steps given in the brochure supplied with the machine.

            Strict monitoring of these criteria should be carried out by the laboratory personnel:

            • The instrument should not be kept directly under an air-conditioning vent or window. Direct sunlight should also be avoided.​
            • The instrument's room should have temperature control (15-30°C).
            • The instrument needs to be installed on a vibration free/ stable workbench with no centrifuge adjacent to it.
            • There is a need for a stable electricity supply (for added safety, the instrument must be connected to an Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) or surge protector).

            For safety purposes, one needs to provide 10 - 15 cm of clearance on each side of the instrument. 

            Compliance with equipment installation criteria is necessary. The Instrument Qualification Documents include:

            1. Installation Qualification - IQ
            2. Operational Qualification - OQ
            3. Performance Qualification - PQ

            Installation Qualification

            IQ provides evidence for the delivery, installation and configuration of the instrument as per the manufacturer’s standards using an installation checklist.

            Operational Qualification

            OQ is a collection of test cases used to verify the proper functioning of a system before the instrument is released for use.

            Performance Qualification

            PQ is a collection of test cases used to verify that the system performs as expected under simulated real-world conditions.

             

            Video file

            Video : CBNAAT Instrument Installation Criteria

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Package Insert
          • Daily Maintenance of the CBNAAT Instrument

            Content

            Daily maintenance tasks of the CBNAAT instrument include:

            At the end of the day:

            • Turn off the computer
            • Turn off the CBNAAT instrument

            At the beginning of the day:

            • Turn on the CBNAAT instrument
            • Turn on the computer

            Daily Maintenance Tasks

            • After testing, remove the cartridges from the instrument. 
            • Dispose off cartridges in the appropriate biohazard waste container.
            • Remove clutter from the work area.
            • Disinfect the work area (1% hypochlorite solution or 70% ethanol).
            • Put on the dust cover when the instrument is not in use.
            • Switch off the machine at the end of the day.
            • Do not turn off the UPS power supply.

            It is essential to wear disposable gloves for the cleaning procedure. Wearing gloves prevents one from being exposed to biologically hazardous samples.

            Video file

            Video : Daily Maintenance of CBNAAT Instrument

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Package Insert
          • Monthly Maintenance of the CBNAAT Instrument

            Content

            Monthly maintenance tasks of the CBNAAT instrument include:

            Cleaning of the Cartridge Bay and Plunger Rod

            The CBNAAT manufacturer recommends monthly cleaning of the cartridge bay and plunger rod. However, if the sample load is high, this task can be carried out on a weekly basis.

            Cleaning of Module PCR Slot (Figure 1)

            • Wear laboratory gloves.
            • Remove cartridges from the modules.
            • Make sure that all the bristles are fully inserted (up to the shoulder of the plastic shank of the brush).
            • Brush the inside of the slot with up and down movements.
            • Rotate the brush for approx. 180º and back, then repeat the previous step 2 times.
            • Clean each module for at least 30 seconds.

            Figure 1: Cleaning of Module PCR Slot

             

            Plunger Disinfection (Figure 2-7)

            Plunger maintenance is initiated using the CBNAAT software. While cleaning, care should be taken not to touch the slit on the I-CORE module into which the cartridge reaction tube is inserted. Make sure that the cleaning cloth is damp but not dripping with disinfecting liquid.

            1. To initiate the task, click on the “Maintenance” icon on the toolbar (Figure 2).

            Figure 2: "Maintenance" icon on the toolbar

            2. On the Maintenance menu, select “Plunger Maintenance” (Figure 3).

             

            Figure 3: "Plunger Maintenance" in the Maintenance Menu

             

            3. In the “Plunger Maintenance” window, select a module to clean or select “Clean All” (Figure 4).

             

            Figure 4: Selecting "Clean All" in the Plunger Maintenance Window

             

            4. Follow the instructions in the Dialog box.

            5. Click “OK” (Figure 5).

            Figure 5: Click "OK" after following instructions in dialog box

            6. The plunger rod in the chosen module will be automatically lowered (Figure 6).

            Figure 6: Plunger Rod of Module

            7. After cleaning the plungers, click on “Move Up All” and the plungers will return to their original position (Figure 7).

            8.  Click “Close”.

             

            Figure 7: Click "Move Up All" and then "Close" after cleaning the plungers

             

            Replacing and Cleaning the Fan Filters (Figure 8)

            Clean the fan filters weekly if you operate in an area of high pollution, dust or smoke, otherwise monthly/ quarterly is sufficient.

            Figure 8: Steps for removing and replacing the filters

             

            General Cleaning Procedure Outline

             

            Make sure you wear disposable gloves for the cleaning procedure. Wearing gloves prevents you from being exposed to biologically hazardous samples.

            Items required for cleaning:

            • 1% Sodium hypochlorite solution (prepared within one day)
            • 70% Ethanol
            • Cotton swabs
            • Disposable gloves
            • Optical brush

             

            Note:  The current guidelines from the manufacturer suggest the use of freshly prepared 1% sodium hypochlorite (or 1:10 solution of household chlorine bleach).

            1. Dampen wipe/ swab with freshly prepared 1% sodium hypochlorite.
            2. Wipe the surface/ element.
            3. Discard the used wipe/ swab.
            4. Wait for 2 minutes.
            5. Dampen wipe/ swab with 70% Ethanol.
            6. Wipe the surface/ element.
            7. Repeat steps 5-7 three times.

             

            Video file

            Video : Monthly Maintenance of the CBNAAT Instrument

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Maintenance: GeneXpert Dx System, Cepheid, 2021.
            • GeneXpert Maintenance Manual, 2013
          • CBNAAT Monthly Data Archive and Data Back-up Process

            Content

            The Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) files should be archived and saved to a CD or other appropriate external media (preferably an external drive), at least once a month to ensure that no test data are lost.

            Archiving tests creates copies of the test data in “gxx” files. 

            Importance of Archiving and Back-up 

            Archiving allows you to:

            1. Back-up data to ensure it will not be lost if the computer breaks down.

            2. Create a copy of the data to be sent to the manufacturer for assistance in troubleshooting problems.

             

            How to Archive Results

            1. Click “Data Management” (Figure 1).

            2. Click on “Archive Test” (Figure 1).

            3. Choose the tests that need to be archived (or “Select All”) (Figure 1).

             

            Figure 1: Steps to archive results

             

            4. In the next dialogue box click “Proceed” (Figure 2).

            5. The files will be saved in the folder “Export”. In the file name, you will see the date of archiving (Figure 2).

            6. Click on “Save” (Figure 2).

            7. Click “OK” (Figure 2).

             

            Figure 2: Steps to archive results (continued)

             

             

            How to Retrieve Results

            1. Click “Data Management” and then click “Retrieve Test” (Figure 3).

            2. Select the file you want to retrieve.

            3. Click on” Open” (Figure 3).

             

            Figure 3: Steps to retrieve results

            4. Select the test you may want to retrieve (or “Select All”) (Figure 4).

            5. Click “OK” (Figure 4).

            6. Click on “Proceed” (Figure 4).

            7. Click “OK” (Figure 4).

             

            Figure 4: Steps to retrieve results (continued)

             

             

            How to Back-up Data

            Data backup should be carried out monthly.

            1. Click “Yes” to the prompt (Figure 5).

            2. Click on “Database Backup” (Figure 5).

            3. Click on “Proceed” (Figure 5).

             

            Figure 5: Steps to back-up data

             

            4. The software will create a zip file with all the results (Figure 6).

             

            Figure 6: Software creates a zip file for all results

            5. The file is saved on the desktop in the CBNAAT folder -> Backup section.

            6. Click on “Save” (Figure 7).

            7. Click “OK” (Figure 7).

             

            Figure 7: Steps to back-up data (continued)

             

            Video file

            Video : CBNAAT Monthly Data Archive and Data Back-up Process

             

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Maintenance: GeneXpert Dx System, Cepheid, 2021.
            • GeneXpert Maintenance Manual, 2013
          • CBNAAT Annual Maintenance Protocol

            Content

            The annual maintenance protocol for the Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) instrument involves calibration of the machine. 

            Calibration:

            • Calibration of the CBNAAT instrument is performed by the manufacturer before the system is shipped.
            • Calibration is not required during the initial system setup.
            • The manufacturer recommends that the system should be checked for proper calibration on an annual basis (or after every 2,000 runs on each instrument module).
            • Based on the usage and care of the system, calibration checks may be recommended more frequently.
            • The service engineer will perform the machine check during the annual maintenance visit.

            Parameters Verified During Calibration 

            One calibration cartridge is used to calibrate a single module in conjunction with the calibration software.

            • Recalibrate the optical system 
            • Verify the thermal system 
            • Module sub-system functionality: A series of system-level tests to ensure full system functionality within the instrument servicing specifications as provided by the manufacturer, and covers:
            1. Heater and fan performance
            2. Syringe drive and pressure performance
            3. Valve drive performance
            4. Ultrasonic horn performance
            5. Electronic components performance

            Figure: Temperature Calibration of the CBNAAT Instrument

             

            Resources

            • GeneXpert Package Insert
        • Ch 06: Monitoring CBNAAT quality and lab performance

          Fullscreen
          • External Quality Assurance for CBNAAT

            Content

            External Quality Assurance (EQA) ensures that high-quality testing can be carried out efficiently and without interruption. It involves Proficiency Testing (PT) and On-site Evaluation (OSE).

             

            PT is an important component of EQA for Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Test (CBNAAT) under the National TB Elimination Program (NTEP) and guarantees accurate and reproducible results.

             

            Importance of EQA/ PT for CBNAAT

             

            • Gives assurance to users that the instrument is functioning properly
            • Checks to verify that users can correctly interpret and report results
            • Verifies that there are no major errors in the process control system and that samples are identified, tested and reported correctly
            • Helps to recognize major problems with an instrument or user and take remedial action

             

            Process of EQA for CBNAAT

             

            1. EQA of CBNAAT is done using dried tube panels consisting of Mycobacterium tuberculosis (MTB) strains that are RIF resistant/ sensitive/ Non-tuberculous Mycobacteria (NTM)/ negative.
            2. Coordination of the EQA activity, manufacture and validation of the panels is undertaken by the National TB Institute, Bangalore.
            3. The process of manufacturing and validating the Dried Tube Specimen (DTS) for EQA panels involves:
              • Culturing the mycobacterial strain in the liquid culture system followed by inactivation of the cultures using sample reagents
              • Further incubating for 84 days for confirmation of inactivation followed by preparation of DTS panel cultures and their validation.
            4. Once validated, the DTS panels are dispatched to the CBNAAT sites

            Each CBNAAT site receives a set of 5 tubes/ machine.

            Ideally, EQA/ PT for CBNAAT is done thrice in a year/ per module/ per site.

             

            Based on the performance of the CBNAAT laboratory, corrective actions are taken by the supervising authority such as Intermediate Reference Laboratory (IRL)/ National Reference Laboratory (NRL). During the on-site visits by the IRL and the NRL, quality indicators for CBNAAT are evaluated and corrective actions are suggested.

             

             

            Resources

             

            • GeneXpert Package Insert.
            • NTI Laboratory Division.

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

          • Monitoring of CBNAAT Quality Indicators

            Content

            Monitoring of quality indicators is an essential component of quality assurance for the Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT).

            • Routine monitoring of quality (performance) indicators:
              1. Critical element of quality assurance for any diagnostic test 
              2. International Organisation of Standardisation (ISO) requirement
            • Each testing site should collect and analyze quality indicators monthly.
            • Document and investigate any unexplained change in quality indicators, such as:
              1. Increase in error rates
              2. Change in Mycobacterium tuberculosis (MTB) positivity rate or Rifampicin (Rif) resistance rate
              3. Significant change in volume of tests conducted
              4. Error rates > pre-determined threshold (>5%)
              5. Test turnaround time
            • All unexpected trends should be reviewed by the laboratory manager and linked to corrective actions.
            • Standard set of quality indicators should be used for all CBNAAT testing sites.
            • System should be in place for centralized reporting of monthly quality indicators.
            • Each instrument should be monitored monthly, using the following minimum set of indicators to evaluate proper use:
              1. Number of tests performed per month
              2. Number and proportion of MTB detected; Rif-resistance not detected
              3. Number and proportion of MTB detected; Rif-resistance detected
              4. Number and proportion of MTB detected, Rif-indeterminate
              5. Number and proportion of MTB not detected
              6. Number and proportion of errors
              7. Number and proportion of invalid results
              8. Number and proportion of no results
              9. Median time to result after receipt of the specimen

             

            Figure: Monthly Quality Indicators for CBNAAT

             

            Where possible, disaggregated data according to the tested population group (HIV positive, Multi-drug resistance (MDR) risk, extrapulmonary or paediatric TB) is collected.

             

            Quality Indicator Monitoring: Troubleshooting Aid

            Identifying the number and type of various errors can help with troubleshooting since certain errors may be associated with processing, instrumental or environmental conditions

            The following analyses may be performed:

            • The number of errors occurring by user
            • The number of errors occurring by instrument module
            • The number of tests lost due to power outages or surges
            • The number, duration and causes of routine interruptions in the CBNAAT testing service

             

            Video file

            Video : Monitoring of CBNAAT Quality Indicators

            Resources

            • NTEP Monthly Quality Indicator Sheet
        • Ch 07: Biomedical waste management in CBNAAT Lab

          Fullscreen
          • Biosafety measures required for CBNAAT

            Content

            It is essential to follow biosafety protocols while handling specimens and cartridges. This will prevent anyone handling the specimens and cartridges from getting infected.

             

            General Biosafety Requirements for CBNAAT

            Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) is a low-risk procedure and requires the same level of precautions, like those used for direct Acid-fast Bacillus (AFB) sputum smear microscopy:

            1. Carry out the procedure in a well-ventilated area.
            2. Wear gloves and a laboratory coat at all times when handling patient samples.
            3. Minimize the generation of aerosols during sample processing and handle specimens carefully and responsibly.

             

            Based on risk assessment, additional biosafety precautions may be required in CBNAAT laboratories, such as the use of N95 respirators or biosafety cabinets.

             

            Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is important, but it does not replace good microbiological and good laboratory practices. They include:

             

            Gloves: Essential (disposable and powder-free)

             

            Laboratory coats: Essential

             

            Respirators: Usually not required, but:

            • May be needed, based on risk assessment.
            • Must always be included in a spill kit.
            • Recommended respirators are N95 or chosen based on program guidelines.

             

             

            Precautions to take while preparing samples for CBNAAT testing

            • The sample reagent should be added to the specimen in such a manner that the procedure minimizes aerosol generation.
            • Although the sample reagent inactivates M. tuberculosis bacilli, it reduces, but does not eliminate, the biosafety risk to the laboratory technician.
            • There is an increased risk of generating aerosols when splitting and handling concentrated and extrapulmonary TB specimens. These procedures must be performed in a certified biosafety cabinet.

             

            Precautions during cartridge loading and transport

            • When transferring cartridges to the machine for loading, an appropriate size enclosed container should be used.
            • Care should be taken, as samples may leak if the cartridges are toppled during transport.

             

             

            Resources

             

            • GeneXpert MTB/RIF Assay Package Insert.

             

            Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

          • Disposal of Infectious Samples and Used Cartridges in CBNAAT Lab

            Content

            Disposal of biohazardous waste is essential to prevent contamination and possible infection of those handling the infected specimens.

            At the end of each day, Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) laboratories generate contaminated material such as:

            • Used sputum containers
            • Used cartridges
            • Transfer pipettes.

            All used materials should be considered contaminated.

            All infectious samples should be sealed in a biohazard bag and disposed off according to Biohazard Waste Disposal Guidelines under the National Pollution Control Guidelines, 2019.

            • Contaminated materials should be picked up with a gloved hand and placed in a closed lid container of 5% phenol solution or a biohazard bag.
            • At the end of the day, the phenol should be drained, and the materials/ bags should be autoclaved at 121°C at 15 psi pressure for 20 minutes.
            • Once done, the materials should be cooled and sent to the common waste treatment facility for mutilation/ shredding or disposal.

            It is a good practice to display the Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for the disposal of each item in the CBNAAT laboratory.

            Resources

            • Guidelines for Management of Healthcare Waste as per Biomedical Waste Management Rules, 2016
          • Preparation of TB Lab Disinfectants

            Content

            Disinfectants used in lab settings include:

             

            1% Sodium Hypochlorite

            • Broad spectrum antimicrobial action
            • Used to disinfect surfaces
            • Used to disinfect infectious material and disposal of used Truenat consumables (reagent bottles, cartridges, tips, chips) 
            • Hazardous and corrosive, to be used with care
            • Is highly alkaline so can corrode metal
            • Waste soaked in Sodium Hypochlorite should not be discarded by autoclaving. 

             

            70% Alcohol

            • Bactericidal action
            • Used for surface decontamination only
            • Highly inflammable; keep away from fire
            • Used to disinfect biosafety cabinets, laboratory benches and surface of instruments.

             

            5% Phenol

            • Used for decontaminating Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing (CBNAAT) equipment and single-use items like CBNAAT cartridges prior to disposal
            • Highly irritating to the skin, eyes and mucous membranes.

             

            Preparation of these disinfectants is described below.

             

            Preparation of 1% Sodium Hypochlorite

            • Use commercially available 4% sodium hypochlorite solution.
            • Dilute with distilled water to prepare required amount of 1% sodium hypochlorite
              • E.g.: To prepare 100 ml of 1% sodium hypochlorite: 75 ml distilled water plus 25 ml 4% sodium hypochlorite solution.
            • Sodium hypochlorite solutions (domestic bleach) contain 50 g/l available chlorine, and should therefore be diluted to 1:50 or 1:10 in water to obtain the final concentrations of 1 g/l or 5 g/l when used as a general-purpose disinfectant for TB laboratories.
            • To be prepared fresh.

             

            Preparation of 70% Alcohol

            • Use commercially available absolute alcohol.
            • Dilute with distilled water to prepare the required amount of 70% alcohol
              • E.g.: To prepare 100 ml of 70% alcohol: 70 ml absolute alcohol plus 30 ml distilled water.

             

            Preparation of 5% Phenol

            • Melt 5 g of phenol by heating it.
            • Dissolve in 100 ml distilled water.
            Video file

            Video : Preparation of TB Lab Disinfectants

            Resources

            • Tuberculosis Laboratory Biosafety Manual
      • Module: Truenat

        Fullscreen
        • Ch 01: Truenat as a Rapid Molecular Diagnostic Test

          Fullscreen
          • Truenat

            Content

            Truenat is an indigenous rapid molecular test platform that is currently under use in NTEP for diagnosis of TB and Rif Resistance. It is a platform utilising real-time Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) technology built into micro-PCR chips.

            Testing on Truenat involves three components:

            1. Workstation (consisting of 2 devices)
              • Trueprep AUTO Universal Cartridge-based Sample Prep Device for the automated extraction and purification of DNA
              • Truelab Real-time micro PCR Analyzer for performing real-time PCR. It is available as 1 (Uno), 2 (Duo) or 4 (Quattro) chip ports.
            2. Cartridge and Chip
            3. Reagent kits (Sample Pre-treatment and Prep kits)

              Figure: Truenat  Source: MolBio Products.

              Test results for MTB detection and Rif Resistance has a turn around time of 1-2 hours. Depending on the micro-PCR chips used various tests can be performed using Truenat. Truenat MTB micro-PCR chips detect Mycobacterium tuberculosis bacteria for TB diagnosis. Truenat MTB RIF micro-PCR chip is used as a reflex test to detect resistance to Rifampicin (RIF), the first-line drug for TB treatment

              Truenat has many advantages. Truenat is designed to be mobile and is battery operated (~8 hours on full charge). It can be deployed in peripheral laboratories and microscopy centres with minimal or no added facilities and hence it is more point-of-care. Biosafety requirements are similar to smear microscopy. However, it is multi staged and partially automated, requiring the presence of a Lab Technician through out the test.

              Resources

              1. Truenat MTB Kit Insert.
              2. Trueprep AUTO Universal Cartridge-based Sample Prep Device.
              3. Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin-resistance, 2021.

               

              Assessment

              Question​

              Answer 1​

              Answer 2​

              Answer 3​

              Answer 4​

              Correct answer​

              Correct explanation​

              Page id​

              Part of Pre-test​

              Part of Post-test​

              Truenat is used in NTEP for: MTB detection Rif Resistance Detection INH resistance Detection MTB and Rif Resistance Detection 4 Truenat is used for MTB and Rif Resistance detection in NTEP   Yes Yes

              The Truelab Analyzer is available in how many chip ports?

              2 (Duo)

              1 (Uno), 2 (Duo) and 4 (Quattro)

              1 (Uno)

              4 (Quattro)

              2

              The Truelab Analyzer is available as 1 (Uno), 2 (Duo) and 4 (Quattro) chip ports.

              ​

              Yes Yes
            • Truenat Cartridge and Inside Demonstration

              Content

              Truenat cartridges are components of Trueprep AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Kit. As shown in the figure below, each cartridge is:

              • Used with Trueprep Device for DNA extraction and purification
              • Disposable
              • Single-use
              • Preloaded with Internal Positive Control.

              Truenat cartridges are used with Trueprep devices for DNA extraction and purification. The components of the cartridge are illustrated in the following figure and include:

              • Sample Chamber - Processed samples (pretreated with lysis buffer) are added to the sample chamber of the cartridge for processing on the Trueprep device.
              • Matrix Chamber - DNA released by chemical and thermal lysis cells binds to the proprietary matrix here.
              • Elute Chamber - Trapped DNA is washed with buffers to remove Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) inhibitors and is eluted from the matrix using the elution buffer. The purified DNA is collected from here.
              • Waste generated is contained within the dump region inside the cartridge.

              Figure: Inside of a TrueNAT Cartridge; Source: Practical Guide to Implementation of TrueNAT Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance

              Resources

              • Truenat MTB Kit Insert.
              • Trueprep AUTO Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Kit.
              • Trueprep AUTO Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Device.
              • Practical Guide to Implementation of TrueNAT Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.
            • Consumables Required at a Truenat Lab

              Content

              Consumables required for Truenat test provided by the manufacturer include:

               

              Trueprep AUTO MTB Sample Pre-treatment Pack for sample processing

              1. Liquefaction buffer
              2. Lysis buffer
              3. Disposable transfer pipette (graduated) - 1ml

              Trueprep AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Kit for DNA extraction

              1. The Reagent Pack contains the following reagents
                1. Wash Buffer A
                2. Wash Buffer B
                3. Elution Buffer
                4. Priming Waste
              2. The Cartridge Pack contains the following
                • Cartridge
                1. Elute collection tube
                2. Elute collection tube label
                3. Disposable transfer pipette
              3. Disposable Transfer Pipettes (graduated) - 3 ml
              4. Reagent Reset Card

              Truenat MTB Chip-based Real-Time PCR test for Mycobacterium tuberculosis

              1. Truenat MTB micro-PCR chip
              2. Microtube with freeze-dried PCR reagents
              3. DNase & RNase free pipette tip

              Truenat MTB-RIF Dx Chip-based Real-Time PCR Test for Rifampicin Resistant Mycobacterium tuberculosis

              1. Truenat MTB-RIF Dx micro-PCR chip
              2. Microtube with freeze-dried PCR reagents
              3. DNase & RNase free pipette tip

              Other Consumables

              1. Gloves
              2. Masks
              3. Sodium hypochlorite
               

               

                 

                  Resources

                   

                  • MolBio Diagnostics Product Details
                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                1. Overview of the Truenat Testing Process

                  Content

                  The Truenat Assay Technology works on Real-time Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR).

                   

                  The key steps include:

                  1. Collection of specimens from a presumptive TB/known TB Patient (for UDST).
                  2. Liquefaction and lysis of specimen using the Trueprep AUTO MTB sample pre-treatment pack (20 minutes)
                  3. Extraction and purification of DNA using Trueprep AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge-based sample prep kit and Trueprep AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge-based sample prep device (20 minutes)
                  4. Amplification of extracted DNA by the Truelab Real-time micro-PCR analyzer using freeze dry PCR reagent in microtubes on a Truenat MTB chip (35 minutes)
                  5. DNA from positive test results is tested using Truenat MTB RIF Dx chip as a reflex test (55 minutes)

                   

                  The process flow from sample to result for Truenat Assay Technology is described in the figure below.

                   

                  Figure: Process flow from sample to result for Truenat Assay Technology; Source: Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Truenat MTB Kit Insert.
                  • Trueprep® AUTO Universal Cartridge-based Sample Prep Device.
                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                2. Truenat MTB and RIF Assay as a TB Diagnostic Test

                  Content

                   

                  The tests are performed using Trueprep AUTO Sample Pre-treatment and Prep kits and Truenat micro-PCR chips.

                   

                  To detect M. tuberculosis, the Truenat MTB chip amplifies a portion of the ribonucleoside-diphosphate reductase gene, nrdB with a Limit of Detection (LOD) of about 100 Colony Forming Units (CFU)/ml sputum sample.

                   

                  DNA extraction and detection of M. tuberculosis takes approximately one hour.

                   

                  When M. tuberculosis is detected, as a follow-on test, a small volume of the already extracted DNA is used to test for resistance to Rif using Truenat MTB Rif Dx chip.

                   

                  Mutations associated with Rif-resistance within the RRDR region of rpoB gene are detected using a probe melt assay and read using the Truelab micro-PCR Analyzer.

                   

                  The detection of Rif-resistance takes an additional one hour.

                   

                  Truenat Testing Capacity

                  • The Truelab Analyzer is available as 1 (Uno), 2 (Duo) or 4 (Quattro) chip ports (figure below).
                  • The different ports can be used independently to test multiple samples.
                  • In an eight-hour daily work shift, the estimated throughput of Truelab Analyzer Uno, Duo or Quattro can be 7-9, 15-18, 30-36 specimens, respectively.

                   

                  Results Reporting 

                  A Truelab micro PCR printer (figure below) is used to print test results. It can also be connected via SIM card/ Wi-Fi/ Bluetooth to transmit results.

                   

                  Figure: Different Equipments used in the Truenat Workstation

                   

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Truenat MTB Pack Insert.
                  • Truenat MTB Rif Dx Pack Insert.
                  • Truelab Manual.
                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin-resistance.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                3. Inbuilt Controls used in TrueNAT 

                  Content

                  Truenat tests use Internal Quality Control to assess test validity using Internal Positive Control (IPC).

                   

                  • The cartridge contains pre-loaded IPC.
                  • IPC is part of the full process control.
                  • IPC undergoes all processing steps along with specimen from extraction to amplification.
                  • IPC assesses the validity of the test run from sample processing to result and is illustrated in following figures (Figure 1(A) and Figure 1(B)).

                   

                  Figure 1(A): Amplification of IPC in Valid Test; Source: MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                   

                  Figure 1(B): Invalid Test with Failure of IPC Amplification; Source: MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Truenat MTB Kit Insert.
                  • Trueprep AUTO Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Device.
                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of TrueNAT Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.
                  • MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

              1. Ch 02: Specimen processing for Truenat

                Fullscreen
                • Processing of Sputum Sample before Truenat Testing

                  Content

                  The sputum sample needs to be processed to liquefy and lyse the specimen before Truenat testing. This is because of the following reasons:

                  • Sputum samples contain Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) inhibitors but PCR amplification requires pure DNA from sputum samples.
                  • The sputum sample should be homogenized and pipettable before DNA extraction can begin.
                  • Pre-treatment also decontaminates specimen for storage/ transportation/ extraction.

                   

                  The Trueprep AUTO MTB Sample pre-treatment pack is used for processing the specimen. It digests sputum, releases bacteria, and removes PCR inhibitors.

                   

                  Steps for specimen pre-treatment include:

                   

                  1. Open a Trueprep AUTO MTB sample pre-treatment kit which contains a graduated 1 ml transfer pipette, lysis buffer bottle and liquefaction buffer bottle.
                  2. The sample and all reagents including the liquefaction buffer,  lysis buffer should be at room temperature before starting the steps of pre-treatment.
                  3. Switch on the Trueprep AUTO v2 sample prep device.
                  4. Label lysis buffer bottle with corresponding sample number and date of extraction.
                  5. Add 2 drops of liquefaction buffer to the sputum sample, swirl mix, incubate for 10 minutes at room temperature. If the sample is not pipettable after 10 minutes, incubate for another 5 minutes and swirl at 2 minutes intervals.
                  6. Transfer 0.5 ml of the liquefied sputum sample from the sample container to the corresponding lysis buffer bottle using the 1 ml graduated transfer pipette provided.
                  7. Dispose of the used transfer pipette into the container filled with freshly prepared 1% sodium hypochlorite.
                  8. Add 2 drops of liquefaction buffer into the lysis buffer bottle; swirl gently to mix and incubate the lysis buffer bottle at room temperature for 3-5 minutes.
                  9. Ensure that the sample has completely liquefied.
                  10. Sputum may be stored in lysis buffer for up to 1 week at 30°C with no degradation of DNA.
                  Video file

                  Resources

                   

                  • Trueprep AUTO MTB Sample Pre-treatment Pack.
                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • TrueNAT Sample Processing: Other Body Fluids

                  Content

                  The extra-pulmonary samples (Non-sputum) can also be processed and used for MTB and Rif diagnosis using Truenat. The processing of various extra-pulmonary samples is described below.

                   

                  Reagents required:

                  Trueprep AUTO MTB Sample Pre-treatment Pack for sample processing

                   

                  • Reagents stable for two years (2-40°C) or one month (temperatures up to 45°C)
                  • Avoid exposure to light or elevated temperatures
                  • Do not freeze

                   

                  Steps in processing of non-sputum samples

                  Non-sputum samples like tissue biopsy should not be processed at the Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC), but should be transferred to a higher centre.

                   

                  General Instructions

                  1. Disinfect work surfaces with freshly prepared 1% bleach, followed by 70% alcohol.
                  2. Process fresh specimens immediately or store frozen at -20oC. Avoid more than three freeze thaws.
                  3. Bring frozen samples and refrigerated reagents to room temperature (20-30°C).
                  4. Open the Trueprep AUTO MTB sample pre-treatment pack that contains:
                    • Liquefaction buffer bottle
                    • Lysis buffer bottle
                    • Graduated 1 ml transfer pipette.
                  5. Processing is to be done as instructed for each sample type.
                  6. Non-sputum sample is stable for 3 days at up to 40°C and 1 week at 30°C in the lysis buffer.

                   

                  A. Processing for Bronchoalveolar Lavage (BAL), Pleural fluid, Peritoneal fluid 

                   

                  Equipment: Centrifuge and centrifuge tubes (10-15 ml volume)

                  1. Add 5-10 ml specimen in a centrifuge tube.
                  2. Centrifuge at 4000x for 5 minutes to concentrate the sample.
                  3. Discard the supernatant until 500 μl remains.
                  4. Add two drops of the liquefaction buffer to the concentrated sample (500 μl).
                  5. Transfer the contents to a labelled lysis buffer tube.
                  6. Incubate for five minutes and proceed for DNA extraction.

                   

                  B. Processing for Pus, Abscess, Lymph node aspirate, Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF)

                  Equipment: Centrifuge tubes (1.5 ml volume)

                  1. Add 0.5 ml specimen in a 1.5 ml tube.
                  2. Add two drops of liquefaction buffer.
                  3. Transfer the contents to a labelled lysis buffer tube.
                  4. Incubate for 5 minutes and proceed for DNA extraction.

                  ​

                  C. Processing for Tissue/ Biopsy Samples 

                  Equipment: Mortar and pestle (for tissue homogenization)

                  1. Homogenize sample by using 100 μl lysis buffer in mortar and pestle.
                  2. Add two drops of liquefaction buffer.
                  3. Transfer the contents to a labelled lysis buffer tube.
                  4. Incubate for five minutes.
                  5. Use only clear fluid for DNA extraction.

                  The processed samples will be used for DNA extraction and PCR amplification for diagnosis of MTB and Rif resistance.

                  Resources

                   

                  • Trueprep AUTO MTB Sample Pre-treatment Pack.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • PCR Amplification of the Target genes in Truenat

                  Content

                  Truenat Mycobacterium tuberculosis (MTB) and Truenat MTB Rifampicin (Rif) Dx Assays amplify target genes through Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR).

                   

                  The presence of mutant gene is detected using probe melt assay.

                   

                  The target genes include:

                  • Truenat MTB - ribonucleoside-diphosphate reductase gene nrdZ (the precursor for DNA synthesis) 
                  • Truenat MTB Rif Dx assay – Rifampicin Resistance Determining Region (RRDR) region of the RNA polymerase Beta (rpoB) gene for resistance to Rif (between codon positions 509 and 533)

                  Figure: Image showing RRDR of the rpoB gene of M. tuberculosis; the target gene of Truenat MTB Rif Dx assay includes codons 509-533

                   

                   

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Truenat MTB Pack Insert.
                  • Truenat MTB Rif Pack Insert.
                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of TrueNAT Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • Loading the sample into Truenat Cartridge

                  Content
                  Video file
                • DNA Extraction in TrueNAT MTB and TrueNAT MTB/RIF DX Assay

                  Content

                  Equipment and Consumables

                  • Trueprep AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Device
                  • Trueprep AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Kit

                   

                  Steps in DNA extraction (Molbio Trueprep Auto Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Device)

                  1. Wear gloves, mask.

                  2. Insert the plug-in connector to attach the reagent pack to the Trueprep device (Figure 1).

                  Figure 1: Trueprep Cartridge Based Sample Prep Kit attached to the Trueprep Auto Device using the Plug-in Connector; Source: Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance

                   

                   

                  3. Disinfect the work surfaces with the freshly prepared 1% bleach, followed by 70% alcohol.

                  4. Open the cartridge pouch, take out the cartridge.

                  5. Label the cartridge (Patient ID, Date), place it on the cartridge stand.

                  6. Open the black cap of the cartridge sample chamber.

                  7. Using a pipette transfer 3 ml contents of the lysis buffer bottle (processing step) in the sample chamber.

                  8. Discard the pipette and lysis buffer bottle (1% sodium hypochlorite).

                  9. Re-cap the sample chamber.

                  10. Press the “Power” button to switch on the Trueprep device.

                  11. Press “Eject” to eject the cartridge holder (Figure 2), pull out gently.

                  Figure 2: Top view of the Trueprep AUTO Universal Cartridge-based Sample Prep Device; Source: Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance

                   

                   

                  12. Insert the cartridge in the cartridge holder (sample chamber to the right when seen from the front).

                  13. Push to close the cartridge holder (the click sound confirms the correct cartridge loading).

                  14. Press the “Start” button (Figure 2).

                  15. DNA extraction begins, reagents from bottles are automatically added to the cartridge (pre-programmed) (Figure 2).

                  16. On completion (18-20 min), the cartridge holder automatically ejects.

                  17. Remove the cartridge, place it on the cartridge stand.

                  18. Label the ECT tube (Elute Collection Tube) with Patient ID & Date.

                  19. Pierce the covering of elute compartment in the cartridge with a filter barrier pipette tip, aspirate elute (DNA) into the ECT tube.

                  20. Discard the used pipette tips, used cartridge (1% sodium hypochlorite).

                  21. DNA can be used immediately for amplification/ stored in fridge (4°C for up to 24 hours) or -20°C (for up to 1 year).

                  Video file

                  Resources

                   

                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of TrueNAT Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.
                  • Operation of Molbio Trueprep AUTO Universal Sample Prep Device.
                  • Molbio Trueprep Auto Universal Cartridge-based Sample Prep Device.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

              2. Truenat: Testing using Truenat

                Fullscreen
                • Unloading the Truenat Cartridge

                  Content
                  Video file
                • Using Truenat autoanalyzer for MTB testing

                  Content
                  Video file
                • Loading the elute onto the Truenat MTB Chip

                  Content
                  Video file
                • Amplification and Detection of MTB and MTB-Rif

                  Content

                  Procedure

                   

                  Equipment and reagents

                  • Truelab Uno/ Duo/ Quattro Real Time Quantitative micro–PCR analyzer
                  • Truenat MTB micro-PCR kit
                  • Truenat MTB Rif micro-PCR kit
                  • Truepet fixed volume (6 μl) precision micropipette

                   

                  Amplification and detection of Mycobacterium tuberculosis (MTB)

                  1. Wear gloves, laboratory coats, mask.
                  2. Clean working surfaces with 1% Sodium hypochlorite, followed by 70% alcohol.
                  3. Clean instruments with a paper towel dipped in 70% alcohol.
                  4. Switch on the Truelab device by pressing the red button for two seconds.
                  5. Select test bay.
                  6. Select test profile: “MTB”, enter Details (Referred By, Patient ID, Gender, Patient Name, Age).
                  7. Select the sample type.
                  8. Press “Start Reaction". For Truelab Uno Dx, Press the eject button to open the chip tray. For Truelab Duo/Quattro, the chip tray opens automatically on tapping the “Start Reaction” .
                  9. Take out “Truenat MTB chip” from the chip sleeve (check desiccant colour. If blue -chip can be used; discard chip if desiccant is pink/ white which indicates moisture is absorbed).
                  10. Place the chip on the tray by aligning the registration holes with tray pins without touching the white reaction well.  (the white reaction well should face upward).
                  11. Open the microtube containing the freeze-dried PCR reagent (white colour) and place it on the microtube stand.
                  12. Pipette 6 μl DNA from the Extraction Chamber (After DNA extraction and purification step)  into the microtube.
                  13. Wait 30-60 seconds for the DNA elute and PCR reagent to mix (clear solution obtained).
                  14. Use the same tip to pipette 6 μl treated DNA from the microtube and load on the white reaction well of the chip.
                  15. Discard the microtube and microtip (1% sodium hypochlorite).
                  16. Start the test run.
                  17. The test completes in 35 minutes, press ‘’RESULT’’ to view the result screen.
                  18. Possible results:
                    • MTB Detected/ Not Detected/ Errors/ Invalid
                  19. If MTB detected, test the same DNA eluate for Rif resistance using MTB-Rif chip. Select the MTB-Rif assay.
                  20. If the result is Invalid/ Error, repeat amplification using the same extracted DNA and a new “Truenat MTB chip”. If Invalid again, repeat the test with a fresh sample.
                  21. Tap “Open/ Close Tray” button to eject the chip tray.
                  22. Lift the chip and discard (1% sodium hypochlorite).

                   

                  Amplification and Detection of MTB Rif

                  1. DNA from the MTB positive elutes is tested for Rif-resistance using the MTB-Rif chip.
                  2. Select the test profile “MTB Rif”.
                  3. Select the sample type.
                  4. Press “Start Reaction". For Truelab Uno Dx, Press the eject button to open the chip tray. For Truelab Duo/Quattro, the chip tray opens automatically on tapping the “Start Reaction”.
                  5. Take out “Truenat MTB Rif Dx chip” from the chip sleeve (check desiccant colour. If blue -chip can be used; discard chip if desiccant is pink/ white which indicates moisture is absorbed).
                  6. Follow steps 10-16 as described in Amplification and detection of MTB (above).
                  7. The test completes in 55 minutes, press ‘’RESULT’’ to view the result screen.
                  8. Possible results:
                    • MTB Rif resistance detected/ MTB Rif resistance not detected/ Error/ Indeterminate.
                  9. If result is Indeterminate/ Error, repeat the amplification using the same extracted DNA and new “Truenat MTB Rif Dx chip”. If Indeterminate/ Error again, repeat the test with a fresh sample.
                  10. Tap “Open/ Close Tray” button to eject the chip tray.
                  11. Lift the chip and discard (1% sodium hypochlorite).

                  The algorithm for Truenat MTB Assay (Figure) describes interpretation of test results obtained for Truenat MTB and Truenat MTB Rif Dx assays.

                  Figure: Truenat MTB Assay Results Interpretation: Algorithm; Source: Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance

                   

                  # Test is Valid as Internal Positive Control amplified

                  Video file

                  Resources

                   

                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of TrueNAT Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.
                  • Truenat MTB Pack Insert.
                  • Truenat MTB Rif Pack Insert.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

              3. Ch 03: Truenat result Interpretation and recording

                Fullscreen
                • Truenat MTB Assay Results Interpretation: Visualization

                  Content

                  Truenat MTB Assay results are visualized:

                  • During testing
                  • Completion of test

                   

                  Test Status Screen (Figure 1)

                  Results visualization during testing include:

                  • “Green” Test Progress Bar helps to monitor the test progress and the current cycle number.
                  • “Yellow” Cycle Progress Bar indicates the progress of the current cycle.
                  • Test Details Bar indicates patient details, sample type, system health, battery level, current cycle temperature.
                  • “Red” Test Completion Indicator turns green when the test completes.
                  • PLOT button displays optical (fluorescence measure) and thermal graphs (temperature during PCR) on real time basis.

                   

                  Figure 1: Test Status Screen; Source: TrueLab Manual

                   

                   

                  Test Result Screen (Figure 2(A)-(E))

                  On tapping the "Result" button, results visualization on the completion of test includes:

                  • Input details display; Patient details - Name, ID, Age, Sex, Referred by
                  • Chip details display; Type of Chip - Truenat MTB/ Truenat MTB Rif
                  • Test results of Truenat MTB:
                    • DETECTED
                    • NOT DETECTED  
                    • Error
                  • Test results Truenat MTB-Rif Dx:
                    • Rif Resistance Detected
                    • Rif Resistance Not Detected
                    • Indeterminate
                    • Error

                   

                  Figure 2(A): Truenat MTB Test Result Screen; DETECTED; Source: MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                   

                  Figure 2(B): Truenat MTB Test Result Screen; NOT DETECTED; Source: MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                   

                  Figure 2(C): Truenat MTB Rif Test Result Screen; Rif Resistance Detected; Source: MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                   

                  Figure 2(D): Truenat MTB Rif Test Result Screen; Rif Resistance Not Detected; Source: MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                   

                  Figure 2(E): Truenat MTB Rif Test Result Screen; Indeterminate; Source: MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                  Video file

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • TrueLab Manual.
                  • Truenat MTB Pack Insert.
                  • Truenat MTB Rif Pack Insert.
                  • MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • TrueNAT MTB Assay Results Interpretation: Detection of Mycobacterium tuberculosis and RIF Resistance

                  Content

                  On completion of test run, the Test Result Screen displays the results for:

                   

                  • Detection of Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Truenat MTB)
                    • “DETECTED” for Positive result, Cycle Threshold (Ct) value, Colony Forming Units per milliliter (CFU/ ml)
                    • “NOT DETECTED” for Negative result
                    • “Valid”/ “Invalid” for test validity based on amplification of Internal Positive Control (IPC)
                    • “Error” for test failure

                   

                  • Detection of Rif Resistance (Truenat MTB-Rif Dx)
                    • “Rif Resistance Detected” if mutations to Rif are detected
                    • “Rif Resistance Not Detected” if mutations to Rif are not detected
                    • “Indeterminate” when test did not determine resistance to Rif
                    • “Error” for test failure

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Truenat MTB Pack Insert.
                  • Truenat MTB Rif Pack Insert.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • Retrieving test results from the Truenat machine

                  Content
                  Video file
                • Recording Truenat Results

                  Content
                  Video file
                • Results Entry in Lab Register for NAAT

                  Content

                  The results for Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) assays are entered in Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) register. The key variables entered are shown in the table below.

                  Table: Key Variables entered in C&DST Register; Source: Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.
                  VARIABLES SET 1 VARIABLES SET 2 VARIABLES SET 3 VARIABLES SET 4
                  Test ID Health Facility (HF) name Residential district Current facility HF type
                  Date of test updated in Nikshay Lab type Type of test Predominant symptom
                  Date tested Patient ID Reason for testing Predominant symptom duration
                  Date reported Episode ID Treatment status History of Anti-TB Treatment (ATT)
                  Test status Name Diagnosis date No. of Health Care Provider (HCP) visited before the diagnosis of the current episode
                  Type of specimen Gender TB treatment start date The visual appearance of sputum
                  Date of specimen collection Age Current facility state  
                  State name Primary phone Current facility district  
                  District name Address Current facility TB Unit (TU)  
                  TB unit Residential state Current facility HF  

                   

                  NAAT results are reported in the results section of “Request Form for examination of biological specimen for TB” including:

                  • Select Type of test: Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT)/ TrueNAT
                  • Select Sample: A/B
                  • Select M. tuberculosis: Detected/ Not Detected/ Not Available (NA)
                  • Select Rif Resistance: Detected/ Not Detected/ Indeterminate/ NA
                  • Select Test: No result/ Invalid/ Error; Error code
                  • Date tested
                  • Date Reported
                  • Reported by (name and signature)
                  • Laboratory name
                  Video file

                  Video : CBNAAT/Truenat Results Entry in Lab Register

                  Resources

                  • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant Tuberculosis in India, 2021.
                • Reset Procedure for Truenat Testing

                  Content

                   

                  After completion of the set number of nucleic acid extractions (i.e., buffer count 05/ 25/ 50/ 100 completed) the Trueprep AUTO v2 device will prompt the alert on its 2- line LCD screen to “Change the reagent pack” and “Insert Reagent Reset Card & Start” on the screen alternatively. When this happens, the new reagent pack needs to be inserted into the device and the buffer count needs to be reset.

                   

                  Image
                  Retest procedure for Truenat testing

                  Flowchart: Procedure for Reset in Truenat Testing

                   

                   

                  Image
                  Reset procedures in Truenat testing

                   

                  Figure: 1) The Trueprep AUTO v2 Back Panel, with tubing and caps for plugging in reagent bottles 2) The Trueprep AUTO v2 device Back Panel with Reagent Pack 3) Reagent Reset Card; Source:Trueprep AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Device User Manual.

                   

                  Resources

                  • Trueprep AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Device User Manual.
                  • Trueprep AUTO v2 Pack Insert Version 04.

                  Assessment

                  Question     Answer 1     Answer 2     Answer 3     Answer 4     Correct answer     Correct explanation     Page id     Part of Pre-test     Part of Post-test    
                  The buffer count in the Trueprep Auto V2 device will be set to what after the reset procedure is completed? 0 1 10 100 1 The buffer count will be reset to ‘0’ once the reset procedure is completed.         Yes  Yes
              4. Ch 04: Troubleshooting in Truenat

                Fullscreen
                • Interfering Substances causing errors in NAAT Assay

                  Content

                  It is common in laboratories to see specimens with the following particles which may potentially alter nucleic acid amplification test (NAAT) results:

                  • Food particles
                  • Blood
                  • Tobacco
                  • Pan
                  • Debris or tissue pieces

                  These interfering substances cause failures in Truenat assays and may have inhibitory effects on CBNAAT assays. This interferes with the accuracy of results, leading to false positive or negative tests and delayed cycle threshold values.

                  Hence, it is important to follow certain precautions when collecting the specimen to avoid contaminating the specimen with these substances.

                  In such situations, the following protocol needs to be followed:

                  • Reject frank blood/bloody samples; however, the presence of blood up until 30% does not interfere in Truenat assays
                  • For samples containing food/tobacco/tissue particles that cause interference in processing:
                    • Use a fresh sample, if available
                    • Use a sample after food particles or tissue pieces settle/sediment; otherwise, reject the sample

                  ​

                  Figure: Blood in Sputum Sample Interferes with PCR

                  Resources

                  • Truenat MTB Pack Insert.
                  • Truenat MTB Rif Pack Insert.
                  • Laboratory Diagnosis of Tuberculosis by Sputum Microscopy, GLI Initiative
                • Monitoring Different Types of Errors with Truenat

                  Content

                  Monitoring of Truenat errors

                  There are various types of errors that occur with the Truenat machines, which include:

                  • Coded errors related to the Trueprep AUTO v2 sample prep device
                  • Coded errors related to the Truelab micro-PCR Analyzer
                  • Non-coded system errors/failures

                  Monitoring the Trueprep AUTO v2 errors  

                  • The Truenat system is a closed amplification system (i.e., the amplified product is sealed in the chip), and an enzyme system is incorporated in the reaction mix to prevent previously amplified material from getting re-amplified.

                  • It is recommended that testing sites perform negative control tests using Trueprep AUTO lysis buffer reagent and sterile Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) monthly or when contamination is suspected (e.g., an unusually high proportion of specimens with ‘M.tb detected’).
                  • Swab testing of work surfaces and both the Truelab and Trueprep machines should be conducted monthly.
                  • Used and expired cartridges should be discarded as per the protocols, so they are not re-used.

                  Monitoring the Truelab errors 

                  • To ensure that the Truelab micro Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) Analyzer is working accurately, the manufacturer recommends running positive and negative controls (which can be purchased as part of the Truenat™ Positive Control Kit- Panel I) periodically.

                  • The positive and negative controls can also be used for lot-to-lot verification and assessment of reagents if the temperature of storage areas falls outside  the recommended ranges.
                  • An optional “Plot” view on the digital interface is also available while the process is being performed that allows for monitoring test progress in real-time.
                  • Truelab Analyzers can be configured to send data on device performance to the manufacturer’s (default configuration) or local servers to allow the manufacturer (without sharing any  patient data) and/or the National TB Elimination Programme to monitor instrument performance on a real-time basis.
                  • This helps in the identification and possible prevention of instrument malfunctions or breakdowns, detection of user errors and retraining needs, and monitoring of instrument and test utilization across fleets of instruments.

                  Resources

                  • Guidelines on Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB (PMDT) in India;CTD, MoHFW, India,2021.
                  • Trueprep AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Device; User Manual V4.
                  • TRUELAB UNO Dx Real Time Quantitative micro PCR Analyzer; manual VER 04.

                  Assessment

                   

                  Question     Answer 1     Answer 2     Answer 3     Answer 4     Correct answer     Correct explanation     Page id     Part of Pre-test     Part of Post-test    

                  Identify if the statement is True or False

                  Running positive and negative controls periodically is recommended to ensure that the Truelab micro PCR Analyzer is working accurately.

                  True False     1 Running positive and negative controls periodically is recommended by the manufacturer to ensure that the Truelab micro PCR Analyzer is working accurately         Yes  Yes

                   

                  Truelab Analyzers can be configured to send data on device performance to the manufacturer’s (default configuration) or local servers to allow the manufacturer (without sharing any  patient data) and/or the National TB Elimination Programme to monitor instrument performance on a real-time basis.

                   

                  True False     1 This helps in the identification and possible prevention of instrument malfunctions or breakdowns, detection of user errors and retraining needs, and monitoring of instrument and test utilization across fleets of instruments.  

                   

                  Yes 

                   

                  Yes

                   

                   

                   

                • Trueprep Error Classes and actions

                  Content

                   

                  Trueprep Error Classes

                  The Trueprep errors are classified as:

                  1. Cartridge Errors

                  2. Reagent Pack Errors

                  3. Device Errors and Warnings

                  Image
                  Trueprep error classes

                  Figure 1: Classification of Trueprep errors

                   

                  Trueprep Error Actions

                  I Cartridge Error Actions

                  Image
                  Trueprep error 1 actions

                  Figure 2: Actions for Trueprep cartridge errors

                   

                  II Reagent Error Actions

                  Image
                  Trueprep error 2 actions

                   

                  Figure 3: Actions for Trueprep reagent errors

                   

                  III Device Error and Warning Actions

                  Image
                  Trueprep error 3 actions

                  Figure 4: Actions for Trueprep device errors and warnings

                   

                  Resource

                  • Guidelines on Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB (PMDT) in India, 2021, CTD, MoHFW, India.

                  • Trueprep AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Device; User Manual V4.

                   

                  Assessment

                  Question    

                  Answer 1    

                  Answer 2    

                  Answer 3    

                  Answer 4    

                  Correct answer    

                  Correct explanation    

                  Page id    

                  Part of Pre-test    

                  Part of Post-test    

                  In ‘E11 – RTD L Error’, what does L stand for?

                  Liquid

                  Lower

                  Light

                  Lysis

                      4

                  In E11 - RTD L Error (The code L is for error in the Lysis Heater)

                      

                     Yes

                   Yes

                   

                   

                • Truelab Error Classes and actions

                  Content

                  Here we discuss the error classes and actions in Truelab.

                   

                  Truelab Errors - Classes and Actions

                  Error Class

                  Error Name

                  Reason for the error

                  Error Actions

                  Error 1

                  Thermal Cycling Error

                  Occurs when the test chip is faulty and the thermal cycling does not happen.

                  Re-run the same elute using another chip. If the error repeats, process the sample again and re-run the elute using another chip. If the problem still persists, contact the Molbio support team.

                  Error 2

                  Test Stopped Manually

                  Occurs when the user has manually stopped the ongoing test and the analyser does not have sufficient run time to compute data.

                  Error 3

                  Incorrect Optical Profile

                  Occurs when there is a deviation in the expected optical profile due to a reduction in reaction volume in the chip during the course of the reaction.

                  Error 4

                  Runtime Error

                  Occurs when run data capture/ analysis is incomplete.

                  Error 5

                  Probe Check Error

                  Occurs in the event of a low initial signal due to insufficient mastermix dispensed onto the chip.

                  Invalid

                   

                  Whenever Truelab displays the result as 'INVALID', it means that the internal control did not amplify in Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) or sample extraction was not proper.

                   

                  Resources

                  • Trueprep AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Device, User Manual Version 4.

                  • Truelab UNO Dx Real-time Quantitative Micro PCR Analyzer Manual Version 4.

                  • Guidelines on Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB (PMDT) in India, 2021, CTD, MoHFW, India.

                   

                  Assessment

                  Question    

                  Answer 1    

                  Answer 2    

                  Answer 3    

                  Answer 4    

                  Correct answer    

                  Correct explanation    

                  Page id    

                  Part of Pre-test    

                  Part of Post-test    

                  When does thermal cycling error occur in Truelab's real-time micro PCR analyzer?

                  Occurs when the test chip is faulty and the thermal cycling does not happen.

                  Occurs when run data capture/ analysis is incomplete.

                  Occurs in the event of low initial signal.

                  Occurs when the user has manually stopped the ongoing test.

                      1

                  Thermal cycling error occurs when the test chip is faulty and the thermal cycling does not happen.

                      

                     Yes

                   Yes

                  When does the Runtime Error occur in Truelab's real-time micro PCR analyzer?

                  Occurs when the test chip is faulty and the thermal cycling does not happen.

                  Occurs when run data capture/ analysis is incomplete.

                  Occurs in the event of low initial signal.

                  Occurs when the user has manually stopped the ongoing test.

                        2 Runtime error occurs when run data capture/ analysis is incomplete.  

                   

                  Yes

                   

                  Yes

                • Troubleshooting Failures Without Error Codes

                  Content

                  The Truenat is a rapid molecular diagnostic method based on the Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing (NAAT) principle. Truenat uses portable, battery-operated devices to rapidly detect Mycobacterium tuberculosis Complex Bacteria (MTBC) and Rifampicin resistance.

                  Truenat system involves two main devices:

                  1. Trueprep® AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge based Sample Prep Device: Used for the automated extraction and purification of DeoxyriboNucleic Acid (DNA).
                  2. Truelab® Real Time micro-PCR Analyzer: Used for performing Real-Time Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR), resulting in the semi-quantitative detection of MTBC.

                  The errors in Truenat are broadly categorised as:

                  • Errors with codes (Trueprep and Truelab errors)
                  • Errors without codes (System failures)

                  The errors without codes in Truenat and the ways to resolve them are listed in the table below:

                  Sl. No. System failures Reason Troubleshoot
                  1 ‘Unable to read chip information’ Analyzer was unable to read chip memory Check if the chip was loaded properly into the tray. Remove the chip and re-select the profile from Status Screen and repeat the steps. If the message reappears, load a new chip and re-load the elute again
                  2 ‘Could not initialize. Please try again’ The system was unable to establish an internal connection Attempt the test again by using a new chip and re-loading the elute again
                  3 “Chip is already used” OR “Chip loaded is expired” User loaded a used chip/expired chip in the tray Use a fresh chip and re-load the elute
                  4 Login attempt failure Login failed due to incorrect password entered Re-enter the correct password
                  5 Invalid patient name in sample details screen The patient’s name in the sample details section is blank Fill patient’s name in the sample details section

                   

                  Resource

                   

                  • Guidelines on Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB (PMDT) in India; CTD, MoHFW, India. 2021.

                  • Trueprep AUTO v2 Universal Cartridge Based Sample Prep Device; User Manual V4.

                  • TRUELAB UNO Dx Real Time Quantitative micro PCR Analyzer; manual VER 04.

                  Assessment

                   

                  Question    

                  Answer 1    

                  Answer 2    

                  Answer 3    

                  Answer 4    

                  Correct answer    

                  Correct explanation    

                  Page id    

                  Part of Pre-test    

                  Part of Post-test    

                  What should you do when you get a system failure alert as: 

                  “ Chip is already used” ?

                  Re-insert the same chip

                  Insert a fresh chip

                  Do not insert any chip

                  None of the above

                      2

                  When you get a system failure alert as: “ Chip is already used”  , Use a fresh chip and re-load the elute.

                      

                     Yes

                   Yes

                  What should you do when you get a system failure alert as:

                  "Unable to read chip information"

                  Re-insert the same chip

                  Insert a fresh chip

                  Do not insert any chip

                  Check if chip is loaded properly, remove the chip and reselect the profile from status screen and repeat the steps. 

                  4 When you get a system failure alert as "Unable to read chip information" Check if the chip was loaded properly into the tray. Remove the chip and re-select the profile from Status Screen and repeat the steps. If the message reappears, load a new chip and re-load the elute again  

                   

                  Yes

                   

                  Yes

                   

                   

              5. Ch 05: Truenat Instrument maintenance and record keeping

                Fullscreen
                • Maintenance of the Truenat Instrument - General Principles

                  Content

                  Like any other laboratory instrument, the TrueNAT machine needs a periodic maintenance.

                   

                  Maintenance of Truelab and Trueprep instruments includes:

                  • Cleaning the instrument
                  • Disinfecting the surfaces
                  • Cleaning the spillages
                  • Discarding the used consumables
                  • Calibrations
                  • Replacement of parts
                  • Flush protocol
                  • Data backup
                  • Troubleshooting errors, alerts, warning messages

                   

                  Frequency of maintenance:

                  The following schedule is required to maintain TrueNAT instrument(s):

                  • Daily, monthly maintenance by lab personnel
                  • As and when required (need based) by lab personnel/ manufacturer
                  • Annual maintenance by the manufacturer.

                   

                  Posters on maintenance provided by manufacturer are shown in Figure 1(A)- (B)

                   

                  Figure 1(A): Considerations (Do’s and Don’ts) for use of Trueprep Device; Source: MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                   

                  Figure 1(B): Considerations (Do’s and Don’ts) for use of Truelab Device; Source: MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.
                  • Trueprep Manual.
                  • MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • Ensuring Compliance of Truenat Instrument Installation Criteria

                  Content

                  Compliance to equipment installation criteria is necessary to/for:

                  • Establish accurate and reliable results as claimed by the manufacturer
                  • To assure standard/specific requirements are met
                  • Provide proof that the process will consistently produce predetermined outcome
                  • Equipment safety
                  • Improve overall performance of the equipment
                  • Decrease work interruptions due to equipment failure
                  • Lower repair costs
                  • Cover equipment warranty and free maintenance 

                   

                  Instrument Qualification Documents include:

                  1. Installation Qualification- IQ
                  2. Operational Qualification- OQ
                  3. Performance Qualification- PQ

                   

                  Installation Qualification

                  IQ provides evidence for delivery, installation and configuration of the instrument as per manufacturer’s standards using an installation checklist.

                   

                  Operational Qualification

                  OQ is a collection of test cases used to verify the proper functioning of a system before the instrument is released for use.

                   

                  Performance Qualification

                  PQ is a collection of test cases used to verify that the system performs as expected under simulated real-world conditions.

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • Daily, Weekly and Monthly Maintenance of Truenat Instrument

                  Content

                  Daily maintenance of Truelab and Trueprep instruments performed by the laboratory personnel includes:

                  • Maintaining a dust-free environment by wiping the exterior of instruments with a dry, lint-free cloth
                  • Cleaning the surface of the Trueprep device once with 70% ethanol
                  • Cleaning the spill or leak with a cloth or tissue-paper dipped in disinfectant (1% sodium hypochlorite solution, followed by 70% ethanol)
                  • Not spilling water or any other solution on the surface of instruments
                  • Discarding used cartridges, chips, reagent bottles and other consumables in 1% sodium hypochlorite solution, soaking for minimum 30 minutes, and disposing as per the biomedical waste management guidelines.

                   

                  Monthly maintenance of the Truelab Analyzer performed by laboratory personnel includes:

                  • Cleaning the surface of the Truelab Analyzer with 70% ethanol
                  • Cleaning the Truelab bays
                  • Calibrating temperature.

                   

                  Annual/ need-based maintenance of the Truenat instrument performed by the laboratory personnel/ manufacturer includes:

                  • Flush protocol for the Trueprep device when the device is left idle (not used) for 10 days and/ or errors relating to extraction process occur
                  • Replacement of spillage tray or linear motion guide tray for the Trueprep device in case of sample spillage on trays during extraction or when cross-contamination is suspected
                  • Replacement of slider glass for Truelab Analyzer after 200 tests and/ or when related errors occur
                  • Temperature calibration for Truelab Analyzer when error related to temperature occur and/ or when the temperature curve is abnormal (shows blips)
                  • Calibration of micropipettes (every 6 months/ biannual).

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.
                  • Trueprep Manual.
                  • MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • NAAT Instrument Monthly Data Archive and Data Back-up

                  Content

                  Security of laboratory data and confidentiality of TB patient data are important. Hence, it is recommended to archive or take periodic data backup.

                   

                  The Truelab Analyzer has an internal memory to store 20000 test results. The digital data can be transmitted through connectivity via email, SIM card, Wi-Fi or Bluetooth.

                   

                  Recommended ways of documenting the results and archiving data are:

                  • Records should be maintained in the National TB Elimination Program (NTEP) recording and reporting formats.
                  • Entries should be made in Nikshay online platform of NTEP.
                  • Monthly/ periodically data should be exported in CSV format and saved on external devices-desktop/ laptop/ hard drive.
                  • Data records from Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing (NAAT) instruments should be kept in a secure area.
                  • Data access should be given to authorized personnel only.

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.
                  • MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • Annual Maintenance of the Truenat Instrument

                  Content

                  Need-based maintenance for Truenat instrument is done by lab personnel/ manufacturer while the manufacturer does annual maintenance.

                   

                  The tasks included under annual maintenance are:

                   

                  • Flush protocol for Trueprep device when the device is left idle (not used) for 10 days/ annually and/or errors relating to extraction process occur.
                  • Spillage tray or linear motion guide tray replacement for Trueprep device in case of sample spillage on trays during extraction or when cross-contamination is suspected/ done annually.
                  • Slider glass replacement for Truelab Analyzer after 200 tests/ annually and/or when related errors occur.
                  • Temperature calibration for Truelab Analyzer when error related to temperature occur and/or when temperature curve is abnormal (shows blips)/ annually.
                  • Annual calibration of micropipettes.

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.
                  • Trueprep Manual.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

              6. Ch 06: Monitoring Truenat quality and lab performance

                Fullscreen
                • External Quality Assurance of TrueNAT

                  Content

                  External Quality Assurance (EQA) ensures quality of Truenat laboratory is maintained by comparing their results through retesting and panel testing by a higher level laboratory (Intermediate Reference Laboratory (IRL)/ National Reference Laboratory (NRL)).

                   

                  EQA for Truenat laboratory is done by:

                  • Onsite supervision: Visits conducted at regular intervals by the IRL/ NRL/ Central TB Division (CTD)
                  • Proficiency Testing or Panel Testing (PT): Inter-laboratory comparisons conducted by IRL/ NRL to assess the performance of the laboratory supervised by them; re-checking of the standard panel provided by the IRL/ NRL.
                  • Random Blinded Re-checking (RBRC): Re-examination of randomly selected samples by the IRL/ NRL.

                   

                  Plan for Truenat EQA

                  • Truenat EQA visits need to be conducted annually.
                  • Panel is provided by the National Tuberculosis Institute (NTI), Bangalore, to the participating sites.
                  • Participating site to conduct panel testing and report results to NTI as per timelines.
                  • Feedback/ corrective action provided by NTI to participating sites.

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.
                  • MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • Monitoring Quality Indicators of Truenat

                  Content

                  Monitoring of key quality indicators or performance indicators of Truenat is important to assess the functioning of the instrument, calibration/ service requirements of the instrument, competency of the technician performing the assays and inventory management. Overall quality indicators should assess:

                   

                  1. Total tests done
                  2. Type of samples tested
                  3. Test failure
                  4. Availability of consumables
                  5. Turnaround time
                  6. Specimen rejected
                  7. External Quality Assurance (EQA) results
                  8. Instrument downtime

                   

                  Quality performance indicators should be reviewed weekly by personnel in charge of Truenat laboratory, and monthly by the Intermediate Reference Laboratory (IRL)/ National Reference Laboratory (NRL)/ Central TB Division (CTD).

                   

                  Under the National Tb Elimination Programme (NTEP) the following quality indicators are to be reported monthly:

                  1. Total number of tests performed using Truenat (including EP-TB and private sector)
                  2. Total presumptive TB tested
                  3. Total number of presumptive DR TB tested
                  4. Total number of Rif indeterminate, invalid, error results
                  5. Total number of re-tests done and results
                  6. Total number of samples sent for First Line-Line Probe Assay (FL-LPA) and Second Line-Line Probe Assay (SL-LPA)
                  7. Total number of chips (MTB, MTB Rif) in stock

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.
                  • MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

              7. Ch 07: Biomedical waste management in Truenat

                Fullscreen
                • Biosafety measures required for Truenat

                  Content

                  General biosafety requirements for Truenat laboratory include:

                   

                  • Using gloves, laboratory coat, mask when handling specimens
                  • Minimizing aerosol generation during sample processing and handling specimens carefully
                  • Working in a well-ventilated room
                  • Using laboratory work instructions, job aids, Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and checklists, from sample collection to reporting results, to avoid mishaps
                  • Maintaining a spill management kit
                  • Following manufacturer instructions to operate the instruments

                   

                  Precautions during processing the specimen

                   

                  • Handle all specimens as potentially infectious.
                  • Avoid cross-contamination.
                  • Nozzle of the liquefaction buffer bottle should not touch the sample container.
                  • Avoid aerosol formation during the transfer of the liquefied sample to the lysis buffer bottle.
                  • Use the transfer pipettes provided with the pre-treatment pack.
                  • Dispose the used transfer pipettes (1% sodium hypochlorite).
                  • Clean the spills with 1% sodium hypochlorite, followed by 70% alcohol.

                   

                  Precautions during cartridge loading and transportation

                   

                  • Keep the cartridges on the provided holder while loading the specimen.
                  • Load the cartridges onto the machine with care.
                  • Avoid turning the cartridge during transportation to prevent specimen spill.
                  • If a spill occurs, soak tray in 1% sodium hypochlorite solution for 30 minutes and dispose. Spray the cartridge holder with 70% alcohol and load a new tray in the cartridge holder after 5 minutes.
                  • Pipette carefully to avoid cross-contamination between reagents and/ or samples.

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.
                  • Tuberculosis Laboratory Biosafety Manual.
                  • MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • Disposal of Infectious Samples and Used Cartridges in TrueNAT Laboratories

                  Content

                  Disposal of infectious samples and used cartridges in Truenat laboratories is an essential activity which needs to be performed to keep everyone safe and prevent TB infection in healthcare workers.

                   

                  • Biomedical Waste (BMW) management guidelines need to be followed-up to dispose infectious samples and used Truenat consumables.
                  • Solutions and/ or solid waste containing biological samples should be disinfected before discarding.
                  • Lab personnel should soak material to be disposed in freshly prepared 1% sodium hypochlorite for 30 minutes and discard.
                  • Used Truenat chips, microtube, microtube cap, transfer pipette, pipette tips, reagent bottles need to be submerged in freshly prepared 1% sodium hypochlorite solution for at least 30 minutes before disposal as per biomedical waste disposal guidelines.
                  • Consumables submerged in sodium hypochlorite should NOT be autoclaved,
                  • Cartridge pouches, chip pouches, transfer pipette wrappers, desiccant pouches, sleeves needs to be discarded as general waste.

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.
                  • Practical Guide to Implementation of Truenat™ Tests for the Detection of TB and Rifampicin Resistance.
                  • Tuberculosis Laboratory Biosafety Manual.
                  • MolBio Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.
                  • Central Pollution Control Board: Guidelnes for Hazardous and Other Wastes.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • Preparation of TB Lab Disinfectants

                  Content

                  Disinfectants used in lab settings include:

                   

                  1% Sodium Hypochlorite

                  • Broad spectrum antimicrobial action
                  • Used to disinfect surfaces
                  • Used to disinfect infectious material and disposal of used Truenat consumables (reagent bottles, cartridges, tips, chips) 
                  • Hazardous and corrosive, to be used with care
                  • Is highly alkaline so can corrode metal
                  • Waste soaked in Sodium Hypochlorite should not be discarded by autoclaving. 

                   

                  70% Alcohol

                  • Bactericidal action
                  • Used for surface decontamination only
                  • Highly inflammable; keep away from fire
                  • Used to disinfect biosafety cabinets, laboratory benches and surface of instruments.

                   

                  5% Phenol

                  • Used for decontaminating Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing (CBNAAT) equipment and single-use items like CBNAAT cartridges prior to disposal
                  • Highly irritating to the skin, eyes and mucous membranes.

                   

                  Preparation of these disinfectants is described below.

                   

                  Preparation of 1% Sodium Hypochlorite

                  • Use commercially available 4% sodium hypochlorite solution.
                  • Dilute with distilled water to prepare required amount of 1% sodium hypochlorite
                    • E.g.: To prepare 100 ml of 1% sodium hypochlorite: 75 ml distilled water plus 25 ml 4% sodium hypochlorite solution.
                  • Sodium hypochlorite solutions (domestic bleach) contain 50 g/l available chlorine, and should therefore be diluted to 1:50 or 1:10 in water to obtain the final concentrations of 1 g/l or 5 g/l when used as a general-purpose disinfectant for TB laboratories.
                  • To be prepared fresh.

                   

                  Preparation of 70% Alcohol

                  • Use commercially available absolute alcohol.
                  • Dilute with distilled water to prepare the required amount of 70% alcohol
                    • E.g.: To prepare 100 ml of 70% alcohol: 70 ml absolute alcohol plus 30 ml distilled water.

                   

                  Preparation of 5% Phenol

                  • Melt 5 g of phenol by heating it.
                  • Dissolve in 100 ml distilled water.
                  Video file

                  Video : Preparation of TB Lab Disinfectants

                  Resources

                  • Tuberculosis Laboratory Biosafety Manual
            • M 05: Specimen collection and Transportation

              Fullscreen
              • Ch 18: General Concepts in SCT

                Fullscreen
                • Need for Specimen Collection and Transportation [SCT]

                  Content

                  The National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) has strengthened sputum collection and transport for laboratory testing by building capacity for decentralised collection.

                  • The provision for sputum collection and transport is used to establish linkages for giving diagnostic access to patients who cannot reach the health facilities. 
                  • To increase access and coverage of services, designated sputum collection centres are also established for collecting and transporting sputum to the nearby laboratory.

                   

                  Presumptive TB patients attending Peripheral Health Institutions (PHIs) other than Designated Microscopic Centres (DMCs) are either referred to the nearest DMC for sputum examination or their sputum specimens are collected and transported to the DMC as per guidelines. 

                  • The patient is given these options as per their convenience to minimise the possible delay in diagnosis and initiation of treatment or avoid repeated visits by the patient.
                  • In case the patient is not able to travel to the DMC, then the spot sample is collected at the nearest health facility/ sputum collection centre/ sputum collection booths and transported to the DMC.

                   

                  The need for sample collection can be categorized broadly into two categories:

                  1. When samples are sent to the DMC

                  - Some PHI/ sub-centres/ health and wellness centres function as sample collection centres. 

                  - Sputum collected from referring health facilities needs to be transported to the nearest DMC.

                  2. When DMC has to collect and transport samples for testing/ follow-up/ resistance testing to higher laboratories

                  - If the Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing (NAAT) facility is not available at the health facility, the DMC may also need to collect and send the sample to the nearest linked facility for NAAT testing.

                  - If NAAT is available at DMC and Mycobacterium tuberculosis (MTB) is detected, the second sample needs to be transported to the Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) lab. If the NAAT result suggests rifampicin-sensitive, a second sample is sent for First-line Line Probe Assay (FL-LPA) to look for H-mono/ poly resistance.

                  - Extrapulmonary samples have to be appropriately collected at the PHI/HF and transported for testing to NAAT/ culture facilities.

                   

                  Resources

                  • Training Module (1-4) for Program Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.  

                   

                  Assessment

                   

                  Question

                  Answer 1

                  Answer 2

                  Answer 3

                  Answer 4

                  Correct answer

                  Correct explanation

                  Page id

                  Part of Pre-test

                  Part of Post-test

                  Specimen collection and transportation system minimises patient inconveniences and diagnostic delays.

                  True

                  False

                     

                  1

                  Specimen collection and transportation system minimises patient inconveniences and diagnostic delays.

                    Yes Yes
                • Process of SCT

                  Content
                  • Good quality sputum collection is of paramount importance in tuberculosis diagnosis.
                  • Once a person is identified as presumptive TB, s/he is referred to the Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC) for sputum collection.
                  • For TB diagnosis two sputum samples are collected - one is the supervised ‘spot’ sample collected at the DMC (labelled Specimen A) and the other is the early morning sample collected by patient themselves at his/her home (labelled Specimen B).
                  • If the patient is coming from a long distance or s/he is unlikely to return to give the second specimen, two spot specimens may be collected with a gap of at least one hour.

                  Figure: Flowchart for Sputum Collection and Transport

                   

                  Sputum Collection

                   

                  • The (NTEP) request form required for the biological specimen examination need to be filled.
                  • The Lab Technician (LT) should instruct the patient to thoroughly rinse the mouth with clean water and demonstrate to inhale deeply 2-3 times and cough out the sputum from the depth of the chest into a sterile 50 ml sputum container, in a well-ventilated space.
                  • After collecting the sputum, close the lid of the containers and wipe the surface of the tube with 5% phenol to disinfect and allow it to air dry.
                  • Label the tubes with patient details, date and time of collection, specimen identification, lab no. using a permanent marker.

                   

                  Sputum Transport

                  • The sputum collected should be transported immediately to the Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing (NAAT)/ Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) laboratory. In case of any unavoidable delays, the sample should be refrigerated.
                  • The programme mandates triple layer packaging for the transport of the sputum specimens.
                  • Firstly, seal the joint between the cap and neck of the sputum containers with a parafilm strip (primary receptacle package).
                  • Wrap the sputum containers individually in absorbent cotton, place them in a zip lock pouch and secure them with a rubber band (secondary receptacle package).
                  • Fold and place the NTEP request form in another zip lock pouch.
                  • Place the zip lock pouch with sputum containers in a thermocol box along with two pre-frozen coolant gel packs and the zip lock pouch with the NTEP request form is placed on top.
                  • The dimensions of the thermocol box used for sputum transport are: thickness - 2.5 cm; Outer dimensions: length - 18.5 cm, breadth - 13 cm, height - 12 cm (without lid), height -14 cm (with lid); Inner dimensions: length - 14.5 cm, breadth - 8 cm, height - 12 cm (without lid), height - 13 cm (with inner part of lid).
                  • The coolant gel packs should be conditioned in the deep freezer in a temperature between -20 to -15o C for a minimum 48 hours to a maximum 72 hours before use so that they can maintain a temperature between 12-20o C for up to approximately 48 hours in tightly packed thermocol boxes while the average outside temperature is 35o C. 
                  • Seal the thermocol box with duct tape and affix ‘To’ and ‘From’ address, biohazard sticker on the box (tertiary receptacle package).
                  • Weight of the fully packed consignment box should be up to 400 grams and the thermocol boxes and gel packs should not be reused. 
                  • Transport the box through NTEP identified courier/ speed post service.

                   

                  Resources

                  • Training Module (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.
                  • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB in India, 2021.
                  • Module for Laboratory Technician, CTD, MoHFW, India, 2005.

                   

                  Assessment

                  Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
                  After collecting the specimen, the falcon tubes should be wiped and disinfected with which solution? 5% Iodine 5% Glycerine 5% Phenol 5% Sodium 3 After collecting the specimen, the falcon tubes should be wiped and disinfected with 5% phenol solution. ​ Yes Yes

                   

                  NTEP mandates triple layer packaging for the transport of the sputum specimens

                  True False     1 Triple layer packaging prevents spills and leakages during transportation of sample.   Yes Yes
                • Modes of Transportation in SCT

                  Content

                  All efforts must be made to have decentralised local arrangements for transporting the specimens to the TB detection centre (TDC). If a proper transport mechanism for collected specimen is in place, it spares the patients from travelling to the laboratory.

                  The sputum sample is packaged in triple layers in such a manner that it arrives at the destination in good condition and presents no hazard to the transporter.

                  Transporter/ personnel transporting the sample should be sensitized by the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) staff prior to engagement.

                  • Sensitisation would be provided on Symptoms of TB disease and its transmission, precautions to be taken to prevent exposure, hand hygiene requirements and spill management.

                   

                  The different modes of sample transport include:

                  1. Post: Postal department services available pan-district can be engaged to transport sputum samples. 

                  2. Courier: Local logistics courier companies can also be identified and hired to transport samples.

                  3. Volunteers/ human carriers: Community volunteers/members of NGOs can be trained as human carriers to collect and transport samples.

                  District TB Centre or Medical Officer TB Control (MO-TC) should ensure feasibility and financial measures required for .such arrangements for sputum transport.

                   

                  Systems can be established for transportation of various biological samples (not only TB) from referring centre/peripheral centre to laboratories in a hub and spoke model in a integrated manner. 

                   

                  Resources

                  • Specimen Transportation - A How-to Guide. 
                  • Health and Safety Guidelines for Staff/ Workers involved in Sputum Transportation, CTD.

                   

                  Assessment

                  Question

                  Answer 1

                  Answer 2

                  Answer 3

                  Answer 4

                  Correct answer

                  Correct explanation

                  Page id

                  Part of Pre-test

                  Part of Post-test

                  Sputum can be transported through post/ courier/ human carriers.

                  True

                  False

                     

                  1

                  Sputum can be transported through post/ courier/ human carriers.

                    Yes Yes

                   

                • Specimen Collection and Transportation to a DMC

                  Content

                  Sputum collection centres collect, package and then transport samples to nearby TB diagnostic centres/ Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC).

                  Sputum is collected and packaged utilizing the triple-layer packing as per National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) Guidelines.

                   

                  Image
                  Triple layer packaging

                  The Multi-purpose Health Worker (MPHW) or the Laboratory Technician (LT) at the sputum collection centre are responsible for collecting the right specimen, enrolling the presumptive TB case in Niskshay, generating Nikshay ID and testing ID for the requested test.

                  Sputum is transported in the sample transport box to the nearest laboratory along with the completely and correctly filled laboratory request form (along with Test ID generated through Nkshay). Sputum can be transported utilizing local volunteers, courier services, etc.

                  Ideally the sputum needs to be transported without delay. In case, the delay is expected, then the cold chain also needs to be maintained.

                  Resources

                  • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, 2020.
                  • Operational Guidelines for TB Services at Ayushman Bharat Health and Wellness Centres, 2020.

                   

                  Assessment

                  Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
                  LT at sputum collection centres enrols the patient and generates a test request on Nikshay.  True False     1 LT at sputum collection centres enrols the patient and generates a test request on Nikshay.   Yes Yes

                   

                • Cold Chain Requirement for the Transport of TB Diagnostic Specimens

                  Content

                  A cold chain is a system of transporting and storing TB specimens at optimum temperature while being transported from the peripheral health institutions to the diagnostic labs to reduce the growth of contaminating endogenous respiratory organisms.

                   

                  Cold chain requirements for transportation of TB diagnostic specimens are (Figure 1):

                  • A thick thermocol box (one-time use box), which has a thickness of about 2.5 cm. Outer dimensions of the box - Length: 18.5 cm, Breadth: 13 cm, Height: 12 cm. Inner dimensions of the box - Length: 14.5 cm, Breadth: 8 cm, Height: 10 cm.
                  • Two gel packs to maintain a temperature between 12-20°C for up to approximately 48 hours in tightly packed thermocol boxes (average outside temperature 35°C). Gel packs to be conditioned in the deep freezer (temperature between -20 to -15°C) for a minimum of 48-72 hours before use.

                  Figure 1: Technical specifications of transport box for sputum specimen transportation in cold chain

                   

                     

                  Specimen Transport  Steps - Cold Chain (Figure 2)

                   

                  1. Place the gel pack into the thermocol box. 
                  2. Place the sample tubes (in zip-lock pouches) on the frozen gel packs.
                  3. Keep the pouch containing the Test Request form on top before placing another gel pack on top. 
                  4. Close the lid of the box and wrap tightly with brown duct tape to maintain the cold chain.

                  Figure 2: Steps for specimen transportation in cold chain

                   

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant Tuberculosis in India, March 2021.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

              • Ch 19: Packaging and dispatching a sample to a C&DST Lab

                Fullscreen
                • Requirements for Packaging a biological Specimen

                  Content

                  Peripheral Laboratories in the NTEP need to send biological samples (such as sputum) to nearby Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (CDST) laboratories for advanced testing (eg Drug Resistance Testing). The samples need to be safely packaged and transported such that there is no spillage or contamination.

                  The items required for safe packaging biological specimens are: 

                  1. Falcon tubes
                  2. Three-layer packing materials like thermocol box
                  3. Ice gel pack (pre-frozen at -20oC for 48 hours)
                  4. Request for CDST forms
                  5. Polythene bags
                  6. Tissue paper roll for absorbent packing
                  7. Parafilm tapes
                  8. Brown tape for packing the thermocol box
                  9. Permanent marker pen
                  10. Labels with 'To' and 'From' address and blank labels for sample details 
                  11. Biohazard sticker
                  12. Scissors
                  13. Spirit swab 

                  Figure: Items needed for packaging of biological specimens for CDST laboratory; Source: Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant TB in India, 2021

                  Video file

                  Resources

                  • Training Module (1-4) for Program Managers and Medical Officer, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.
                  • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant TB in India, 2021.
                • Specimen Carriers

                  Content

                  Technical specifications for TB diagnosis specimen carriers are as follows:

                   

                  Thermocol Box:

                  • Thickness of box - 2.5 cm
                  • Outer dimensions: Length - 18.5 cm, breadth - 13 cm, height - 12 cm (without lid), height - 14 cm (with lid); Inner dimensions: Length - 14.5 cm, breadth - 8 cm, height - 12 cm (without lid), height - 13 cm (with inner part of lid).

                   

                  Gel Pack:

                  • Number of gel packs required: 2
                  • Weight of fully packed consignment box: 400 grams
                  • Gel packs maintain a temperature between 12-20ºC for up to approximately 48 hours in tightly packed thermocol boxes (average outside temperature 35ºC)
                  • Conditioning in the deep freezer (temperature between -20 to -15ºC) for a minimum 48 hours to a maximum 72 hours before use, is required. 

                  This is a one-time use carrier since the thermocol boxes and the gel packs are not reused.

                   

                  Figure: TB Diagnostic Specimen Carrier - Thermocol Box with Gel Packs; Source: NTEP Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant TB in India, 2021

                   

                   

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Training Module (1-4) for Program Managers and Medical Officer, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.
                  • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug Resistant TB in India, 2021.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE
                   

                • SOP for Packaging Specimens during the Transportation of Biological Specimens for TB Diagnosis

                  Content

                  Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for Packaging Specimen during the transportation of biological specimens for TB diagnosis, also known as Triple Layer Packaging, is as follows:

                  The Lab Technicians (LTs) at the Designated Microscopy Centres (DMCs) should be trained to carefully pack the sputum samples in the cold box to avoid spillage of the samples. Before packing, personal protection measures such as wearing hand gloves (double gloves preferred), goggles and masks are to be followed by the LTs to prevent contracting the infection.

                   

                  Table: Steps in Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for Packaging Specimen during Transportation for TB Diagnosis

                  • Step 1. Make sure that the specimen collection tube is tightly closed after the sample has been collected from the patient.

                  • Step 2. Wipe the outer surface of the 50 ml conical tube with 5% phenol followed by absorbent tissues and allow it to air dry.

                  • Step 3. Write the patient details on the opaque area (white area) of the specimen collection tube using a permanent marker pen, clearly in capital letters.

                  • Step 4. Cut the parafilm strip and wrap one of the strips at the joint between the cap and the neck of the specimen collection tube such that a secured seal is formed. (Primary receptacle/ package

                  • Step 5. Open the absorbent cotton roll and spread it out on the workbench; separate the cotton into two equal layers. Roll the specimen collection tube containing the sample tightly in the absorbent cotton such that the tube is covered completely.

                  • Step 6. Put this roll containing the specimen collection tube into the ziplock pouch. Roll the whole into a tight bundle, ensuring that there is no air in the pouch. This bundle should be secured with rubber bands. (Secondary receptacle/ package)

                  • Step 7. Repeat steps 5–7 for the second sample of the patient.

                  • Step 8. Insert the Test Request form printed from Nikshay into the ziplock pouch after ensuring that the details on the form and the sample tubes match, with the writing facing outside (details visible through the package). Seal the ziplock on the pouch.

                  • Step 9. Place the cooled gel packs into the thermocol box, place the sample tubes packed in ziplock pouches on the frozen gel packs (frozen for 48 hours at -40°C) and also keep the pouch containing the Test Request form printed from Nikshay on top. Stick the BIOHAZARD sign over the lid and “To and From” stickers on the exterior of the thermocol box or box used to pack the specimen. Close the lid of the box and wrap it tightly with brown duct tape. (Tertiary receptacle/ package)

                  • Step 10. Complete the ‘From’ and ‘To’ addresses on the stickers, using a permanent marker pen.

                   

                  The LT of the DMC should promptly inform the sample transport agency like a courier/ speed post service, or a human carrier to collect and transport the samples.

                  Video file

                  Resources

                   

                  • Training Module (1-4) for Program Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.
                  • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant TB in India, 2021.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE
                   

                • Technical Specifications for Labelling Specimen Transport Carriers

                  Content

                  These are the technical specifications for labelling specimen transport carriers:

                   

                  • Specimen containers need to be labelled legibly with details such as the patients’ name, date and time of specimen collection, TB detection centre/ District Tuberculosis Centre (DTC), lab no., specimen A or B.

                  ​

                  Figure: Details to be filled on the specimen containers

                   

                  • Dispatch list with details of each specimen transported and the request form for examination of biological specimen for each specimen should be put in an envelope and attached to the outside box.
                  • As per the national guidelines for biomedical waste management, the containers used for transporting specimen samples to the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) - certified laboratory should be labelled with a “BIOHAZARD” sticker.

                   

                  • Other than the Biohazard sticker it is mandatory to add 'To' and 'From' stickers on the specimen transportation carrier and fill in the necessary details.
                  • Specimen transport carriers should be labelled legibly with all the necessary details as listed above.
                  • A specimen may be rejected at the receiving laboratory if the specimen transport carriers are unlabelled or mislabelled.

                   

                  Resources

                   

                  • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in India, 2021.

                   

                  Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • Dispatching the sample to a C&DST Lab

                  Content

                  For presumptive Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) patients’, the health facility staff arranges for specimen collection from patient, packs samples as per the Standard  Operating Procedure (SOP) for triple layer packaging and dispatches it for transportation in cool chain to the linked Culture and Drug Susceptibility Testing (C&DST) laboratory.

                  All necessary materials for specimen collection and modality for transportation need to be made available/ arranged at the Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC)/ Peripheral Health Institute (PHI) by the District TB Officer (DTO).

                   

                  Steps in sample dispatch include:

                  • Add test details in Nikshay (Figure) to generate test requests (Test ID) for the patient’s episode ID in Nikshay.
                    • This will enable instant online intimation about the upcoming specimen to the C&DST laboratory.
                  • Complete test request form for biological specimen by adding:
                    • Patient information
                    • Details on name and type of referring facility
                    • Health establishment ID
                    • Reason for testing and test requested
                    • Patient ID and Test ID
                  • Put the appropriate address of receiving C&DST laboratory and address of health facility form where samples are dispatched on the transportation box.
                  • Lab Technician (LT) of the health facility should promptly inform the transport agency (courier/ speed post service) or human volunteers to collect and transport the samples.

                  Figure: Adding Test Details in Nikshay for Diagnosis of DR-TB; Source: Nikshay Diagnostics Training Content.

                   

                  Resources

                  • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, 2020.
                  • Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.
                  • Nikshay Zendesk, Nikshay Knowledge Base, Diagnostics.

                   

                  Assessment

                  Question​

                  Answer 1​

                  Answer 2​

                  Answer 3​

                  Answer 4​

                  Correct answer​

                  Correct explanation​

                  Page id​

                  Part of Pre-test​

                  Part of Post-test​

                  Test details are added in Nikshay to generate test requests (Test ID) for the patient’s episode ID in Nikshay.

                  True

                  False

                   

                   

                  1

                  Test details are added in Nikshay to generate test requests (Test ID) for the patient’s episode ID in Nikshay.

                  ​

                  Yes

                  Yes

            • M 06: Infection Prevention and Control [IPC]

              Fullscreen
              • Ch 20: General Concepts in IPC

                Fullscreen
                • The need for IPC

                  Content

                  Infection prevention and control (IPC) practices are important in maintaining a safe environment for everyone by reducing the risk of the potential spread of disease.

                  IPC is a practical, evidence-based approach which prevents patients and health workers from being harmed by avoidable infection. It is relevant to health workers and patients at every single health-care encounter.

                  Biosafety measures along with Universal Precautions like hand hygiene, personal protective equipment, safe injections, respiratory hygiene and cough etiquette is important in IPC to address the safe handling and containment of infectious microorganisms and hazardous biological materials.

                  IPC is essential in TB as:

                  1. specific population groups have a higher risk of acquiring TB infection and progressing to disease once infected; these groups include people living with HIV, health workers and others in settings with a high risk of transmission of M. tuberculosis

                  2. incident cases of TB among children (aged <15 years) reflect ongoing community transmission

                  3. primary person-to-person transmission of drug-resistant TB (as opposed to acquired resistance) is the dominant mechanism sustaining the global transmission of drug-resistant TB

                  4. to prevent TB transmission, interventions are needed that reduce the concentration of infectious particles in the air and the exposure time of susceptible individuals

                  Resources

                  1. Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control in Healthcare and Other Settings.

                  2. WHO guidelines on tuberculosis infection prevention and control 2019 update (https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/311259/9789241550512-e…)

                   

                  Question

                  Answer 1

                  Answer 2

                  Answer 3

                  All

                  Correct answer

                  Correct explanation

                  Page id

                  Part of Pre-test

                  Part of Post-test

                  Person-to-person transmission of drug-resistant TB is the dominant mechanism for transmission of drug-resistant TB.

                  True

                  False

                   

                   

                  1

                  Primary person-to-person transmission of drug-resistant TB (as opposed to acquired resistance) is the dominant mechanism for transmission of drug-resistant TB.

                   

                  Yes

                  Yes

                • Standard Precautions for IPC

                  Content
                  • Standard precautions are a group of infection control practices to reduce the risk of transmission of pathogens.
                  • These are based on the principle that all blood, body fluids, secretions, excretions except sweat, non-intact skin, and mucous membranes may contain
                    transmissible infectious agents.
                  • Standard precautions are applicable to all patients in all healthcare settings and combine the major features of universal precautions, body substance isolation, and airborne precautions.
                  • Implementation of standard precautions is based on risk assessment in all healthcare activities.
                  Image
                  Elements of Standard Precautions

                  Figure: Elements of Standard Precautions; Source: Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control in Healthcare and Other Settings

                   

                  Resources

                  1. Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control in Healthcare and Other Settings
                  2. Health-care facility recommendations for standard precaution
                  Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test

                  Which of the following are features of standard precautions?

                   

                  Universal precautions

                  Body substance isolation

                   

                  Airborne precautions All the above 4 Standard precautions combine the major features of universal precautions, body substance isolation, and airborne precautions.   Yes Yes
                • Hand Hygiene

                  Content

                  Hand hygiene is one of the most important elements of infection control. The aim of hand washing is to remove transient micro-organisms, acquired through everyday tasks in the laboratory/ clinical setting, from the surface of the hands.

                  Good hand hygiene protects both patients and staff.

                  The World Health Organization (WHO) guidelines on “Hand Hygiene in Healthcare” describe five key situations where hand washing is required:

                  • Before touching a patient
                  • Before a clean or aseptic procedure
                  • After body fluid exposure/risk
                  • After touching a patient
                  • After touching patient surroundings

                  Hand hygiene includes hand washing using soaps or hand rubbing with 70% alcohol-based formulations.

                  Important Considerations for Hand Hygiene

                  • Perform hand washing with soap and water if hands are visibly soiled and after using the restroom.
                  • Availability of running water supply is important for hand washing.
                  • If resources permit, perform hand rubbing with an alcohol-based preparation.
                  • Ensure availability of hand hygiene products (clean water, soap, single-use clean towels, alcohol-based hand rub).
                  • Alcohol-based hand rubs should ideally be available at the point of care.

                  Technique of Hand Hygiene (Figure)

                  • Handwashing (40–60 sec): Wet hands and apply soap; rub all surfaces; rinse hands and dry thoroughly with a single-use towel.
                  • Hand rubbing (20–30 sec): Apply enough product to cover all areas of the hands; rub hands until dry

                   

                  Figure: Handwashing Technique; Source: WHO Handwashing Poster

                   

                  Resources

                  1. Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control in Healthcare and Other Settings.
                  2. Health-care facility recommendations for standard precaution.
                  3. WHO Handwashing Poster.

                   

                   

                  Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 Answer 4 Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test
                  Hand hygiene includes which of the following? Hand washing using soaps Hand rubbing with 70% alcohol-based formulations Sterilising the hands with hot air 1 and 2 4 Hand hygiene includes hand washing using soaps and hand rubbing with 70% alcohol-based formulations.   Yes Yes
                • Respiratory Hygiene

                  Content

                  Respiratory hygiene is vital to prevent the spread of TB via aerosols and person-to-person transmission.

                  Respiratory hygiene includes:

                    • Covering the nose/mouth with a tissue when coughing/sneezing and appropriate disposal of used tissues

                      • If tissues are not available, cough or sneeze into the inner elbow (upper sleeve) rather than into the hand
                    • Keeping contaminated hands away from the mucous membranes of the eyes and nose.
                    • Carrying out hand hygiene after contact with respiratory secretions and contaminated objects/materials
                    • Using appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) during aerosol generating procedures
                      • Use PPE including gloves, long-sleeved gowns, eye protection (goggles or face shields), and facial mask (or respirators) during aerosol-generating procedures 

                    Figure: Respiratory hygiene (Ministry of Ayush, https://twitter.com/moayush/status/1243852404640153601)

                    Resources

                    1. Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control in Healthcare and Other Settings
                    2. Infection Prevention and Control of Epidemic- and Pandemic-Prone Acute Respiratory Infections in Health Care
                    3. Ministry of Ayush, https://twitter.com/moayush/status/1243852404640153601

                     

                    Assessment

                    Question​

                    Answer 1​

                    Answer 2​

                    Answer 3​

                    Answer 4​

                    Correct answer​

                    Correct explanation​

                    Page id​

                    Part of Pre-test​

                    Part of Post-test​

                    Which of the following are critical elements in respiratory hygiene?

                    Covering the nose/ mouth with a tissue when coughing/ sneezing

                    Throwing tissues used to wipe nasal secretions on the road 

                    Using appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) during aerosol-generating procedures

                    None of the above

                    Options 1 and 3

                    Covering the nose/ mouth with a tissue when coughing/ sneezing and appropriate disposal of used tissues, as well as appropriate PPE usage during aerosol-generating procedures, are important elements of respiratory hygiene.

                     

                    Yes

                    Yes

                  • General Cleaning and TB Lab Surface Decontamination

                    Content
                    The cleanliness and regular disinfection of the TB lab and its surfaces play an essential role in the safety of those working in these labs.
                     

                    Guidelines for Laboratory Cleaning

                    • All personnel should don appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) prior to cleaning the facility.
                    • Laboratory personnel should perform all daily housekeeping routines within the TB laboratories, including trash removal. Cleaning staff should only enter the laboratories under the supervision of the laboratory staff.
                    • All the cleaning and decontamination procedures in the TB containment laboratory should be performed only by trained laboratory staff.
                    • Work surfaces are decontaminated when work is finished, at the end of every workday, and immediately after any spill of viable material.
                    • Large equipment, such as incubators and centrifuges, will have inner and outer surfaces damp-wiped with disinfectant on a routine basis.
                    • Sinks in the laboratories should be cleaned and flushed with agent appropriate disinfectants
                    • The floor of the TB containment laboratory should be thoroughly and routinely wiped down with a suitable chemical decontaminant, and workspaces that do not get daily attention should be disinfected
                    • Solid waste should be decontaminated by autoclaving prior to removal from the facility and disposed off by authorized personnel

                    Unidirectional Flow of Cleaning

                    • There should be an effective separation of various sections and activities of the lab to prevent cross-contamination.
                    • Unidirectional flow of cleaning should be maintained in specific areas.
                    • Cleaning items, such as mops, buckets and brushes, used in dirty areas of the laboratory should never be used in the cleaner areas.

                    Good Laboratory Practices to Keep Laboratories Clean and Clutter-free

                    • Floors and work surfaces should be kept as free of clutter as possible.
                    • Materials should be stored in closed cupboards, where possible.
                    • Excess reagents should be boxed, labelled and stored in the storeroom.
                    • Check spill kit contents on a monthly basis. The fresh disinfectant must be prepared each week.
                    • Record in the 'Laboratory Cleaning and Maintenance Logbook'.

                     

                    ​Resources 

                    • WHO TB Lab Safety Manual, 2012, p18-19.
                    • WHO Lab Biosafety Manual, 3rd ed., p82-90.
                       
                  • IPC practices required at a DMC

                    Content
                    Direct sputum microscopy performed at Designated Microscopy Centres (DMC) is a relatively low-risk activity as long as safe work practices are implemented properly.

                    The following work practices are recommended to ensure that microscopy laboratory technicians are not exposed to aerosols from sputum specimens.

                    1. Administrative Control at DMC

                    • The layout and design of the DMCs should include natural ventilation, mechanical ventilation (exhaust fan) and unidirectional airflow.
                    • The sputum collection area should be separated from the laboratory.
                    • Provisions for biomedical waste management in deep burial pits, sharps pits or appropriate disposal via the health facility biomedical waste management system.

                    2. Environment Control at DMC 

                    • Doors and windows should be kept open for air exchanges.
                    • Sputum must be collected in a well-ventilated area with direct sunlight. It should not be collected inside the laboratories, toilets, waiting rooms, reception rooms, or any other enclosed space.

                    3. Personnel Level Control at DMC 

                    • Laboratory technicians should wear laboratory coats, gloves and masks when handling sputum containers and during smear preparation and staining.
                    • Smears should be prepared in a well-ventilated environment near an open flame.
                    • Work benches should be cleaned daily with disinfectants.
                    • Sputum containers, applicator/ broomsticks, and used slides should be disinfected with 5% Phenol overnight before discarding.

                    Resources

                    • Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control in Healthcare and Other Settings, 2010.

                     

                     

                    Question Answer 1 Answer 2 Answer 3 All Correct answer Correct explanation Page id Part of Pre-test Part of Post-test

                    Sputum specimens can be collected in toilets.

                     

                    True False     2 Sputum must be collected in a well-ventilated area with direct sunlight. It should not be collected inside the laboratories, toilets, waiting rooms, reception rooms, or any other enclosed space.   Yes Yes
                  • Personal Protective Equipment [PPE] Use in TB Lab Settings

                    Content
                    What is Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)?
                     

                    PPE refers to physical barriers which are used alone or in combination to protect an individual's mucous membranes, airways, skin and clothing from contact with infectious agents, hazardous material, conditions or processes.

                    Components of PPE

                    • Protective clothing: Surgical gowns and laboratory (lab) coats​
                    • Respiratory devices: N95 respirators​
                    • Hand protection: Gloves ​
                    • Head protection: Headgear/ hair covers/ caps​
                    • Foot protection: Shoe cover, safety shoes/ closed-toe shoes​
                    • Eye protection: Safety glasses/ goggles, shields​​

                    PPE Hazard Assessment

                    • Evaluation of the PPE requirements for a specific activity or work environment is carried out by the lab director.
                    • For TB labs it is based on the risk assessment. PPE requirements will thus differ according to whether activities are classified as low risk, medium risk or high risk.

                    PPE Usage in Different Sections of the TB Laboratory

                    The table below lists the different PPE requirements for different sections of the TB lab.

                     

                    Table: PPE usage in different sections of TB labs
                    Section/ Room​
                    PPE used/ preferred​
                    Sample collection/ reception room​
                    Lab coat, gloves ​
                    Smear microscopy section/ room​/ Designated Microscopy Centre (DMC)
                    Lab coat, gloves
                    Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) sample processing section​
                    Lab coat, gloves, Surgical mask
                    Sample opening area​(in a higher laboratory) Surgical gown, gloves and N95 respirator​
                    Media preparation room​ Designated lab coat, gloves, hair cover, shoe covers/ closed-toe shoes​
                    Culture reading room​
                    Lab coat, gloves, N95 respirator​
                    Line Probe Assay (LPA) clean rooms​
                    Designated lab coat, gloves, hair cover, shoe covers/ closed-toe shoes​
                    Walk-in cold room​
                    Lab coat, insulating gloves, shoe covers/ closed-toe shoes​
                    Walk-in incubator​
                    Lab coat, respirator and gloves, shoe covers/ closed-toe shoes​
                    Corridor inside the lab​
                    Lab coat, shoe cover/ closed-toe shoes​
                    Deep freezers​
                    Lab coat, cryo gloves​
                    Disinfection, washing and sterilisation room
                    Lab coat, gloves (heavy duty), insulating gloves, closed-toe shoes​

                    Resources

                    • National Guidelines for Infection Prevention and Control in Healthcare Facilities, 2020, MoHFW, GoI.

                     

                    Resources

                    • National Guidelines for Infection Prevention and Control in Healthcare Facilities, 2020. Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India
                • Ch 21: Airborne infection Control

                  Fullscreen
                  • Airborne Infection Control [AIC]

                    Content

                    Mycobacterium tuberculosis is transmitted in airborne particles called droplet nuclei that are expelled when a person with pulmonary TB coughs, sneezes, shouts, or sings. People nearby may breathe in these bacteria and become infected. 

                    Airborne infection control is essential to prevent the spread of TB within a health facility and other settings.

                     

                    Hierarchy of Controls to Reduce Risk of Transmission of TB (see the Figure)

                    Figure: Hierarchy of controls to reduce risk of transmission of TB

                     

                    Environmental factors that influence transmission of M. tuberculosis are elaborated in the table below.

                    Table: Environmental factors that influence the transmission of M. tuberculosis; Source: Tuberculosis Infection Control
                    Factor Description
                    Concentration of infectious bacilli The more bacilli in the air, the more probable that M. tuberculosis will be transmitted
                    Space Exposure in small, enclosed spaces
                    Ventilation Inadequate local or general ventilation that results in insufficient dilution or removal of infectious droplet nuclei
                    Air circulation Recirculation of air containing infectious droplet nuclei
                    Specimen handling Improper specimen handling procedures that generate infectious droplet nuclei
                    Air pressure Positive air pressure in an infectious patient's room that causes M. tuberculosis organisms to flow to other areas

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                    Resources

                    1. Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control in Healthcare and Other Settings.
                    2. Tuberculosis Infection Control.

                     

                     

                    Question

                    Answer 1

                    Answer 2

                    Answer 3

                    All

                    Correct answer

                    Correct explanation

                    Page id

                    Part of Pre-test

                    Part of Post-test

                    The hierarchy of controls to reduce the risk of transmission of TB includes which of the following?

                    Environmental controls

                    Administrative controls

                    Personal protective equipment

                    All of the above

                    4

                    The hierarchy of controls to reduce the risk of transmission of TB includes administrative controls, environmental controls and the use of personal protective equipment.

                  • Ventilation as an AIC Measure

                    Content

                    Ventilation is defined as the supply/ distribution/ exchange or removal of air from spaces by mechanical or natural means.

                    Airflow is a natural process whenever there is change in temperature or pressure. Air keeps moving displacing the room air, and the time to replace the entire in-room air depends on the size of the room, the openings, and the presence of additional/mechanical force. This air-flow, also called ventilation, will allow the entry of outside air or clean recirculated air to remove extra heat, humidity and infectious aerosols from occupied spaces to meet health and comfort requirements. 

                    When fresh air enters a room, it dilutes the concentration of particles in room air including aerosols responsible for the transmission of TB that can otherwise remain suspended in the air for significant periods of time.

                    Thus, ventilation is recognized as an important factor influencing the transmission of airborne diseases.

                     

                    Types of Ventilation at Designated Microscopy Centres (DMCs)

                    1. Natural Ventilation (Figure below)

                    • Natural ventilation at DMCs is achieved by designing a laboratory layout that supports the unrestricted flow of natural air.
                    • Doors and windows should be kept open to bring in fresh air from outside.
                    • Opening windows and doors on opposite walls will also allow for cross ventilation.
                    • The placement of furniture, equipment, supplies etc. at DMCs should not block or restrict the opening of doors and windows.

                    Figure: Natural ventilation achieved by opening doors and windows or using mechanical ventilation using fans and an exhaust fan for air mixing and directional flow (A); the flow of natural air should not be restricted by blocking doors and windows (B); Cross ventilation is not adequate if there is only one entry point for outside air (C); Source: Tuberculosis and HIV Co-Management and Tuberculosis And Airborne Infection Control.

                     

                    2. Mechanical Ventilation: When the movement of air is driven by a mechanical device, it is called mechanical ventilation.

                    • DMCs are equipped with fans and exhaust fans as the simplest means of mechanical ventilation for air circulation and directional flow of air. Exhaust fans fitted in windows/ ventilators exchange air from inside the laboratory to the outdoors.
                    • Ceiling fans/ tabletop fans/ pedestal fans have rotating blades to circulate air inside the room. Tabletop and pedestal fans can be positioned in the room to allow the directional flow of air.

                     

                    3. Hybrid/ Mixed-mode Ventilation

                    • In hybrid/ mixed-mode ventilation exhaust and/or fans are used in DMCs in combination with natural ventilation to obtain adequate air dilution when sufficient airflow cannot be achieved by natural ventilation alone.

                     

                    The table below compares the advantages and disadvantages of the different modes of ventilation.

                    Table: Summary of Advantages and Disadvantages of Different Types of Ventilation; Source: Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control in Healthcare and Other Settings.

                     

                    Mechanical Ventilation

                    Natural Ventilation

                    Hybrid (mixed-mode) Ventilation

                    Advantages

                    Suitable for all climates and weather

                    Suitable for warm and temperate climates

                    Suitable for most climates and weather

                     

                    More controlled and comfortable environment

                    Lower capital, operational, maintenance costs for simple implementations

                    Energy-saving relative to mechanical ventilation

                     

                    Occupants have limited control to affect ventilation

                    Capable of achieving very high ventilation rates 

                    More flexible

                    Disadvantages

                    Expensive to install and maintain

                    Easily affected by outdoor climate and occupants’ behaviour

                    May be more costly or difficult to design

                     

                    Can fail to deliver required ventilation rates through faulty design, maintenance, or operation

                    May be difficult to plan, design, and predict performance

                     

                     

                    Noise from equipment

                    Reduced comfort level of occupants in extreme weather

                     

                     

                     

                    Cannot achieve directional control of airflow, if required

                     

                     

                     

                    Resources

                    • Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control in Healthcare and Other Settings.
                    • Tuberculosis Infection Control, CDC.
                    • Tuberculosis and HIV Co-Management.
                    • Tuberculosis and Airborne Infection Control.

                     

                    Question

                    Answer 1

                    Answer 2

                    Answer 3

                    All

                    Correct answer

                    Correct explanation

                    Page id

                    Part of Pre-test

                    Part of Post-test

                    In mixed-mode ventilation, exhaust and/or fans are used in combination with natural ventilation.

                    True

                    False

                     

                     

                    1

                    In mixed-mode ventilation, exhaust and/or fans are used in combination with natural ventilation.

                     

                    Yes

                    Yes

                  • Administrative measures for AIC at a Health Facility

                    Content

                    The administrative measures at a health care facility play an important role in preventing the spread of TB in health care settings. It includes Administrative controls for outpatient and inpatient settings

                    Administrative measures at Outpatient(OPD) settings
                    1. Screen for respiratory symptoms as early as possible upon patient’s arrival at the health care facility thereby reducing the overall stay of such patients in the healthcare facility

                    • screening at registration counter itself by asking simple questions related to chronic respiratory symptoms, and those suspected to have TB can be prioritized for further management
                    • screening when patients are in waiting area- by volunteers/health staff

                    2. Provide patient education and counseling on cough hygiene and sputum disposal

                    • paramedical staff or volunteers should educate and reinforce cough etiquette while the patient is in the waiting area
                    • educate patients on availability of bins with disinfectants for disposal of sputum
                    • display of posters on cough hygiene and sputum disposal in the waiting areas

                    3. Segregate patients with respiratory symptoms

                    • having separate waiting area for chest symptomatics within the overall outpatient area
                    • implement a patient flow control mechanism so that screened chest symptomatics are diverted to special area rather than the common waiting area
                    • well ventilated waiting areas to reduce overall risk of airborne transmission

                    4. Fast-track patients with respiratory symptoms

                    • fast-track patients for clinical and laboratory evaluation
                    • fast track chest radiography and sputum examination with priority slips/referrals

                    Administrative measures at Inpatient (IPD) setting
                    1. Minimize hospitalization of TB patients

                    • whenever possible, manage patients entirely as outpatients thereby avoiding hospitalization and the risk of exposing other patients and staff

                    2. Establish separate rooms, wards, or areas within wards for TB patients

                    • patients with TB should be physically separated in different rooms/wards from other patients so that others are not exposed to the infectious droplet nuclei
                    • separation of TB patients from vulnerable and immune-compromised patients is essential

                    3. Educate and counsel inpatients on cough hygiene and provide adequate sputum disposal

                    • educate and display posters on cough hygiene and safe disposal of sputum in bins with disinfectants
                    • provide masks to all admitted patients and educate on proper use of masks

                    4. Establish safe radiology procedures for TB patients

                    • schedule inpatient chest radiography for non-busy times
                    • provide priority service to minimize the length of time spent in the department

                     

                    Resources

                    1. Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control in Healthcare and Other Settings.
                    2. Tuberculosis Infection Control.

                     

                     

                    Question

                    Answer 1

                    Answer 2

                    Answer 3

                    Answer 4

                    Correct answer

                    Correct explanation

                    Page id

                    Part of Pre-test

                    Part of Post-test

                    What of these is/are the administrative measures for airborne infection control at a health facility?

                    Prompt/ fast-track screening

                    Educating, training, and counselling

                     

                    Availability of masks

                    All of the above

                    4

                    Administrative measures for airborne infection control at health facilities include prompt/ fast-track screening and diagnosis, education, training, and counselling, and availability of masks.

                     

                    Yes

                    Yes

                  • Use of a PPE in a DMC

                    Content

                    The use of appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) in a TB laboratory is determined by risk assessment (according to the procedure and suspected pathogen).

                     

                    Designated Microscopy Centres (DMCs) are low-risk TB laboratories, hence PPE should be used as follows:

                    • Laboratory coats should be worn at all times by the Laboratory Technician (LT) while working in the laboratory.
                    • Gloves and long-sleeved laboratory coats should be used during sample collection, opening sample transport boxes, handling leaky specimen containers, smear preparation and staining smears.
                    • Masks are not required for use during the preparation of sputum smears in well-ventilated areas.
                    • LTs and support staff handling biological waste should wear gloves.
                    • Patients that visit DMC to provide sputum samples should be advised to wear masks.

                     

                    It is advised that the laboratory should maintain adequate ventilation by keeping the windows open all the time or installing exhaust for the personal protection of the laboratory staff.  

                     

                    Resources

                    • Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control in Healthcare and Other Settings, MoHFW, 2010.
                    • Infection Prevention and Control of Epidemic- and Pandemic-Prone Acute Respiratory Infections in Health Care, WHO, 2014.
                    • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, 2020.

                     

                    Assessment

                    Question​

                    Answer 1​

                    Answer 2​

                    Answer 3​

                    Answer 4​

                    Correct answer​

                    Correct explanation​

                    Page id​

                    Part of Pre-test​

                    Part of Post-test​

                    LTs and support staff handling biological waste should not wear gloves.

                    True

                    False

                       

                    2

                    LTs and support staff handling biological waste should wear gloves.

                      Yes Yes

                     

                • Ch 22: Biomedical Waste Management at DMC

                  Fullscreen
                  • color coding and type of container

                    Content

                    The National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) utilizes different coloured bags for the segregation of waste generated in TB laboratory settings as shown in the table below.

                     

                    Table: Waste Segregated and Collected According to Colour-coded Bags

                    Yellow bag:

                    • Broomsticks
                    • Parafilm tape & plastic bag – contaminated with samples
                    • Löwenstein-Jensen (LJ) media without the bottle
                    • Microbial sample/ blood/ body fluids contaminated paper/ cotton/ swab
                    • Blood bags
                    • Microbiological cultures Truenat chips (MTB/ Rif)
                    • Used mask/ gowns
                    • Expired medicines/ drugs/ antibiotics 

                     

                    Red bag:

                    • Specimen collection tubes
                    • Sputum cups
                    • Cartridge Based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT)/ Truenat cartridges
                    • Infected plastic
                    • Contaminated tips
                    • Pasteur pipettes
                    • Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) tubes
                    • Mycobacteria Growth Indicator Tube (MGIT) tubes
                    • Disposable LJ tubes
                    • Contaminated falcon tubes
                    • Used gloves
                    • Contaminated droppers
                    • Empty Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (CBNAAT) reagent bottles

                    Blue bag:

                    Glass slide in Truenat machine and used microscopy slides. Slides should not be broken.

                     

                     

                    All these bags are to be labelled with the Biohazard logo (figure below) on them. 

                    Figure: Biohazard Logo

                     

                    • Waste generated in the Culture Drug Susceptibility Testing (CDST) laboratories is autoclaved prior to segregation in colour-coded bags.
                    • The biohazard materials are collected and handed over to handlers authorized by the pollution control board.
                    • Personnel handling/segregating biomedical wastes must use appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and should be trained in spill management.

                     

                    Resources

                     

                    • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Drug-resistant Tuberculosis in India, 2021.
                    • Guidelines for Management of Healthcare Waste as per Biomedical Waste Management Rules, 2016.

                     

                    Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                  • Disposing Off Contaminated Material Safely in DMC Laboratory Settings

                    Content

                    The Laboratory Technician (LT) must safely discard contaminated, biohazard waste generated by tuberculosis (TB) laboratories. This waste must be discarded along with the overall waste of the health facility in which TB services are provided.

                     

                    There are 2 types of waste generated from DMC laboratory settings:

                    1. Sputum containers with specimen and wooden sticks
                    2. Stained slides

                    Disposal of Sputum Cups with Left-over Specimen, Lids and Wooden Sticks

                    Figure 1: Steps for disposal of sputum cups with specimen, lids and wooden sticks

                     

                     

                    Important Points to Remember

                    • If autoclaving is not possible, boil in a pressure cooker of 7 litre capacity with water and submerge the contents for at least 20 minutes
                    • LTs and support staff handling biological waste need to wear gloves
                    • The red bag used for autoclaving must:  
                      • Have a biohazard symbol  
                      • Have adequate strength to withstand the load of the waste material 
                      • Be made of non-PVC plastic material  

                     

                    Disposal of Stained Slides

                    Figure 2: Steps for disposal of stained slides

                     

                     

                     

                     

                    Resources

                     

                    • Training Module (1-4) for Program Managers and Medical Officer, NTEP, MoHFW, 2020.

                     

                    Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                  • Preparation of TB Lab Disinfectants

                    Content

                    Disinfectants used in lab settings include:

                     

                    1% Sodium Hypochlorite

                    • Broad spectrum antimicrobial action
                    • Used to disinfect surfaces
                    • Used to disinfect infectious material and disposal of used Truenat consumables (reagent bottles, cartridges, tips, chips) 
                    • Hazardous and corrosive, to be used with care
                    • Is highly alkaline so can corrode metal
                    • Waste soaked in Sodium Hypochlorite should not be discarded by autoclaving. 

                     

                    70% Alcohol

                    • Bactericidal action
                    • Used for surface decontamination only
                    • Highly inflammable; keep away from fire
                    • Used to disinfect biosafety cabinets, laboratory benches and surface of instruments.

                     

                    5% Phenol

                    • Used for decontaminating Cartridge-based Nucleic Acid Amplification Testing (CBNAAT) equipment and single-use items like CBNAAT cartridges prior to disposal
                    • Highly irritating to the skin, eyes and mucous membranes.

                     

                    Preparation of these disinfectants is described below.

                     

                    Preparation of 1% Sodium Hypochlorite

                    • Use commercially available 4% sodium hypochlorite solution.
                    • Dilute with distilled water to prepare required amount of 1% sodium hypochlorite
                      • E.g.: To prepare 100 ml of 1% sodium hypochlorite: 75 ml distilled water plus 25 ml 4% sodium hypochlorite solution.
                    • Sodium hypochlorite solutions (domestic bleach) contain 50 g/l available chlorine, and should therefore be diluted to 1:50 or 1:10 in water to obtain the final concentrations of 1 g/l or 5 g/l when used as a general-purpose disinfectant for TB laboratories.
                    • To be prepared fresh.

                     

                    Preparation of 70% Alcohol

                    • Use commercially available absolute alcohol.
                    • Dilute with distilled water to prepare the required amount of 70% alcohol
                      • E.g.: To prepare 100 ml of 70% alcohol: 70 ml absolute alcohol plus 30 ml distilled water.

                     

                    Preparation of 5% Phenol

                    • Melt 5 g of phenol by heating it.
                    • Dissolve in 100 ml distilled water.
                    Video file

                    Video : Preparation of TB Lab Disinfectants

                    Resources

                    • Tuberculosis Laboratory Biosafety Manual
                  • Roles of various stakeholders in IPC

                    Content

                    Commitment at national, state and district level are required to support and facilitate the implementation of Infection Prevention and Control (IPC) measures.

                    The important stakeholders in IPC include:

                    National Airborne Infection Control Committee (NAICC) has been constituted to provide for a multi-lateral national level coordinating body, to develop national guidelines on IPC, and provide technical guidance for their implementation, evaluation, and revisions.

                    Composition of NAICC

                    NAICC has representatives from Central TB Division, Medical college, State TB Programme representatives, Directorate General of Health Services, Central Design Bureau, National Institutes, Civil society representatives and other relevant agencies

                     

                    A State Airborne Infection Control Committee (SAICC) should be established for adoption and integration of the national guidelines on airborne infection control in health care and other settings in the hospital infection control plans of various health care facilities in the states

                    Composition of SAICC

                    SAICC has representatives from Mission Director, National Rural Health Mission, Director Health Services (Nodal Officer), Director Medical Education and Research, State TB Officer, Project Director-SACS, State Task Force for Medical Colleges, Representative of IMA (State Body), Architects and Engineers from State PWD, Representative of State Pollution Control Board, NGO / CBO

                     

                    The airborne infection control activities at the district level should be coordinated and undertaken by the Sub-Committee on Biomedical Waste Management / Infection Control (SC-BMW/IC) under the District Health Society (DHS). They should function under guidance and close coordination with the SAICC, State Health Society and with the TB Sub-Committee under DHS (NRHM).

                    Composition of SC-BMW/IC

                    SC-BMW/IC has representatives from Medical College / District Hospital, Representative of Pollution Control Board Office at the district, Director, Nursing Administration and Training or equivalent, Representative of IMA (Local Body) / NGO / CBO

                     

                    The Hospital infection control committee (HICC) is an integral component of the IPC programme of the health care facility.

                    The main functions of HICC include:

                    1. Establish the IPC programme in the health care facility, develop action plan for strengthening IPC measures for the facility and individual units within the facility with priorities based on the risk assessment

                    2. Constitute an infection control team to oversee IPC implementation in the facility

                    3. Review and revise annually infection control guidelines with policies, recommendations and working protocols with standard precautions, hand hygiene, cleaning and decontamination, disinfection and sterilization as key components

                    4. Organize training programmes on recommendations of the guidelines and IPC practices for staff

                    5. Develop an antibiotic policy and antibiotic stewardship programme

                    6. Conduct surveillance of antimicrobial resistance, monitor trends in hospital acquired infections (HAI), investigate outbreaks of HAIs

                    7. Evaluate the effectiveness of interventions for IPC, analyze the surveillance data and identify at-risk patients. Take appropriate action and implement recommendations where necessary

                    8. Conduct audits and quality control of IPC activities, ensure compliance with recommendations

                    9. Help control environmental risks for infection by liaising with appropriate departments such as healthcare waste management, provision of safe water (testing of water sources), pharmacy, housekeeping services, laundry and kitchen services

                     

                    Resources

                    Guidelines on Airborne Infection Control in Healthcare and Other Settings.

                    National Guidelines for Infection Prevention and Control in Healthcare Facilities (https://www.mohfw.gov.in/pdf/National%20Guidelines%20for%20IPC%20in%20H…)

                     

                    Question

                    Answer 1

                    Answer 2

                    Answer 3

                    All

                    Correct answer

                    Correct explanation

                    Page id

                    Part of Pre-test

                    Part of Post-test

                    Who are the important stakeholders in Infection Prevention and Control?

                    National Airborne Infection Control Committee (NAICC)

                    State Airborne Infection Control Committee (SAICC)

                    Sub-Committee on Biomedical Waste Management/ Infection Control (SC-BMW/IC)

                    All of the above

                    4

                    Commitment at national: National Airborne Infection Control Committee (NAICC); state: State Airborne Infection Control Committee (SAICC); and district: Sub-Committee on Biomedical Waste Management / Infection Control (SC-BMW/IC) levels are required to support and facilitate the implementation of Infection Prevention and Control (IPC) measures.

                     

                     

                     

              • M 07: TB Treatment, Follow-up and Public Health Actions

                Fullscreen
                • Ch 23: General Concepts in TB Treatment for LT

                  Fullscreen
                  • First line anti TB drugs

                    Content

                    First line drugs are the least toxic and most effective drugs that are used in first line of therapy.

                     

                    The first-line antituberculosis drugs that form the core of treatment regimens are

                     

                    Drugs

                    Characteristics

                    Rifampicin (R)

                    Helps in early clearance of tuberculosis bacteria from the specimen

                    Isoniazid (H)

                    Most Powerful drug, that destroys all population of tuberculosis organism

                    Pyrazinamide (Z)

                    Kills or stops the growth of certain populations of TB bacilli

                    Ethambutol (E)

                    Prevents the growth of TB bacilli in association with other tuberculosis drugs to prevent emergence of resistant bacilli

                     

                    Resources:

                    • Tuberculosis: Multidrug-resistant tuberculosis (MDR-TB)

                    Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                  • TB Drug Regimen

                    Content

                    A regimen means a prescribed systematic form of treatment for a course of drug(s). For TB treatment, Multi drug combination of regimen is followed. 

                     

                    All TB drug regimens have an initial intensive phase(IP) followed by a continuation phase(CP). 

                    Following are some of the main TB drug regimens used based on the drug resistance pattern detected for TB patients.

                     

                    • First-Line Anti TB Drugs(Prescribed for Drug Sensitive TB DS-TB)
                      • Daily weight band wise FDC

                     

                    • Second-Line Anti TB Drugs (Prescribed for Drug Resistance TB - DR-TB)
                      • H Mono Poly Regimen
                      • Shorter oral Bedaquiline containing MDR-TB regimen
                      • Longer oral Bedaquiline containing regimen
                      • Shorter injectable containing MDR-TB regimen
                  • Treatment Phases

                    Content

                    Standard TB Treatment is divided into two phases

                    • Intensive Phase(IP): In this phase,
                      • Kills most of the TB bacteria during the first 8 weeks of treatment, but some bacteria can survive longer
                      • Therefore, more drugs are administered to kill the bacteria and reduce the severity of disease.
                      • Treatment in this phase usually is of short duration(2 to 6 Months or more) in comparison to Continuation Phase(CP)

                     

                    • Continuation Phase(CP): In this phase,
                      • All the remaining TB bacteria are in the dormant stage i.e., stage when growth and development of bacteria are temporarily stopped.
                      • Therefore, fewer but powerful antibiotics are administered to kill those bacteria. 
                      • Treatment in this phase usually lasts longer than Intensive Phase(IP)(4 to 18 Months or more)

                     

                    Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                     

                  • FDCs used in NTEP

                    Content
                    Image
                    FDCs used in NTEP
                • Ch 24: TB Treatment initiation and Follow-up

                  Fullscreen
                  • TB Treatment Initiation

                    Content

                    The Medical Officer (MO) of the referring health facility initiates TB treatment on receipt of the diagnostic test results. All efforts are made to initiate the treatment at the earliest.

                    The treatment regimen is decided based on the type of patient and TB (based on drug sensitivity pattern, i.e., drug-sensitive TB or H-mono/ poly resistance, history of adverse drug reaction to anti-TB drugs).

                    The patient needs constant support of a health volunteer or peer, who can monitor the treatment, help him in getting a follow-up, keep him motivated, counsel the family/ contacts, etc. These health volunteers/ peers are called treatment supporters in NTEP.

                     

                    The steps in treatment initiation include:

                    • The MO performs a clinical evaluation of the patient and assesses for comorbidities.
                    • Counselling of TB patients and their families should be done.
                    • Peripheral health worker/ treatment supporters responsible for monitoring treatment adherence and treatment providers acceptable to the patient should be assigned.
                    • A treatment card should be opened for each patient.
                    • Each patient should be given a TB Identity Card.
                    • Drugs should be made available at the treatment centre.
                    • Public health action for all notified TB patients should be initiated.

                    All the process related to patient treatment initiation should be documented in Nikshay. 

                    Resources

                    • Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, 2020.

                     

                    Assessment

                    Question​

                    Answer 1​

                    Answer 2​

                    Answer 3​

                    Answer 4​

                    Correct answer​

                    Correct explanation​

                    Page id​

                    Part of Pre-test​

                    Part of Post-test​

                    What key activities are included during TB treatment initiation?

                    Clinical evaluation

                    Counselling

                    Treatment card and TB ID card opened, Nikshay updated with treatment details

                     All the above

                    4

                    During TB treatment initiation the key activities include clinical evaluation of the patient; counselling of patient and family members; opening of treatment card and TB ID card and updating of treatment details on Nikshay.

                    ​

                    Yes

                    Yes

                  • Follow-up of TB patient

                    Content

                    To know the TB treatment response and to determine that if patient is cured, TB patients are clinically evaluated at the end of every four weeks of treatment, and they are also followed up by performing sputum test at end of each treatment phase (i.e. Intensive phase and Continuation phase)

                    TB patients during clinical evaluations are assessed to

                    • Identify possible adverse reactions to medications;
                    • Check for any comorbid conditions;
                    • Weight change;
                    • monitor adherence; and determine treatment efficacy by observing their symptoms

                    Although each patient responds to treatment at a different pace, all TB symptoms should gradually improve and eventually go away.

                    Patients whose symptoms do not improve during the first 2 months of treatment, or whose symptoms worsen after improving initially, should be re-evaluated for adherence issues and development of drug resistance.

                  • TB Treatment Outcome

                    Content

                    When a TB patient consumes all the doses under the prescribed regimen, then Treatment Outcome is declared for a Patient.

                     

                    Treatment Outcome

                    Description

                    Cured

                    A TB patient who was microbiologically confirmed for TB at the beginning of treatment but who is smear or culture negative at the end of complete treatment

                    Treatment Complete

                    A TB patient who completed treatment without evidence of failure or clinical deterioration BUT with no record to show that the smear or culture results of biological specimen in the last month of treatment was negative, either because the test was not done or because the result is unavailable

                    Treatment Failure

                    A TB patient whose biological specimen is positive by smear or culture at the end of treatment

                     

                    A case of paediatric TB who fails to have microbiological conversion to negative status or fails to respond clinically/or deteriorates after 4 weeks of compliant intensive phase shall be deemed to have failed response provided alternative diagnoses/reasons for non-response have been ruled out.

                    Loss to Follow up

                    A TB patient whose treatment was interrupted continuously for one month or more

                    Not Evaluated

                    A TB patient for whom no treatment outcome is assigned

                    Treatment Regimen Changed

                    A TB patient who is on first line regimen and has been diagnosed as having TB(DR-TB) and switched to DR-TB regimen prior to being declared as failed

                    Died

                    A patient who has died during anti-TB treatment(due to any reason)

                    Treatment success is considered when a TB patient either Cured or Treatment completed is accounted in treatment success

                  • Adverse Drug Reactions

                    Content

                    Adverse Drug Reactions(ADR) are unwanted or harmful reactions experienced following the use of a drug or combination of drugs and are suspected to be related to a drug. Severity of adverse effects varies from tolerable and mild ADRs to serious and life threatening ADRs.

                     

                    Figure: Various Adverse Drug Reactions

                     

                    Common ADR Symptoms:

                    • Pain in upper abdominal area, with loss of appetite
                    • Nausea – Uneasy feeling with inclination to vomit, after having the drugs
                    • Gastritis – Burning sensation in lower chest region, bloating sensation, sourness in mouth
                    • Diarrhoea - Loose stool(2-3 in a day)
                  • Long Term Post-treatment follow up of TB patients

                    Content

                    After completion of TB treatment, all patients should be followed up at the end of

                    • 6 months,
                    • 12 months,
                    • 18 months &
                    • 24 months

                    TB patients at the follow up should be screened for any clinical symptoms and/or cough. If found positive on screening, then sputum microscopy and/or culture should be considered. This is important in detecting the recurrence of TB at the earliest.

                    After completion of TB treatment, if the patient has not developed any clinical symptoms and/or cough and also if the microscopy remains negative during their follow up, then the patient is considered as “Relapse Free Cure from TB.”

                     

                  • Universal DST [UDST]

                    Content

                    Drug Susceptibility Testing (DST) refers to in-vitro testing using either of the phenotypic methods to determine susceptibility. Drug Resistance Testing (DRT) refers to in-vitro testing using genotypic methods (molecular techniques) to determine resistance.    

                     

                    Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST) refers to universal access to rapid DST for at least Rifampicin (R), and further DST for at least Fluoroquinolones (FQs) among all TB patients with rifampicin-resistance.

                    • UDST is essential to identify patients who can be initiated on Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) treatment instead of Drug-sensitive TB (DS-TB) treatment, especially in a situation where the drug-resistance level is high.
                    • It should be done preferably before initiation of treatment to a maximum within 15 days of diagnosis.
                    • UDST is a part of national policy under the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP).
                    • NTEP has undertaken decentralization of quality assured diagnostics for scale up of UDST across the country which has helped in early detection of DR-TB treatment and reducing associated morbidity and mortality.
                  • Screening and diagnosis for DRTB

                    Content

                    Drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) diagnosis is predominantly based on laboratory diagnosis. Presumptive-TB/ DR-TB is identified by the health facility doctor during passive screening or by health staff/ community volunteers during Active Case Finding (ACF). 

                    The vision of National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) is to provide early diagnosis to all persons with any form of DR-TB through Universal Drug Susceptibility Testing (UDST).

                    All diagnosed TB patients are eligible for a NAAT test to know their Rifampicin sensitivity status. The integrated diagnostic algorithm for diagnosis of TB offers upfront Nucliec Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) for diagnosis of TB to vulnerable population. Among other eligible groups for NAAT are: non-responders to treatment and contacts of DR-TB patients are also offered upfront NAAT.

                    Rapid identification of DR-TB is achieved by using a combination of NAAT (CBNAAT/ Truenat) followed by sequential testing by first- and second-line Line Probe Assay (LPA) and Liquid Culture (LC) and Drug Susceptibility Testing (DST) for specific drugs as described below:

                    • When Rifampicin resistance is not detected by NAAT, the patient is offered First-line (FL) LPA.FL-LPA provides information on Isoniazid resistance.
                    • For Rif resistance/Inh resistance cases, SL-LPA  is done and it provides information on resistance to Levofloxacin, Moxifloxacin and Amikacin.
                    • For all Rif resistance cases, LC and DST is done for Pyrazinamid, Moxifloxacin (if resistance detected by LPA), Linezolid, Clofazimine*, Bedaquiline* and Delamanid*.

                     

                    (* when available)

                     

                    Resources

                    • Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021.

                     

                    Assessment

                    Question​ Answer 1​ Answer 2​ Answer 3​ Answer 4​ Correct answer​ Correct explanation​ Page id​ Part of Pre-test​ Part of Post-test​
                    Liquid Culture and DST is done before NAAT. True False     2 Rapid identification of DR-TB is achieved by using a combination of NAAT (CBNAAT/ Truenat) followed by sequential testing by first- and second-line LPA and then liquid culture and DST. ​ Yes Yes
                • Ch 25: TB Preventive Therapy

                  Fullscreen
                  • TB Preventive Therapy

                    Content

                    TPT treatment options recommended under NTEP include:

                    • 3-month weekly Isoniazid and Rifapentine (3HP)
                    • 6-months daily isoniazid (6H)

                     

                    Table 1: TPT Options for Target Population; Source: (Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment)

                    Table 2: TPT dosage based on age and weight band recommended by NTEP; Source: Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment

                     

                    Resources

                    • Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment
                    • National Strategic Plan for TB Elimination

                    Assessment

                    Question   Answer 1   Answer 2   Answer 3   Answer 4   Correct answer   Correct explanation   Page id   Part of Pre-test   Part of Post-test  
                    TPT options recommended under NTEP include which of the following?   3-month weekly Isoniazid and Rifapentine (3HP)   Rifampicin 6-months daily isoniazid (6H) 1 and 3 4 TPT options recommended under NTEP include 3-month weekly Isoniazid and Rifapentine (3HP) and 6-months daily isoniazid (6H).   Yes Yes
                  • Eligibility for TPT

                    Content

                    The eligibility for TB Preventive Treatment (TPT) relies on ruling out active TB among individuals and groups who are known to have a high risk of acquiring TB. 

                    Prioritization of the target population for TPT is based on elevated risk of progression from infection to TB disease or increased likelihood of exposure to TB disease: At-risk populations include:  

                    1. Expanded eligible group including children >5 years, adolescents and adult Household Contacts (HHC) of pulmonary* TB patients notified in Nikshay from public and private sector (*bacteriologically confirmed pulmonary TB patients will be prioritized for enumeration of the target population for TPT)

                    Table 1: Target Population (Expanded Eligible Groups); Source: Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment.  

                    (*bacteriologically confirmed pulmonary TB patients will be prioritized for enumeration of the target population for TPT)

                    TPT reduces the overall risk for TB by 60-90% among People Living with HIV (PLHIV). Adults and children (>12 months) living with PLHIV should be screened for TB using a four-symptom complex and TPT can be provided to those without symptoms or after ruling out active TB in those with TB symptoms.  

                    All HHC of pulmonary TB patients is at substantially higher risk for progression to active TB than the general population. Hence, all HHC of pulmonary TB patients, regardless of their age, should be given TPT after ruling out TB. In children HHC under 5 years of age, TPT will be offered after ruling out active TB, without testing for TB infection. In children, HHC >5 years and adults, chest X-rays and testing for TB infection would be offered wherever available.

                    1. Expanded to other risk groups 

                    Individuals in other risk groups include those on immunosuppressive therapy, having silicosis, on anti-TNF treatment, on dialysis, and preparing for organ or haematologic transplantation.  

                    Systematic TB infection testing and treatment are not recommended for people with diabetes mellitus, malnutrition, smoking, or harmful alcohol abuse unless they have other risk factors for TB, such as HIV infection or a history of contact with TB patients within their household. 

                    Table 2: Target Population (Other Risk Groups); Source: Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment.   

                    Resource 

                    Guidelines for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment. 

                    Assessment 

                    Question     Answer 1     Answer 2     Answer 3     Answer 4     Correct answer     Correct explanation     Page id     Part of Pre-test     Part of Post-test    
                    TPT reduces the overall risk for TB by 60-90% among People Living with HIV (PLHIV).  True  False        1  TPT reduces the overall risk for TB by 60-90% among People Living with HIV (PLHIV).             

                     

                     

                  • Testing for TB Infection

                    Content

                    For TB infection, there are two recommended tests which can be used to identify such patients.

                    Tuberculin Skin Test (TST)

                    The skin test is done by injecting a small amount (0.5 ml) of TB antigens into the top layer of skin on your inner forearm. If one has ever been exposed to TB bacteria (Mycobacterium tuberculosis), there will be a reaction indicated by the development of a firm red bump (induration) >= 10 mm at the site within 2 days.

                    Image
                    Tuberculin Skin Test

                    Figure: Tuberculin Skin Test

                     

                    Interferon-gamma release assay (IGRA)

                    IGRA is a Blood test. If one has been exposed to TB bacteria, the white blood cell in the blood will release a substance called gamma interferon when the cells are exposed to specific TB antigens.

                    Image
                    Interferon-gamma release assay (IGRA)

                    Figure: Interferon-gamma release assay (IGRA)

                    Resources:

                    • Latent Tuberculosis Infection Guideline
                    • Guideline for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment in India

                     

                    Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                  • Regimen for TPT

                    Content

                    The following TPT treatment options are recommended under NTEP once active TB has been ruled out:

                     

                     

                    6H

                    3HP

                    Medicines

                    Isoniazid

                    Isoniazid + rifapentine

                    Duration (months)

                    6

                    3

                    Interval

                    Daily

                    Weekly

                    Doses

                    182

                    12

                    Pregnant women

                    Safe for use

                    Not Known

                     

                    Post-treatment TPT for PLHIV: In patients previously treated for TB, post-treatment TPT has been considered in view of the 5-7 times higher risk of recurrence of TB among PLHIV and nearly 90% of these due to re-infection. Thus, all CLHIV/PLHIV who had successfully completed treatment for TB disease earlier should receive a course of TPT after completing treatment of TB.

                     

                    Resources 

                    • Guideline for Programmatic Management of Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment in India

                    • Consolidated Guidelines on Tuberculosis: Module 1: Prevention: Tuberculosis Preventive Treatment, 2020

                    • Latent TB Infection : Updated and Consolidated Guidelines for Programmatic Management, WHO, 2018

                     

                    Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                     

                • Ch 26: Public Health Actions for TB

                  Fullscreen
                  • Public Health Actions

                    Content

                    Public Health Action is conducted under the NTEP programme to support and prevent further health complications among TB patients after diagnosis.

                     

                    Figure: Various activities under Public Health Action

                     

                     

                  • Contact Tracing and Investigation

                    Content

                    Contact tracing is a process to identify people who are  at a high risk of developing TB due to their contact with a known TB case.

                    The aim of contact tracing is to find other people with TB disease and those infected with TB

                    All close contacts, especially household contacts of a Pulmonary TB patient, should be screened for TB. 

                    In paediatric TB patients, reverse contact tracing for the search of any active TB case in the child's household must be undertaken.

                    Particular attention should be paid to contacts with the highest susceptibility to TB infection.

                    Figure: Contacts to be Prioritized for contact TB screening

                     

                  • Direct Benefit Transfer(DBT) under NTEP

                    Content

                    Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) is a major initiative of Government of India (GoI) whereby any government subsidy or benefit is to be transferred directly into the beneficiary's bank accounts. Intermediary government agencies only manage the process of payments, without handling actutal money.

                    NTEP is one of the first health programmes in India to use a fully adopt DBT. It uses an end to end electronic system, to digitise beneficiary information and transfer monetary benefits. In NTEP to process benefits, two electronic systems are used, Ni-kshay (operated by NTEP) and PFMS (Public Finance Management System, operated by the Ministry of Finance). Ni-kshay enables Direct Benefit Transfer by digitizing the beneficiaries(bank account details of patients, treatment supporters and providers) and calculates of incentives/ benefits (eligible payment) and processes them for payment through PFMS under various schemes. The various schemes operational under NTEP are:

                    • Nikshay Poshan Yojana(NPY)
                    • Tribal Support Scheme
                    • Treatment supporter’s Honorarium
                    • Incentive for Notification and Outcome
                  • DBT Schemes in Nikshay

                  • Linkages to Social Welfare Schemes

                    Content

                    The government of India introduced Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) to ensure that the benefits and subsidies are reaching the beneficiaries directly and to fasten the process. Through the process, money is directly transferred to the beneficiaries' bank account keeping the intermediary agencies and stakeholders only to manage the process of payment.

                     

                    National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP) transfers all benefits to patients using the two systems:

                    • Nikshay
                    • Public Finance Management System (PFMS)

                     

                    DBT Schemes available in the NTEP

                     

                    Nikshay Poshan Yojana (NPY)

                    Objective: To provide nutritional support to TB patients at the time of noti­fication and subsequently during the course of treatment.

                    Beneficiary: All unique TB patients noti­fied on or after 1st April 2018 (including all existing TB patients under treatment for at least one month from this date).

                    Benefit Amount: Rs. 500 for a treatment month paid in instalments of up to Rs. 1000 as an advance.

                     

                    Transport Support for TB patients in Notified Tribal Areas

                    Objective: To provide ­financial support as transport allowance for TB patients belonging to notifi­ed tribal areas (in addition to the nutritional support provided under NPY).

                    Beneficiary: All noti­fied TB patients from notifi­ed tribal areas.

                    Benefit Amount: Rs. 750 as a one-time payment at the time of notifi­cation.

                     

                     

                    Incentives for Private Sector Providers and Informants

                    Objective: To provide ­financial incentives for noti­fication and subsequent follow-up until completion of treatment of TB patients who are diagnosed/ treated by a private provider.

                    Beneficiary: Private providers (private practitioner, hospital, laboratory and chemist) who notify TB patients to NTEP on Nikshay.

                    Incentive Amount: Rs. 500 as a one-time payment on noti­fication and Rs. 500 to a private practitioner or hospital for updating the patient’s treatment outcome.

                     

                    Treatment Supporters’ Honorarium

                    Objective: To provide an honorarium to the treatment supporters for supporting TB patients.

                    Beneficiary: Community Treatment Supporters who support patients during treatment, leading to a successful outcome (cured or treatment completed).

                    Incentive Amount: Rs. 1,000 as a one-time payment on the update of outcome for drug-sensitive TB patients and Rs. 2,000 on completion of Intensive Phase (IP) and Rs. 3,000 on completion of Continuation Phase (CP) of treatment for drug-resistant TB patients.

                     

                    Criteria/ Pre-requisites for Availing the Benefits in NTEP

                     

                    • All benefits are processed for the respective beneficiary base on the rules and eligibility criteria defined above except for the treatment supporter, which needs to be manually uploaded by the TB Unit (TU) level staff.
                    • Beneficiary ID in Nikshay will be assigned to all patients which are unique. The benefits processed will be tracked under this ID. All beneficiaries need to register their bank details in Nikshay to enable DBT.

                     

                    Treatment Supporter

                     

                    A trained treatment supporter, who can be a health worker or community volunteer, will assist the patient to adhere to the drugs, provide counselling support, nutritional support, screen for adverse reactions, psycho-social support, comorbidity management and follow-up laboratory investigations.

                     

                    The Treatment Support Honorarium is available as per the following eligibility:

                    • The treatment Supporter must be registered in Nikshay and designated as the primary Treatment Supporter.
                    • The linked patient must complete treatment or has to be cured.
                    • The treatment Supporter should not be a salaried government employee.

                     

                     

                    Resources

                    Direct Benefi­t Transfer Manual for National Tuberculosis Elimination Programme, CTD, 2020.

                     

                    Assessment

                    Question

                    Answer 1

                    Answer 2

                    Answer 3

                    Answer 4

                    Correct Answer

                    Correct Explanation

                    Only patients and treatment supporters seeking treatment in the public sector are eligible for DBT benefits.

                    True

                    False

                     

                     

                    2

                    Private providers are eligible for financial incentives for noti­fication and subsequent follow-up until completion of treatment of TB patients who are diagnosed/ treated by them.

                • Ch 27: Comorbidity screening and testing

                  Fullscreen
                  • Comorbidity & special situation with TB

                    Content

                    Several medical conditions are risk factors for TB and poor TB treatment outcomes. Similarly, TB can complicate the course of some diseases. Therefore, it is important to identify these comorbidities in people diagnosed with TB to ensure early diagnosis and improved outcomes. When these conditions are highly prevalent in the general population, they can significantly contribute to the TB burden. Consequently, reducing the prevalence of these conditions can help prevent TB.

                    TB shares underlying social determinants with many of these conditions. Addressing the social determinants of health is a shared responsibility across disease programmes and other stakeholders within and beyond the health sector. 

                    Figure: Various comorbid and special situation related with tuberculosis

                     

                  • HIV in TB Patients

                    Content

                    The primary impact of HIV on TB is that the risk of developing TB becomes higher in patients with HIV. Overall, HIV-infected persons have an approximately 8-times greater risk of TB than persons without HIV infection. 

                    Screen TB PLHIV patients for symptoms of TB and HIV

                    Figure: Screening steps for TB - HIV patients

                    Treatment for TB HIV Patients​

                    • All TB patients who have been diagnosed and registered under NTEP should be referred for screening for HIV.
                    • Referral of TB patients for screening for HIV and its recording & reporting is the responsibility of the Peripheral Health Institutions(PHI) where TB treatment is initiated.
                    • TB patients diagnosed with HIV will receive the same duration of TB treatment with daily regimen as non-HIV TB patients.
                    • TB patients must be referred to the nearest ART(Anti - Retroviral Treatment) centre for management of HIV.
                  • Diabetes in TB Patients

                    Content

                    As a consequence of urbanization as well as social and economic development, there has been a rapidly growing epidemic of Diabetes Mellitus(DM). India has the second largest number of diabetic people in the world.

                    Screen TB patients for symptoms of diabetes

                     

                    Figure: Screening steps for TB - Diabetic Patients

                     

                    Treatment for TB Diabetes Patients​

                    • All TB patients who have been diagnosed and registered under NTEP will be referred for screening for Diabetes.
                    • Referral of TB patients for screening for DM and its recording & reporting is the responsibility of the Peripheral Health Institutions(PHI) where TB treatment is initiated.
                    • TB patients diagnosed with diabetes will receive the same duration of TB treatment with daily regimen as non-diabetic TB patients.
                    • TB patients must be referred to the nearest healthcare facility for management of DM.
                    • Regular monitoring of blood sugar levels is advised.
                  • Pregnancy and Lactation in TB Patients

                    Content

                    The presence of tuberculosis disease during pregnancy, delivery, and postpartum is known to result in unfavourable outcomes for both pregnant women and their infants. These outcomes include a roughly two-fold increased risk of preterm birth, low birth weight, intrauterine growth restriction, and a six-fold increase in perinatal death.

                    Screen TB patients in Pregnancy & Lactating Patients

                    Figure: Screening Steps in special situation - Pregnancy and Lactating TB Patients

                     

                    Treatment for TB - Pregnant & Lactating Patients

                    • Cases of pregnant/lactating women with active TB should be referred to the nearest health facility of NTEP for further management.
                    • They should be continued on iron and folic acid and other vitamins and minerals to complement their maternal micronutrient needs.
                    • In situations when calcium intake is low, calcium supplementation is recommended as part of antenatal care.

                     

                  • COVID-19 in TB patients

                    Content

                    Tuberculosis and COVID-19 are infectious diseases which primarily attack the lungs. They present with similar symptoms of cough, fever and difficulty in breathing, although TB disease has a longer incubation period and a slower onset of disease.

                     

                    Screen patients for symptoms of TB and COVID-19

                    Figure: Screening steps for TB - COVID 19 Patients

                     

                    Management of TB & COVID-19 Patients

                    People with TB are likely to be at increased risk of COVID-19 infection, illness and death. So, TB patients should take precautions as advised by health authorities to be protected from COVID-19 and continue their TB treatment as prescribed.

                     

                    Prevention: While both TB and COVID-19 are spread by close contact between people, the exact mode of transmission differs. Thus, the patient should be explained the following measures to control disease spread.

                    • Apart from that keeping rooms well ventilated, avoiding crowds and Respiratory precautions are thus important in the control of COVID-19 and TB Disease
                • Ch 28: TB Treatment Adherence

                  Fullscreen
                  • TB Treatment Adherence

                    Content

                    Tuberculosis(TB) is curable if patients are treated with effective, uninterrupted anti-tuberculous treatment. Treatment adherence is critical for curing individual patients, controlling the spread of infection in the community, and minimizing the development of drug resistance.

                    Adherence to treatment means that a patient follows the recommended course of treatment by taking all the prescribed medications for the entire length of time, as necessary. In other words, “right dose for the right duration”.

                    In Drug Sensitive Tuberculosis(DSTB), a TB patient completes 168 doses of TB treatment and adheres to TB treatment.


                     

                  • Importance of Treatment adherence

                    Content

                    Adherence to tuberculosis(TB) treatment is important for promoting individual and public health. Poor adherence to TB treatment results in:

                    • More individual suffering and death,
                    • Costly treatment as treatment regimens lengthen and
                    • Increases the risk for Drug Resistant Tuberculosis

                     

                    Proper treatment of all forms of TB is critical to reducing individual morbidity and mortality and to interrupting transmission among family and community members.


                     

                  • Recording and Monitoring Adherence

                    Content

                    Recording of Treatment Adherence can be done as

                    • Manually by DOT/Health Care Provider in TB Treatment Card of a patient.
                    • Self-reported by Patient using digital tools for reporting adherence using 99 DOTS and MERM technologies.

                     

                    Monitoring Treatment Adherence:

                    All TB patients should be monitored to assess their response to TB treatment. Nikshay Adherence calendar has a colour legend for various doses taken by a patient

                     

                    Figure: Sample Nikshay Adherence Calendar in web and Mobile App

                     

                    COLOUR LEGEND DOSE DESCRIPTION
                      Treatment Start /End Denotes Treatment start and End Date
                      Digitally Reported Dose Denotes that the patient has successfully called the Toll Free Number displayed on the envelope
                      Manually Reported Dose Indicates that the staff has marked manually confirmed dose for the day
                      Unreported Dose Indicates that there was no call event received on Nikshay for that day
                      Manually Reported Missed Dose Indicates that the staff has marked a manually confirmed missed dose for the day
                      Digitally Reported(From Shared Phone Number) Indicates that the patient has been calling from a shaed number(A mobile number that is common for more than one patient)
                    Image
                    DSTB Paper Treatment Card

                    Figure: DSTB Treatment Card (Paper)
                     

                  • Digital Adherence Monitoring Technologies

                    Content

                    99DOTS is a low-cost digital adherence technology built-in Nikshay that uses inexpensive packaging(envelopes or stickers) with medication that enables people taking medication to engage with their treatment daily. This packaging, distributed to TB patients taking medications, has a hidden number behind perforated flaps on the external envelope; in some cases, the number may be fixed outside the medication blister or pill bottle. This number can be a toll-free number that can be called to register daily adherence or a code sent by SMS, USSD, or other communication channels. Calling or messaging the number is free!

                    Figure: 99 DOTS Envelope

                     

                    MERM: The Medication Event Reminder Monitor(MERM) is a digital pillbox that provides daily pill-taking reminders and facilitates remote monitoring of medication adherence. This system provides visual and audible reminders for both daily dosing and refill,.transmits this data to a server so that healthcare providers can remotely visualize patients’ dosing histories to support enhanced adherence counselling. 

                     

                    Figure: MERM Box

                     


                     

                  • Recording manual doses in Nikshay

                    Content

                    Manual recording of Adherence in Nikshay:

                    in Nikshay, Adherence can only be recorded only if there is corresponding dispensation being issued to a Patient 

                    Figure: Steps to record manual dose in Nikshay

                     

                    Recording in Patient Treatment Card:

                     

                    Figure: Filled Treatment card for TB Patient

                     


                     

                  • Recording missed doses in Nikshay

                    Content

                    Missed Dose recording in Nikshay:

                    For recording missed doses in Nikshay, following steps should be followed:

                     

                     

              • M 08: Interacting with Patients

                Fullscreen
                • Ch 29: Stigma, Discrimination and Gender sensitivity

                  Fullscreen
                  • Stigma and Discrimination towards TB Patient

                    Content

                    Stigma is when someone sees you in a negative way.

                    Image result for stigma icon

                    Discrimination is when someone treats you in a negative way.

                    Image result for stigma icon

                    TB patients face various forms of stigma and discrimination in the community

                    Figure: Stigma towards TB Patients in the community


                     

                  • Effects of Stigma on TB Patients

                    Content

                    At Individual Level

                    • Lack of self-esteem and confidence
                    • Increased sense of emotional isolation, feeling of guilt and anxiety
                    • Physical as well as financial debilitation
                    • People, more often women, are forced to leave their homes
                    • Concealing symptoms and hesitancy in seeking medical care making disease management more difficult
                    • Delayed diagnosis, interrupted treatment that can lead to further transmission and DRTB
                    • Vulnerability increases, can lead to suicidal thoughts due to isolation and shame

                     

                    At Family and Community Levels

                    • Loss of household earnings
                    • Exposure of caregivers to the risk of infection that lowers productivity and cycle of poverty further gets perpetuated
                    • Isolation and stigmatization of infected persons often by people of their community
                    • Deep-rooted lack of knowledge and misconceptions among the affected and infected within their cultural and religious environment
                    • Loss of status and negative impact on those with the disease, their caregivers, family, friends and communities
                    • Perceived and internalized stigma of the community due to socio-cultural values that TB is punishment for sins or transgression
                  • Gender Aspects of TB

                    Content

                    Although more men are affected by TB, women and transgender persons experience the disease differently. Gender differences and inequalities play a significant role in how people of all gender access and receive healthcare services.

                    Gender difference in Men Women
                    Incidence of TB
                    • Higher proportion of men(approximately- 2:1) are diagnosed with TB than women
                    • More likely to have microbiologically confirmed Pulmonary TB
                    • More likely to have Clinically diagnosed pulmonary TB and extra – pulmonary forms of TB
                    • Prevalence of HIV-TB co-infection is higher among women who live in overcrowded houses and consume alcohol
                    • High Risk for developing TB – Pregnant women and women in the postpartum period
                    Exposure, Risk & Vulnerability
                    • Smoking and alcohol consumption among men
                    • High risk for developing TB - employment in mining, quarrying, metals and construction industries
                    Undernutrition, their role as caretakers and the use of solid fuel for cooking puts women at risk for TB
                    Health Seeking & Health system factors
                    • Fear of loss of income and the consequences of absence from work hinder care seeking.
                    • Women face difficulties due to perceived stigma, prioritization of household chores, lack of money or financial dependence
                    Treatment Outcomes
                    • Pressure to get back to work and lifestyle habits such as smoking or consumption of alcohol influence discontinuation of treatment in men
                    • Migrant workers, mostly men, often face difficulties in adherence to treatment in the face of extreme poverty and issues of daily survival
                    • Women tend to have better adherence and treatment outcome as compared to men
                    • Stigma and discrimination are major impediments to treatment adherence, mainly among unmarried women, newly married women and the elderly

                    Transgender population often has low literacy, low education levels and are poor. A high proportion of transgender persons are known to smoke, consume alcohol and use drugs. All these factors make them vulnerable to TB.

                  • Addressing Gender Inequalities

                    Content

                    Broad principles to address gender inequalities in TB care

                    1. Confidentiality of patient needs to be maintained
                    2. Non-discrimination and non-stigmatising behaviour to be promoted
                    3. Respect for all to be ensured
                    4. Informed consent and informed treatment
                    5. Accountability to be fixed for actions and inactions
                    6. Access for all health services
                    7. Rights-based approach
                    8. Empowered communities - Ensure representation of women, men and transgender persons in all forums
                    9. Work in partnership - Strengthen linkages between program, private sector and communities


                     

                • Ch 30: Counselling for Collecting Sputum Specimen

                  Fullscreen
                  • Obtaining Induced Sputum

                    Content

                    Induced sputum is considered in a situation where a person is unable to provide sputum sample in sufficient quantity for Tuberculosis (TB) diagnostic test. This situation is more evident in children.

                    • Sputum induction is usually done using 3% nebulized hypertonic saline.
                    • The patient is pretreated with nebulized bronchodilators like salbutamol prior to induction.
                    • Following saline nebulization, chest physiotherapy is done to loosen up the secretion and the samples are collected from the throat or nasopharynx using a collector attached to a suction at one end and a catheter/ tube to the other.
                    • The suction catheter provokes cough and the secretions brought up are collected via suction.

                     

                    Sputum Induction has to be carried out only in a clinical setting under the close supervision of a trained medical practitioner.

                     

                    Resources

                     

                    • National Guidelines on Diagnosis and Treatment of Paediatric Tuberculosis, Central TB Division, MoHFW.

                     

                    Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

                • Ch 31: Communicating Results to the patient

                  Fullscreen
                  • Need to communicate results to patient

                    Content

                    It is important that patients receive their positive/negative test results and an adequate explanation of the results in a timely manner.

                    Time required for different Laboratory test results include:

                    1. Smear microscopy/follow up:1 day

                    2. Nucleic Acid Amplification Test (NAAT) (CBNAAT/Truenat):1-2 days

                    3. Line Probe Assay (LPA): 2-3 days

                    4. Liquid Culture DST (Drug Susceptibility testing): 22-48 days

                    Results of all laboratory tests such as smear, culture and DST / LPA / NAAT should be entered in Nikshay by the testing facility

                    Communicating test results

                    Communicating test results to the patient provides an opportunity to discuss about TB disease, its prognosis and treatment options.

                    It also includes counselling and educating patient and family members on need for regular treatment, cough etiquette and proper disposal of sputum to prevent transmission of disease.

                    It is important that:

                    • All results should be communicated to the concerned health facility through Nikshay as soon as results are available
                    • Alternative means (email, SMS etc) are also used to communicate the test results
                    • Test results once available, should be promptly communicated to the patients by NTEP supervisors/general health system staff/community volunteers within 1-2 days
                      • It is essential that laboratory technicians record the complete addresses of patients examined for diagnosis. This facilitates tracing and initiation of treatment for all diagnosed TB cases
                    • All patients whose test report is positive should be provided information on TB disease, TB treatment and counselled for early treatment initiation. Emphasis should be made on starting the treatment at the earliest in order to prevent further transmission of disease .
                      • The primary caregivers and other household members of the patient should be counselled for matters related to patient’s TB treatment, cough hygiene, risk of spreading infection, nutrition and also address issues related to gender, stigma, discrimination or any other psycho-social issues (if any, related to TB diagnosis) that could impact treatment initiation.
                    • For those patients whose test report is negative (active TB ruled out), they should be further tested for TB infection (TBI) and on confirmation of TBI, their eligibility for TB preventive treatment (TPT) should be assessed and necessary action should be taken, if eligible.
                    • For those patients who do not have TB disease nor TB infection, negative test result also needs to be communicated. Broad spectrum antibiotics are prescribed to them for 10-14 days. Most patients are likely to improve with a course of antibiotics if they are not suffering from TB.
                      • If the symptoms persist after the course of antibiotics, the patient is re-evaluated by repeat sputum and X-ray examination and decision to treat accordingly is made by the treating physician.

                    Resources 

                    • Training Modules for Programme Managers and Medical Officers  
                    • Module for Senior Treatment Supervisor 
                    • Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021 

                    Assessment 

                    Question     Answer 1     Answer 2     Answer 3     Answer 4     Correct answer     Correct explanation     Page id     Part of Pre-test     Part of Post-test    
                    Who conveys the results of TB tests to the patient? NTEP supervisors 

                    General health system staff 

                     

                    Community volunteers  All   4  Results of TB tests are communicated to the patients by NTEP supervisors, general health system staff and community volunteers.       Yes Yes

                     

                    Test results are communicated to patients by NTEP supervisors within how many days?

                    2 days 4 days 6 days 8 days 1 Test results once available, should be promptly communicated to the patients by NTEP supervisors/general health system staff/community volunteers within 1-2 days   Yes Yes
                  • How to communicate results to TB patient

                    Content

                    When the referring health facility receives the test results from the DMC, the results are communicated to the patient through NTEP supervisors/health facility staff/Medical Officer.

                    Both Positive and negative results need to be communicated to the patient. For negative results, counselling for further evaluation and testing need to be done for the symptoms.

                    Communication as a tool embodies attitudes, behavior, body language, style, method of presentation, quality of listening and perceptions and interpretations.

                    It is important that the health staff communicating TB test results to patient is trained in interpersonal communication (one-to-one) and soft skills (listening, motivating, problem solving etc).

                    The results are communicated in a polite and non-authoritarian manner that encourages open communication and builds rapport with the patient

                    Resources 

                    • Training Modules (5-9) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, 2020  
                    • Module for Senior Treatment Supervisors (STS): Ensuring Proper Treatment, Registration and Reporting, CTD, 2005. 
                    • Guidelines for PMDT in India, NTEP, 2021.

                     

                    Assessment 

                    Question    

                    Answer 1    

                    Answer 2    

                    Answer 3    

                    Answer 4    

                    Correct answer    

                    Correct explanation    

                    Page id    

                    Part of Pre-test    

                    Part of Post-test    

                    The Peripheral Health Worker (PHW) should visit the house of the patient (within a week) to communicate results to the patient.

                    True

                    False

                     

                     

                    1

                    The Peripheral Health Worker (PHW) should visit the house of the patient (within a week) to communicate results to the patient. 

                        

                       Yes

                    Yes

                • Ch 32: Counselling the TB patients

                  Fullscreen
                  • TB Awareness Generation in Community

                    Content

                    Awareness should be generated in the community for promoting various health programmes, health seeking behaviours, screening of TB cases etc. by involving and sensitizing community influencers including PRI members and treatment support groups.

                    Figure: Activities for awareness generation in community

                     

                  • Counselling for TB treatment initiation

                    Content

                    Counselling before initiating treatment for a patient. is an important component of the National TB Elimination Programme (NTEP). The patient is counselled along with his family by the health staff.

                    Counselling is done on the following points:

                    • Health education on TB and its symptoms
                    • Mechanism of TB transmission
                    • Infection control measures, like cough etiquette and sputum disposal
                    • Nature and duration of treatment
                    • Importance of adherence to treatment and the need for complete and regular treatment
                    • Possible side effects of drugs
                    • Consequences of irregular treatment or premature cessation of treatment
                    • Nutritious diet
                    • Nikshay Poshan Yojna

                     

                    Communication tools

                    1. Communication is provided through interpersonal communication in one-to-one sessions and by use of Information, Education and Communication (IEC) materials like posters, pamphlets, flip charts, etc.

                    2. Arogya Sathi App: The app empowers TB patients to proactively increase their awareness of TB by addressing Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) regarding TB and information on the symptoms of TB and side-effects of anti-TB drugs. It also helps them in accessing their treatment details, DBT details and adherence calendar. 

                    3. Nikshay Sampark: National TB call centre "Nikshay Sampark" toll-free helpline number 1800-11-6666 can be contacted anytime by patients and their families to resolve concerns and issues faced by TB patients.

                     

                    Resources

                    1. Training Modules (1-4) for Programme Managers and Medical Officers, NTEP, 2020.
                    2. Guidelines for PMDT in India, NTEP, 2021.

                     

                    Assessment

                    Question​

                    Answer 1​

                    Answer 2​

                    Answer 3​

                    Answer 4​

                    Correct answer​

                    Correct explanation​

                    Page id​

                    Part of Pre-test​

                    Part of Post-test​

                    Nikshay Sampark can be used as a communication tool to resolve concerns and issues faced by TB patients.

                    True

                    False

                     

                     

                    1

                    Nikshay Sampark can be used as a communication tool to resolve concerns and issues faced by TB patients.

                     

                    ​

                    Yes

                    Yes

                  • Counselling for regular follow-up during the treatment

                    Content

                    The continuum of counselling and care is essential to constantly motivate TB patients to take their full drug regimen and complete it in due course.  

                    Counselling is regularly given by counsellors, treatment supporters and all those involved with patient care and treatment.  

                     

                    Counselling should start at the initial point of contact as soon as the diagnosis is established and continued during all visits: 

                    • By the patient to a health facility  
                    • By healthcare workers’ visit to the patients’ home  
                    • Through the national TB call centre (Nikshay Sampark) 

                     

                    Key Points for Counsellors:

                    1. Counsellors must inform patients that regular monthly follow-up during their treatment is important to understand their TB treatment response and to determine if they have been cured. 
                    2. During these monthly follow-up visits, TB patients should be screened for any clinical symptoms and/or cough. If found positive on screening, then sputum microscopy and/or culture should be considered. This is important to detect recurrence of TB as early as possible. 
                    3. Counsellors should inform patients of the follow-up schedule, and follow up, via physical visits or telephone calls, with patients to verify that they have gone for their follow-up visits at these times: 

                     

                    a. Clinical evaluation at the end of every 4 weeks of treatment 

                    b. Sputum examination at the end of each treatment phase i.e., intensive and continuation phase 

                    c. Long-term post-treatment follow up: Sputum examination, at an interval of 6 months, 12 months, 18 months and 24 months, and if suspected, referred for testing again.​ 

                    A counselling register is maintained for all patients for recording information about the patients’ situation and counselling services provided from the time of diagnosis till post-treatment follow-up period. 

                    Information to be Provided to Patients During Regular Monthly Follow-up 

                    • Nature and duration of treatment 
                    • Need for regular treatment/adherence 
                    • Information on the lab results, and the reliability of lab results  
                    • Consequences of irregular treatment or pre-mature cessation of treatment 
                    • Possible side effects of anti-TB drugs and management of side effects 
                    • Nutritional counselling (Nikshay Poshan Yojna) 
                    • Services under National TB Elimination Program (NTEP) and linkage to social protection schemes 
                    • Infection control precautions that are necessary, and re-assurance to the family against panic or unnecessary stigmatization of the patient 


                     

                    Resources 

                    Guidelines for PMDT in India, 2021 

                    Assessment 

                    Question     Answer 1     Answer 2     Answer 3     Answer 4     Correct answer     Correct explanation     Page id     Part of Pre-test     Part of Post-test    
                    During the monthly follow-up visits during TB treatment, patients should be screened for any clinical symptoms and/or cough. True  False      1  During the monthly follow-up visits during TB treatment, patients should be screened for any clinical symptoms and/or cough.       Yes   Yes

                     

                  • Counselling of TB Patients

                    Content

                    Confidential dialogue between a health care provider and a patient that helps a patient to define his/her feelings, cope with stress, and to make informed decisions regarding treatment.

                    The patient should be counselled at all the three phases i.e.,

                    Pre-treatment counselling`

                    • About TB disease and treatment
                    • Air borne infection control
                    • Need for adherence
                    • Public Health Actions
                    • Identification of adverse events
                    • Tobacco /Alcohol cessations
                    • Identification of comorbidities

                    During Treatment Counselling

                    • Importance of Adherence
                    • Identification of adverse events
                    • Importance of timely follow ups
                    • Public Health Actions
                    • Tobacco /Alcohol cessations
                    • Management of comorbidities

                    Post treatment Counselling

                    • Testing at the end of treatment.
                    • Long term follow up
                    • Tobacco /Alcohol cessations

                    Objectives of TB Counselling:

                    • Prevention of TB transmission.
                    • Provision of emotional support to TB patients.
                    • Motivation of TB clients to complete treatment.
                    • Helping patients make their own informed decisions about their behaviour and supporting them in carrying out their decisions.

                    Figure: Characteristics of effective counselling

                     

                  • Do's & Don'ts for Patient Communication

                    Content

                    Do’s

                    • Active listening, emphatic gestures and expressions
                    • Ensure the confidentiality of the conversation done with the patient
                    • Ensure Minimum interruption during the conversation with patient
                    • Ensuring availability of IEC materials such as posters, videos, pamphlets etc. to dispel myths and misconceptions.

                    Don'ts

                    • Do not use any negative stereotypes
                    • Do not have any physical wall or glass between patient and yourself
                    • Do not breach the trust and confidentiality of the TB patient
                    • Do not make threats or use coercive language
                    • Do not exaggerate dangers or risk of TB
                    • Do not blame or shame TB patients

                     

                  • Nutritional Counselling

                    Content

                    Nutritional Counselling begins with the nutritional assessment of TB patients by

                    • Nutritional Status: Assessing the height, weight and BMI of the TB patient

                    • Diet and Preference food for TB patients

                    • Current appetite and food intake of TB patients

                     

                    Based on the nutritional assessment, following information can be conveyed to TB Patients

                    • Patients with TB should be encouraged to have frequent food intake in the form of three meals and three snacks.

                    • Attempts should be made to increase the energy and protein content in the meals and snacks without increasing its volume.

                    • The addition of oil, butter or ghee to the chapati or rice can increase the energy content of the diet.

                    • Pulses in other forms, e.g. sprouts, roasted Chana, groundnuts, can be taken as snacks in either fried or in roasted form. Milk and eggs to be included in the diet.

                    • The use of easily available nutritious foods based on vegetarian/non-vegetarian preferences of the patients must be emphasized.

                    • Information about NFSA (National Food Security Act) and Poshan abhiyan should be given.

                    Figure: Healthy diet for TB Patients

                     

                    Resources:

                    • Guidance Document: Nutritional care and support for patients with Tuberculosis in India

                     

                    Kindly provide your valuable feedback on the page to the link provided HERE

              © 2026 Knowledge Base, All rights reserved.

              User account menu

              • Log in
              ⇡